* [PATCH v2 04/29] docs: m68k: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Convert the m68k kernel-options.txt file to ReST.
The conversion is trivial, as the document is already on a format
close enough to ReST. Just some small adjustments were needed in
order to make it both good for being parsed while keeping it on
a good txt shape.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/m68k/index.rst | 17 +
...{kernel-options.txt => kernel-options.rst} | 319 ++++++++++--------
3 files changed, 191 insertions(+), 147 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 Documentation/m68k/index.rst
rename Documentation/m68k/{kernel-options.txt => kernel-options.rst} (78%)
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
index 8d3273e32eb1..006196bd763a 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ parameter is applicable::
LOOP Loopback device support is enabled.
M68k M68k architecture is enabled.
These options have more detailed description inside of
- Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt.
+ Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.rst.
MDA MDA console support is enabled.
MIPS MIPS architecture is enabled.
MOUSE Appropriate mouse support is enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/m68k/index.rst b/Documentation/m68k/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f3273ec075c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/m68k/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+:orphan:
+
+=================
+m68k Architecture
+=================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ kernel-options
+
+.. only:: subproject and html
+
+ Indices
+ =======
+
+ * :ref:`genindex`
diff --git a/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt b/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.rst
similarity index 78%
rename from Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt
rename to Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.rst
index 79d21246c75a..cabd9419740d 100644
--- a/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt
+++ b/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.rst
@@ -1,22 +1,24 @@
-
-
- Command Line Options for Linux/m68k
- ===================================
+===================================
+Command Line Options for Linux/m68k
+===================================
Last Update: 2 May 1999
+
Linux/m68k version: 2.2.6
+
Author: Roman.Hodek@informatik.uni-erlangen.de (Roman Hodek)
+
Update: jds@kom.auc.dk (Jes Sorensen) and faq@linux-m68k.org (Chris Lawrence)
0) Introduction
===============
- Often I've been asked which command line options the Linux/m68k
+Often I've been asked which command line options the Linux/m68k
kernel understands, or how the exact syntax for the ... option is, or
... about the option ... . I hope, this document supplies all the
answers...
- Note that some options might be outdated, their descriptions being
+Note that some options might be outdated, their descriptions being
incomplete or missing. Please update the information and send in the
patches.
@@ -38,11 +40,11 @@ argument contains an '=', it is of class 2, and the definition is put
into init's environment. All other arguments are passed to init as
command line options.
- This document describes the valid kernel options for Linux/m68k in
+This document describes the valid kernel options for Linux/m68k in
the version mentioned at the start of this file. Later revisions may
add new such options, and some may be missing in older versions.
- In general, the value (the part after the '=') of an option is a
+In general, the value (the part after the '=') of an option is a
list of values separated by commas. The interpretation of these values
is up to the driver that "owns" the option. This association of
options with drivers is also the reason that some are further
@@ -55,21 +57,21 @@ subdivided.
2.1) root=
----------
-Syntax: root=/dev/<device>
- or: root=<hex_number>
+:Syntax: root=/dev/<device>
+:or: root=<hex_number>
This tells the kernel which device it should mount as the root
filesystem. The device must be a block device with a valid filesystem
on it.
- The first syntax gives the device by name. These names are converted
+The first syntax gives the device by name. These names are converted
into a major/minor number internally in the kernel in an unusual way.
Normally, this "conversion" is done by the device files in /dev, but
this isn't possible here, because the root filesystem (with /dev)
isn't mounted yet... So the kernel parses the name itself, with some
hardcoded name to number mappings. The name must always be a
combination of two or three letters, followed by a decimal number.
-Valid names are:
+Valid names are::
/dev/ram: -> 0x0100 (initial ramdisk)
/dev/hda: -> 0x0300 (first IDE disk)
@@ -81,7 +83,7 @@ Valid names are:
/dev/sde: -> 0x0840 (fifth SCSI disk)
/dev/fd : -> 0x0200 (floppy disk)
- The name must be followed by a decimal number, that stands for the
+The name must be followed by a decimal number, that stands for the
partition number. Internally, the value of the number is just
added to the device number mentioned in the table above. The
exceptions are /dev/ram and /dev/fd, where /dev/ram refers to an
@@ -100,12 +102,12 @@ the kernel command line.
[Strange and maybe uninteresting stuff ON]
- This unusual translation of device names has some strange
+This unusual translation of device names has some strange
consequences: If, for example, you have a symbolic link from /dev/fd
to /dev/fd0D720 as an abbreviation for floppy driver #0 in DD format,
you cannot use this name for specifying the root device, because the
kernel cannot see this symlink before mounting the root FS and it
-isn't in the table above. If you use it, the root device will not be
+isn't in the table above. If you use it, the root device will not be
set at all, without an error message. Another example: You cannot use a
partition on e.g. the sixth SCSI disk as the root filesystem, if you
want to specify it by name. This is, because only the devices up to
@@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ knowledge that each disk uses 16 minors, and write "root=/dev/sde17"
[Strange and maybe uninteresting stuff OFF]
- If the device containing your root partition isn't in the table
+If the device containing your root partition isn't in the table
above, you can also specify it by major and minor numbers. These are
written in hex, with no prefix and no separator between. E.g., if you
have a CD with contents appropriate as a root filesystem in the first
@@ -136,6 +138,7 @@ known partition UUID as the starting point. For example,
if partition 5 of the device has the UUID of
00112233-4455-6677-8899-AABBCCDDEEFF then partition 3 may be found as
follows:
+
PARTUUID=00112233-4455-6677-8899-AABBCCDDEEFF/PARTNROFF=-2
Authoritative information can be found in
@@ -145,8 +148,8 @@ Authoritative information can be found in
2.2) ro, rw
-----------
-Syntax: ro
- or: rw
+:Syntax: ro
+:or: rw
These two options tell the kernel whether it should mount the root
filesystem read-only or read-write. The default is read-only, except
@@ -156,7 +159,7 @@ for ramdisks, which default to read-write.
2.3) debug
----------
-Syntax: debug
+:Syntax: debug
This raises the kernel log level to 10 (the default is 7). This is the
same level as set by the "dmesg" command, just that the maximum level
@@ -166,7 +169,7 @@ selectable by dmesg is 8.
2.4) debug=
-----------
-Syntax: debug=<device>
+:Syntax: debug=<device>
This option causes certain kernel messages be printed to the selected
debugging device. This can aid debugging the kernel, since the
@@ -175,7 +178,7 @@ devices are possible depends on the machine type. There are no checks
for the validity of the device name. If the device isn't implemented,
nothing happens.
- Messages logged this way are in general stack dumps after kernel
+Messages logged this way are in general stack dumps after kernel
memory faults or bad kernel traps, and kernel panics. To be exact: all
messages of level 0 (panic messages) and all messages printed while
the log level is 8 or more (their level doesn't matter). Before stack
@@ -185,19 +188,27 @@ at least 8 can also be set by the "debug" command line option (see
Devices possible for Amiga:
- - "ser": built-in serial port; parameters: 9600bps, 8N1
- - "mem": Save the messages to a reserved area in chip mem. After
+ - "ser":
+ built-in serial port; parameters: 9600bps, 8N1
+ - "mem":
+ Save the messages to a reserved area in chip mem. After
rebooting, they can be read under AmigaOS with the tool
'dmesg'.
Devices possible for Atari:
- - "ser1": ST-MFP serial port ("Modem1"); parameters: 9600bps, 8N1
- - "ser2": SCC channel B serial port ("Modem2"); parameters: 9600bps, 8N1
- - "ser" : default serial port
+ - "ser1":
+ ST-MFP serial port ("Modem1"); parameters: 9600bps, 8N1
+ - "ser2":
+ SCC channel B serial port ("Modem2"); parameters: 9600bps, 8N1
+ - "ser" :
+ default serial port
This is "ser2" for a Falcon, and "ser1" for any other machine
- - "midi": The MIDI port; parameters: 31250bps, 8N1
- - "par" : parallel port
+ - "midi":
+ The MIDI port; parameters: 31250bps, 8N1
+ - "par" :
+ parallel port
+
The printing routine for this implements a timeout for the
case there's no printer connected (else the kernel would
lock up). The timeout is not exact, but usually a few
@@ -205,26 +216,29 @@ Devices possible for Atari:
2.6) ramdisk_size=
--------------
+------------------
-Syntax: ramdisk_size=<size>
+:Syntax: ramdisk_size=<size>
- This option instructs the kernel to set up a ramdisk of the given
+This option instructs the kernel to set up a ramdisk of the given
size in KBytes. Do not use this option if the ramdisk contents are
passed by bootstrap! In this case, the size is selected automatically
and should not be overwritten.
- The only application is for root filesystems on floppy disks, that
+The only application is for root filesystems on floppy disks, that
should be loaded into memory. To do that, select the corresponding
size of the disk as ramdisk size, and set the root device to the disk
drive (with "root=").
2.7) swap=
+
+ I can't find any sign of this option in 2.2.6.
+
2.8) buff=
-----------
- I can't find any sign of these options in 2.2.6.
+ I can't find any sign of this option in 2.2.6.
3) General Device Options (Amiga and Atari)
@@ -233,13 +247,13 @@ drive (with "root=").
3.1) ether=
-----------
-Syntax: ether=[<irq>[,<base_addr>[,<mem_start>[,<mem_end>]]]],<dev-name>
+:Syntax: ether=[<irq>[,<base_addr>[,<mem_start>[,<mem_end>]]]],<dev-name>
- <dev-name> is the name of a net driver, as specified in
+<dev-name> is the name of a net driver, as specified in
drivers/net/Space.c in the Linux source. Most prominent are eth0, ...
eth3, sl0, ... sl3, ppp0, ..., ppp3, dummy, and lo.
- The non-ethernet drivers (sl, ppp, dummy, lo) obviously ignore the
+The non-ethernet drivers (sl, ppp, dummy, lo) obviously ignore the
settings by this options. Also, the existing ethernet drivers for
Linux/m68k (ariadne, a2065, hydra) don't use them because Zorro boards
are really Plug-'n-Play, so the "ether=" option is useless altogether
@@ -249,9 +263,9 @@ for Linux/m68k.
3.2) hd=
--------
-Syntax: hd=<cylinders>,<heads>,<sectors>
+:Syntax: hd=<cylinders>,<heads>,<sectors>
- This option sets the disk geometry of an IDE disk. The first hd=
+This option sets the disk geometry of an IDE disk. The first hd=
option is for the first IDE disk, the second for the second one.
(I.e., you can give this option twice.) In most cases, you won't have
to use this option, since the kernel can obtain the geometry data
@@ -262,9 +276,9 @@ disks.
3.3) max_scsi_luns=
-------------------
-Syntax: max_scsi_luns=<n>
+:Syntax: max_scsi_luns=<n>
- Sets the maximum number of LUNs (logical units) of SCSI devices to
+Sets the maximum number of LUNs (logical units) of SCSI devices to
be scanned. Valid values for <n> are between 1 and 8. Default is 8 if
"Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device" was selected during the kernel
configuration, else 1.
@@ -273,9 +287,9 @@ configuration, else 1.
3.4) st=
--------
-Syntax: st=<buffer_size>,[<write_thres>,[<max_buffers>]]
+:Syntax: st=<buffer_size>,[<write_thres>,[<max_buffers>]]
- Sets several parameters of the SCSI tape driver. <buffer_size> is
+Sets several parameters of the SCSI tape driver. <buffer_size> is
the number of 512-byte buffers reserved for tape operations for each
device. <write_thres> sets the number of blocks which must be filled
to start an actual write operation to the tape. Maximum value is the
@@ -286,9 +300,9 @@ buffers allocated for all tape devices.
3.5) dmasound=
--------------
-Syntax: dmasound=[<buffers>,<buffer-size>[,<catch-radius>]]
+:Syntax: dmasound=[<buffers>,<buffer-size>[,<catch-radius>]]
- This option controls some configurations of the Linux/m68k DMA sound
+This option controls some configurations of the Linux/m68k DMA sound
driver (Amiga and Atari): <buffers> is the number of buffers you want
to use (minimum 4, default 4), <buffer-size> is the size of each
buffer in kilobytes (minimum 4, default 32) and <catch-radius> says
@@ -305,20 +319,22 @@ don't need to expand the sound.
4.1) video=
-----------
-Syntax: video=<fbname>:<sub-options...>
+:Syntax: video=<fbname>:<sub-options...>
The <fbname> parameter specifies the name of the frame buffer,
-eg. most atari users will want to specify `atafb' here. The
+eg. most atari users will want to specify `atafb` here. The
<sub-options> is a comma-separated list of the sub-options listed
below.
-NB: Please notice that this option was renamed from `atavideo' to
- `video' during the development of the 1.3.x kernels, thus you
+NB:
+ Please notice that this option was renamed from `atavideo` to
+ `video` during the development of the 1.3.x kernels, thus you
might need to update your boot-scripts if upgrading to 2.x from
an 1.2.x kernel.
-NBB: The behavior of video= was changed in 2.1.57 so the recommended
-option is to specify the name of the frame buffer.
+NBB:
+ The behavior of video= was changed in 2.1.57 so the recommended
+ option is to specify the name of the frame buffer.
4.1.1) Video Mode
-----------------
@@ -341,11 +357,11 @@ mode, if the hardware allows. Currently defined names are:
- falh2 : 896x608x1, Falcon only
- falh16 : 896x608x4, Falcon only
- If no video mode is given on the command line, the kernel tries the
+If no video mode is given on the command line, the kernel tries the
modes names "default<n>" in turn, until one is possible with the
hardware in use.
- A video mode setting doesn't make sense, if the external driver is
+A video mode setting doesn't make sense, if the external driver is
activated by a "external:" sub-option.
4.1.2) inverse
@@ -358,17 +374,17 @@ option, you can make the background white.
4.1.3) font
-----------
-Syntax: font:<fontname>
+:Syntax: font:<fontname>
Specify the font to use in text modes. Currently you can choose only
-between `VGA8x8', `VGA8x16' and `PEARL8x8'. `VGA8x8' is default, if the
+between `VGA8x8`, `VGA8x16` and `PEARL8x8`. `VGA8x8` is default, if the
vertical size of the display is less than 400 pixel rows. Otherwise, the
-`VGA8x16' font is the default.
+`VGA8x16` font is the default.
-4.1.4) hwscroll_
-----------------
+4.1.4) `hwscroll_`
+------------------
-Syntax: hwscroll_<n>
+:Syntax: `hwscroll_<n>`
The number of additional lines of video memory to reserve for
speeding up the scrolling ("hardware scrolling"). Hardware scrolling
@@ -378,7 +394,7 @@ possible with plain STs and graphics cards (The former because the
base address must be on a 256 byte boundary there, the latter because
the kernel doesn't know how to set the base address at all.)
- By default, <n> is set to the number of visible text lines on the
+By default, <n> is set to the number of visible text lines on the
display. Thus, the amount of video memory is doubled, compared to no
hardware scrolling. You can turn off the hardware scrolling altogether
by setting <n> to 0.
@@ -386,31 +402,31 @@ by setting <n> to 0.
4.1.5) internal:
----------------
-Syntax: internal:<xres>;<yres>[;<xres_max>;<yres_max>;<offset>]
+:Syntax: internal:<xres>;<yres>[;<xres_max>;<yres_max>;<offset>]
This option specifies the capabilities of some extended internal video
hardware, like e.g. OverScan. <xres> and <yres> give the (extended)
dimensions of the screen.
- If your OverScan needs a black border, you have to write the last
+If your OverScan needs a black border, you have to write the last
three arguments of the "internal:". <xres_max> is the maximum line
length the hardware allows, <yres_max> the maximum number of lines.
<offset> is the offset of the visible part of the screen memory to its
physical start, in bytes.
- Often, extended interval video hardware has to be activated somehow.
+Often, extended interval video hardware has to be activated somehow.
For this, see the "sw_*" options below.
4.1.6) external:
----------------
-Syntax:
- external:<xres>;<yres>;<depth>;<org>;<scrmem>[;<scrlen>[;<vgabase>\
- [;<colw>[;<coltype>[;<xres_virtual>]]]]]
+:Syntax:
+ external:<xres>;<yres>;<depth>;<org>;<scrmem>[;<scrlen>[;<vgabase>
+ [;<colw>[;<coltype>[;<xres_virtual>]]]]]
-[I had to break this line...]
+.. I had to break this line...
- This is probably the most complicated parameter... It specifies that
+This is probably the most complicated parameter... It specifies that
you have some external video hardware (a graphics board), and how to
use it under Linux/m68k. The kernel cannot know more about the hardware
than you tell it here! The kernel also is unable to set or change any
@@ -418,38 +434,44 @@ video modes, since it doesn't know about any board internal. So, you
have to switch to that video mode before you start Linux, and cannot
switch to another mode once Linux has started.
- The first 3 parameters of this sub-option should be obvious: <xres>,
+The first 3 parameters of this sub-option should be obvious: <xres>,
<yres> and <depth> give the dimensions of the screen and the number of
planes (depth). The depth is the logarithm to base 2 of the number
of colors possible. (Or, the other way round: The number of colors is
2^depth).
- You have to tell the kernel furthermore how the video memory is
+You have to tell the kernel furthermore how the video memory is
organized. This is done by a letter as <org> parameter:
- 'n': "normal planes", i.e. one whole plane after another
- 'i': "interleaved planes", i.e. 16 bit of the first plane, than 16 bit
+ 'n':
+ "normal planes", i.e. one whole plane after another
+ 'i':
+ "interleaved planes", i.e. 16 bit of the first plane, than 16 bit
of the next, and so on... This mode is used only with the
- built-in Atari video modes, I think there is no card that
- supports this mode.
- 'p': "packed pixels", i.e. <depth> consecutive bits stand for all
- planes of one pixel; this is the most common mode for 8 planes
- (256 colors) on graphic cards
- 't': "true color" (more or less packed pixels, but without a color
- lookup table); usually depth is 24
+ built-in Atari video modes, I think there is no card that
+ supports this mode.
+ 'p':
+ "packed pixels", i.e. <depth> consecutive bits stand for all
+ planes of one pixel; this is the most common mode for 8 planes
+ (256 colors) on graphic cards
+ 't':
+ "true color" (more or less packed pixels, but without a color
+ lookup table); usually depth is 24
For monochrome modes (i.e., <depth> is 1), the <org> letter has a
different meaning:
- 'n': normal colors, i.e. 0=white, 1=black
- 'i': inverted colors, i.e. 0=black, 1=white
+ 'n':
+ normal colors, i.e. 0=white, 1=black
+ 'i':
+ inverted colors, i.e. 0=black, 1=white
- The next important information about the video hardware is the base
+The next important information about the video hardware is the base
address of the video memory. That is given in the <scrmem> parameter,
as a hexadecimal number with a "0x" prefix. You have to find out this
address in the documentation of your hardware.
- The next parameter, <scrlen>, tells the kernel about the size of the
+The next parameter, <scrlen>, tells the kernel about the size of the
video memory. If it's missing, the size is calculated from <xres>,
<yres>, and <depth>. For now, it is not useful to write a value here.
It would be used only for hardware scrolling (which isn't possible
@@ -460,7 +482,7 @@ empty, either by ending the "external:" after the video address or by
writing two consecutive semicolons, if you want to give a <vgabase>
(it is allowed to leave this parameter empty).
- The <vgabase> parameter is optional. If it is not given, the kernel
+The <vgabase> parameter is optional. If it is not given, the kernel
cannot read or write any color registers of the video hardware, and
thus you have to set appropriate colors before you start Linux. But if
your card is somehow VGA compatible, you can tell the kernel the base
@@ -472,18 +494,18 @@ uses the addresses vgabase+0x3c7...vgabase+0x3c9. The <vgabase>
parameter is written in hexadecimal with a "0x" prefix, just as
<scrmem>.
- <colw> is meaningful only if <vgabase> is specified. It tells the
+<colw> is meaningful only if <vgabase> is specified. It tells the
kernel how wide each of the color register is, i.e. the number of bits
per single color (red/green/blue). Default is 6, another quite usual
value is 8.
- Also <coltype> is used together with <vgabase>. It tells the kernel
+Also <coltype> is used together with <vgabase>. It tells the kernel
about the color register model of your gfx board. Currently, the types
"vga" (which is also the default) and "mv300" (SANG MV300) are
implemented.
- Parameter <xres_virtual> is required for ProMST or ET4000 cards where
-the physical linelength differs from the visible length. With ProMST,
+Parameter <xres_virtual> is required for ProMST or ET4000 cards where
+the physical linelength differs from the visible length. With ProMST,
xres_virtual must be set to 2048. For ET4000, xres_virtual depends on the
initialisation of the video-card.
If you're missing a corresponding yres_virtual: the external part is legacy,
@@ -499,13 +521,13 @@ currently works only with the ScreenWonder!
4.1.8) monitorcap:
-------------------
-Syntax: monitorcap:<vmin>;<vmax>;<hmin>;<hmax>
+:Syntax: monitorcap:<vmin>;<vmax>;<hmin>;<hmax>
This describes the capabilities of a multisync monitor. Don't use it
with a fixed-frequency monitor! For now, only the Falcon frame buffer
uses the settings of "monitorcap:".
- <vmin> and <vmax> are the minimum and maximum, resp., vertical frequencies
+<vmin> and <vmax> are the minimum and maximum, resp., vertical frequencies
your monitor can work with, in Hz. <hmin> and <hmax> are the same for
the horizontal frequency, in kHz.
@@ -520,28 +542,28 @@ If this option is given, the framebuffer device doesn't do any video
mode calculations and settings on its own. The only Atari fb device
that does this currently is the Falcon.
- What you reach with this: Settings for unknown video extensions
+What you reach with this: Settings for unknown video extensions
aren't overridden by the driver, so you can still use the mode found
when booting, when the driver doesn't know to set this mode itself.
But this also means, that you can't switch video modes anymore...
- An example where you may want to use "keep" is the ScreenBlaster for
+An example where you may want to use "keep" is the ScreenBlaster for
the Falcon.
4.2) atamouse=
--------------
-Syntax: atamouse=<x-threshold>,[<y-threshold>]
+:Syntax: atamouse=<x-threshold>,[<y-threshold>]
- With this option, you can set the mouse movement reporting threshold.
+With this option, you can set the mouse movement reporting threshold.
This is the number of pixels of mouse movement that have to accumulate
before the IKBD sends a new mouse packet to the kernel. Higher values
reduce the mouse interrupt load and thus reduce the chance of keyboard
overruns. Lower values give a slightly faster mouse responses and
slightly better mouse tracking.
- You can set the threshold in x and y separately, but usually this is
+You can set the threshold in x and y separately, but usually this is
of little practical use. If there's just one number in the option, it
is used for both dimensions. The default value is 2 for both
thresholds.
@@ -550,7 +572,7 @@ thresholds.
4.3) ataflop=
-------------
-Syntax: ataflop=<drive type>[,<trackbuffering>[,<steprateA>[,<steprateB>]]]
+:Syntax: ataflop=<drive type>[,<trackbuffering>[,<steprateA>[,<steprateB>]]]
The drive type may be 0, 1, or 2, for DD, HD, and ED, resp. This
setting affects how many buffers are reserved and which formats are
@@ -563,15 +585,15 @@ Syntax: ataflop=<drive type>[,<trackbuffering>[,<steprateA>[,<steprateB>]]]
no for the Medusa and yes for all others.
With the two following parameters, you can change the default
- steprate used for drive A and B, resp.
+ steprate used for drive A and B, resp.
4.4) atascsi=
-------------
-Syntax: atascsi=<can_queue>[,<cmd_per_lun>[,<scat-gat>[,<host-id>[,<tagged>]]]]
+:Syntax: atascsi=<can_queue>[,<cmd_per_lun>[,<scat-gat>[,<host-id>[,<tagged>]]]]
- This option sets some parameters for the Atari native SCSI driver.
+This option sets some parameters for the Atari native SCSI driver.
Generally, any number of arguments can be omitted from the end. And
for each of the numbers, a negative value means "use default". The
defaults depend on whether TT-style or Falcon-style SCSI is used.
@@ -597,11 +619,14 @@ ignored (others aren't affected).
32). Default: 8/1. (Note: Values > 1 seem to cause problems on a
Falcon, cause not yet known.)
- The <cmd_per_lun> value at a great part determines the amount of
+ The <cmd_per_lun> value at a great part determines the amount of
memory SCSI reserves for itself. The formula is rather
complicated, but I can give you some hints:
- no scatter-gather : cmd_per_lun * 232 bytes
- full scatter-gather: cmd_per_lun * approx. 17 Kbytes
+
+ no scatter-gather:
+ cmd_per_lun * 232 bytes
+ full scatter-gather:
+ cmd_per_lun * approx. 17 Kbytes
<scat-gat>:
Size of the scatter-gather table, i.e. the number of requests
@@ -634,19 +659,23 @@ ignored (others aren't affected).
4.5 switches=
-------------
-Syntax: switches=<list of switches>
+:Syntax: switches=<list of switches>
- With this option you can switch some hardware lines that are often
+With this option you can switch some hardware lines that are often
used to enable/disable certain hardware extensions. Examples are
OverScan, overclocking, ...
- The <list of switches> is a comma-separated list of the following
+The <list of switches> is a comma-separated list of the following
items:
- ikbd: set RTS of the keyboard ACIA high
- midi: set RTS of the MIDI ACIA high
- snd6: set bit 6 of the PSG port A
- snd7: set bit 6 of the PSG port A
+ ikbd:
+ set RTS of the keyboard ACIA high
+ midi:
+ set RTS of the MIDI ACIA high
+ snd6:
+ set bit 6 of the PSG port A
+ snd7:
+ set bit 6 of the PSG port A
It doesn't make sense to mention a switch more than once (no
difference to only once), but you can give as many switches as you
@@ -654,16 +683,16 @@ want to enable different features. The switch lines are set as early
as possible during kernel initialization (even before determining the
present hardware.)
- All of the items can also be prefixed with "ov_", i.e. "ov_ikbd",
-"ov_midi", ... These options are meant for switching on an OverScan
+All of the items can also be prefixed with `ov_`, i.e. `ov_ikbd`,
+`ov_midi`, ... These options are meant for switching on an OverScan
video extension. The difference to the bare option is that the
switch-on is done after video initialization, and somehow synchronized
to the HBLANK. A speciality is that ov_ikbd and ov_midi are switched
off before rebooting, so that OverScan is disabled and TOS boots
correctly.
- If you give an option both, with and without the "ov_" prefix, the
-earlier initialization ("ov_"-less) takes precedence. But the
+If you give an option both, with and without the `ov_` prefix, the
+earlier initialization (`ov_`-less) takes precedence. But the
switching-off on reset still happens in this case.
5) Options for Amiga Only:
@@ -672,10 +701,10 @@ switching-off on reset still happens in this case.
5.1) video=
-----------
-Syntax: video=<fbname>:<sub-options...>
+:Syntax: video=<fbname>:<sub-options...>
The <fbname> parameter specifies the name of the frame buffer, valid
-options are `amifb', `cyber', 'virge', `retz3' and `clgen', provided
+options are `amifb`, `cyber`, 'virge', `retz3` and `clgen`, provided
that the respective frame buffer devices have been compiled into the
kernel (or compiled as loadable modules). The behavior of the <fbname>
option was changed in 2.1.57 so it is now recommended to specify this
@@ -697,9 +726,11 @@ predefined video modes are available:
NTSC modes:
- ntsc : 640x200, 15 kHz, 60 Hz
- ntsc-lace : 640x400, 15 kHz, 60 Hz interlaced
+
PAL modes:
- pal : 640x256, 15 kHz, 50 Hz
- pal-lace : 640x512, 15 kHz, 50 Hz interlaced
+
ECS modes:
- multiscan : 640x480, 29 kHz, 57 Hz
- multiscan-lace : 640x960, 29 kHz, 57 Hz interlaced
@@ -715,6 +746,7 @@ ECS modes:
- dblpal-lace : 640x1024, 27 kHz, 47 Hz interlaced
- dblntsc : 640x200, 27 kHz, 57 Hz doublescan
- dblpal : 640x256, 27 kHz, 47 Hz doublescan
+
VGA modes:
- vga : 640x480, 31 kHz, 60 Hz
- vga70 : 640x400, 31 kHz, 70 Hz
@@ -726,7 +758,7 @@ chipset and 8-bit color for the AGA chipset.
5.1.2) depth
------------
-Syntax: depth:<nr. of bit-planes>
+:Syntax: depth:<nr. of bit-planes>
Specify the number of bit-planes for the selected video-mode.
@@ -739,32 +771,32 @@ Use inverted display (black on white). Functionally the same as the
5.1.4) font
-----------
-Syntax: font:<fontname>
+:Syntax: font:<fontname>
Specify the font to use in text modes. Functionally the same as the
-"font" sub-option for the Atari, except that `PEARL8x8' is used instead
-of `VGA8x8' if the vertical size of the display is less than 400 pixel
+"font" sub-option for the Atari, except that `PEARL8x8` is used instead
+of `VGA8x8` if the vertical size of the display is less than 400 pixel
rows.
5.1.5) monitorcap:
-------------------
-Syntax: monitorcap:<vmin>;<vmax>;<hmin>;<hmax>
+:Syntax: monitorcap:<vmin>;<vmax>;<hmin>;<hmax>
This describes the capabilities of a multisync monitor. For now, only
the color frame buffer uses the settings of "monitorcap:".
- <vmin> and <vmax> are the minimum and maximum, resp., vertical frequencies
+<vmin> and <vmax> are the minimum and maximum, resp., vertical frequencies
your monitor can work with, in Hz. <hmin> and <hmax> are the same for
the horizontal frequency, in kHz.
- The defaults are 50;90;15;38 (Generic Amiga multisync monitor).
+The defaults are 50;90;15;38 (Generic Amiga multisync monitor).
5.2) fd_def_df0=
----------------
-Syntax: fd_def_df0=<value>
+:Syntax: fd_def_df0=<value>
Sets the df0 value for "silent" floppy drives. The value should be in
hexadecimal with "0x" prefix.
@@ -773,7 +805,7 @@ hexadecimal with "0x" prefix.
5.3) wd33c93=
-------------
-Syntax: wd33c93=<sub-options...>
+:Syntax: wd33c93=<sub-options...>
These options affect the A590/A2091, A3000 and GVP Series II SCSI
controllers.
@@ -784,9 +816,9 @@ below.
5.3.1) nosync
-------------
-Syntax: nosync:bitmask
+:Syntax: nosync:bitmask
- bitmask is a byte where the 1st 7 bits correspond with the 7
+bitmask is a byte where the 1st 7 bits correspond with the 7
possible SCSI devices. Set a bit to prevent sync negotiation on that
device. To maintain backwards compatibility, a command-line such as
"wd33c93=255" will be automatically translated to
@@ -796,35 +828,35 @@ all devices, eg. nosync:0xff.
5.3.2) period
-------------
-Syntax: period:ns
+:Syntax: period:ns
- `ns' is the minimum # of nanoseconds in a SCSI data transfer
+`ns` is the minimum # of nanoseconds in a SCSI data transfer
period. Default is 500; acceptable values are 250 - 1000.
5.3.3) disconnect
-----------------
-Syntax: disconnect:x
+:Syntax: disconnect:x
- Specify x = 0 to never allow disconnects, 2 to always allow them.
+Specify x = 0 to never allow disconnects, 2 to always allow them.
x = 1 does 'adaptive' disconnects, which is the default and generally
the best choice.
5.3.4) debug
------------
-Syntax: debug:x
+:Syntax: debug:x
- If `DEBUGGING_ON' is defined, x is a bit mask that causes various
+If `DEBUGGING_ON` is defined, x is a bit mask that causes various
types of debug output to printed - see the DB_xxx defines in
wd33c93.h.
5.3.5) clock
------------
-Syntax: clock:x
+:Syntax: clock:x
- x = clock input in MHz for WD33c93 chip. Normal values would be from
+x = clock input in MHz for WD33c93 chip. Normal values would be from
8 through 20. The default value depends on your hostadapter(s),
default for the A3000 internal controller is 14, for the A2091 it's 8
and for the GVP hostadapters it's either 8 or 14, depending on the
@@ -834,15 +866,15 @@ hostadapters.
5.3.6) next
-----------
- No argument. Used to separate blocks of keywords when there's more
+No argument. Used to separate blocks of keywords when there's more
than one wd33c93-based host adapter in the system.
5.3.7) nodma
------------
-Syntax: nodma:x
+:Syntax: nodma:x
- If x is 1 (or if the option is just written as "nodma"), the WD33c93
+If x is 1 (or if the option is just written as "nodma"), the WD33c93
controller will not use DMA (= direct memory access) to access the
Amiga's memory. This is useful for some systems (like A3000's and
A4000's with the A3640 accelerator, revision 3.0) that have problems
@@ -853,32 +885,27 @@ possible.
5.4) gvp11=
-----------
-Syntax: gvp11=<addr-mask>
+:Syntax: gvp11=<addr-mask>
- The earlier versions of the GVP driver did not handle DMA
+The earlier versions of the GVP driver did not handle DMA
address-mask settings correctly which made it necessary for some
people to use this option, in order to get their GVP controller
running under Linux. These problems have hopefully been solved and the
use of this option is now highly unrecommended!
- Incorrect use can lead to unpredictable behavior, so please only use
+Incorrect use can lead to unpredictable behavior, so please only use
this option if you *know* what you are doing and have a reason to do
so. In any case if you experience problems and need to use this
option, please inform us about it by mailing to the Linux/68k kernel
mailing list.
- The address mask set by this option specifies which addresses are
+The address mask set by this option specifies which addresses are
valid for DMA with the GVP Series II SCSI controller. An address is
valid, if no bits are set except the bits that are set in the mask,
too.
- Some versions of the GVP can only DMA into a 24 bit address range,
+Some versions of the GVP can only DMA into a 24 bit address range,
some can address a 25 bit address range while others can use the whole
32 bit address range for DMA. The correct setting depends on your
controller and should be autodetected by the driver. An example is the
24 bit region which is specified by a mask of 0x00fffffe.
-
-
-/* Local Variables: */
-/* mode: text */
-/* End: */
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 01/29] docs: connector: convert to ReST and rename to connector.rst
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Evgeniy Polyakov
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
As it has some function definitions, move them to connector.h.
The remaining conversion is actually:
- add blank lines and identation in order to identify paragraphs;
- fix tables markups;
- add some lists markups;
- mark literal blocks;
- adjust title markups.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../{connector.txt => connector.rst} | 130 ++++++------------
drivers/w1/Kconfig | 2 +-
include/linux/connector.h | 63 ++++++++-
samples/Kconfig | 2 +-
4 files changed, 109 insertions(+), 88 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/connector/{connector.txt => connector.rst} (57%)
diff --git a/Documentation/connector/connector.txt b/Documentation/connector/connector.rst
similarity index 57%
rename from Documentation/connector/connector.txt
rename to Documentation/connector/connector.rst
index ab7ca897fab7..24e26dc22dbf 100644
--- a/Documentation/connector/connector.txt
+++ b/Documentation/connector/connector.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
-/*****************************************/
-Kernel Connector.
-/*****************************************/
+:orphan:
+
+================
+Kernel Connector
+================
Kernel connector - new netlink based userspace <-> kernel space easy
to use communication module.
@@ -12,94 +14,55 @@ identifier, the appropriate callback will be called.
From the userspace point of view it's quite straightforward:
- socket();
- bind();
- send();
- recv();
+ - socket();
+ - bind();
+ - send();
+ - recv();
But if kernelspace wants to use the full power of such connections, the
driver writer must create special sockets, must know about struct sk_buff
handling, etc... The Connector driver allows any kernelspace agents to use
netlink based networking for inter-process communication in a significantly
-easier way:
+easier way::
-int cn_add_callback(struct cb_id *id, char *name, void (*callback) (struct cn_msg *, struct netlink_skb_parms *));
-void cn_netlink_send_multi(struct cn_msg *msg, u16 len, u32 portid, u32 __group, int gfp_mask);
-void cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 portid, u32 __group, int gfp_mask);
+ int cn_add_callback(struct cb_id *id, char *name, void (*callback) (struct cn_msg *, struct netlink_skb_parms *));
+ void cn_netlink_send_multi(struct cn_msg *msg, u16 len, u32 portid, u32 __group, int gfp_mask);
+ void cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 portid, u32 __group, int gfp_mask);
-struct cb_id
-{
+ struct cb_id
+ {
__u32 idx;
__u32 val;
-};
+ };
idx and val are unique identifiers which must be registered in the
-connector.h header for in-kernel usage. void (*callback) (void *) is a
+connector.h header for in-kernel usage. `void (*callback) (void *)` is a
callback function which will be called when a message with above idx.val
is received by the connector core. The argument for that function must
-be dereferenced to struct cn_msg *.
+be dereferenced to `struct cn_msg *`::
-struct cn_msg
-{
+ struct cn_msg
+ {
struct cb_id id;
__u32 seq;
__u32 ack;
- __u32 len; /* Length of the following data */
+ __u32 len; /* Length of the following data */
__u8 data[0];
-};
+ };
-/*****************************************/
-Connector interfaces.
-/*****************************************/
+Connector interfaces
+====================
-int cn_add_callback(struct cb_id *id, char *name, void (*callback) (struct cn_msg *, struct netlink_skb_parms *));
+ .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/connector.h
- Registers new callback with connector core.
+ Note:
+ When registering new callback user, connector core assigns
+ netlink group to the user which is equal to its id.idx.
- struct cb_id *id - unique connector's user identifier.
- It must be registered in connector.h for legal in-kernel users.
- char *name - connector's callback symbolic name.
- void (*callback) (struct cn..) - connector's callback.
- cn_msg and the sender's credentials
-
-
-void cn_del_callback(struct cb_id *id);
-
- Unregisters new callback with connector core.
-
- struct cb_id *id - unique connector's user identifier.
-
-
-int cn_netlink_send_multi(struct cn_msg *msg, u16 len, u32 portid, u32 __groups, int gfp_mask);
-int cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 portid, u32 __groups, int gfp_mask);
-
- Sends message to the specified groups. It can be safely called from
- softirq context, but may silently fail under strong memory pressure.
- If there are no listeners for given group -ESRCH can be returned.
-
- struct cn_msg * - message header(with attached data).
- u16 len - for *_multi multiple cn_msg messages can be sent
- u32 port - destination port.
- If non-zero the message will be sent to the
- given port, which should be set to the
- original sender.
- u32 __group - destination group.
- If port and __group is zero, then appropriate group will
- be searched through all registered connector users,
- and message will be delivered to the group which was
- created for user with the same ID as in msg.
- If __group is not zero, then message will be delivered
- to the specified group.
- int gfp_mask - GFP mask.
-
- Note: When registering new callback user, connector core assigns
- netlink group to the user which is equal to its id.idx.
-
-/*****************************************/
-Protocol description.
-/*****************************************/
+Protocol description
+====================
The current framework offers a transport layer with fixed headers. The
recommended protocol which uses such a header is as following:
@@ -132,9 +95,8 @@ driver (it also registers itself with id={-1, -1}).
As example of this usage can be found in the cn_test.c module which
uses the connector to request notification and to send messages.
-/*****************************************/
-Reliability.
-/*****************************************/
+Reliability
+===========
Netlink itself is not a reliable protocol. That means that messages can
be lost due to memory pressure or process' receiving queue overflowed,
@@ -142,32 +104,31 @@ so caller is warned that it must be prepared. That is why the struct
cn_msg [main connector's message header] contains u32 seq and u32 ack
fields.
-/*****************************************/
-Userspace usage.
-/*****************************************/
+Userspace usage
+===============
2.6.14 has a new netlink socket implementation, which by default does not
allow people to send data to netlink groups other than 1.
So, if you wish to use a netlink socket (for example using connector)
with a different group number, the userspace application must subscribe to
-that group first. It can be achieved by the following pseudocode:
+that group first. It can be achieved by the following pseudocode::
-s = socket(PF_NETLINK, SOCK_DGRAM, NETLINK_CONNECTOR);
+ s = socket(PF_NETLINK, SOCK_DGRAM, NETLINK_CONNECTOR);
-l_local.nl_family = AF_NETLINK;
-l_local.nl_groups = 12345;
-l_local.nl_pid = 0;
+ l_local.nl_family = AF_NETLINK;
+ l_local.nl_groups = 12345;
+ l_local.nl_pid = 0;
-if (bind(s, (struct sockaddr *)&l_local, sizeof(struct sockaddr_nl)) == -1) {
+ if (bind(s, (struct sockaddr *)&l_local, sizeof(struct sockaddr_nl)) == -1) {
perror("bind");
close(s);
return -1;
-}
+ }
-{
+ {
int on = l_local.nl_groups;
setsockopt(s, 270, 1, &on, sizeof(on));
-}
+ }
Where 270 above is SOL_NETLINK, and 1 is a NETLINK_ADD_MEMBERSHIP socket
option. To drop a multicast subscription, one should call the above socket
@@ -180,16 +141,15 @@ group number 12345, you must increment CN_NETLINK_USERS to that number.
Additional 0xf numbers are allocated to be used by non-in-kernel users.
Due to this limitation, group 0xffffffff does not work now, so one can
-not use add/remove connector's group notifications, but as far as I know,
+not use add/remove connector's group notifications, but as far as I know,
only cn_test.c test module used it.
Some work in netlink area is still being done, so things can be changed in
2.6.15 timeframe, if it will happen, documentation will be updated for that
kernel.
-/*****************************************/
Code samples
-/*****************************************/
+============
Sample code for a connector test module and user space can be found
in samples/connector/. To build this code, enable CONFIG_CONNECTOR
diff --git a/drivers/w1/Kconfig b/drivers/w1/Kconfig
index 03dd57581df7..160053c0baea 100644
--- a/drivers/w1/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/w1/Kconfig
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ config W1_CON
default y
---help---
This allows to communicate with userspace using connector. For more
- information see <file:Documentation/connector/connector.txt>.
+ information see <file:Documentation/connector/connector.rst>.
There are three types of messages between w1 core and userspace:
1. Events. They are generated each time new master or slave device found
either due to automatic or requested search.
diff --git a/include/linux/connector.h b/include/linux/connector.h
index 1d72ef76f24f..6b6c7396a584 100644
--- a/include/linux/connector.h
+++ b/include/linux/connector.h
@@ -55,10 +55,71 @@ struct cn_dev {
struct cn_queue_dev *cbdev;
};
+/**
+ * cn_add_callback() - Registers new callback with connector core.
+ *
+ * @id: unique connector's user identifier.
+ * It must be registered in connector.h for legal
+ * in-kernel users.
+ * @name: connector's callback symbolic name.
+ * @callback: connector's callback.
+ * parameters are %cn_msg and the sender's credentials
+ */
int cn_add_callback(struct cb_id *id, const char *name,
void (*callback)(struct cn_msg *, struct netlink_skb_parms *));
-void cn_del_callback(struct cb_id *);
+/**
+ * cn_del_callback() - Unregisters new callback with connector core.
+ *
+ * @id: unique connector's user identifier.
+ */
+void cn_del_callback(struct cb_id *id);
+
+
+/**
+ * cn_netlink_send_mult - Sends message to the specified groups.
+ *
+ * @msg: message header(with attached data).
+ * @len: Number of @msg to be sent.
+ * @portid: destination port.
+ * If non-zero the message will be sent to the given port,
+ * which should be set to the original sender.
+ * @group: destination group.
+ * If @portid and @group is zero, then appropriate group will
+ * be searched through all registered connector users, and
+ * message will be delivered to the group which was created
+ * for user with the same ID as in @msg.
+ * If @group is not zero, then message will be delivered
+ * to the specified group.
+ * @gfp_mask: GFP mask.
+ *
+ * It can be safely called from softirq context, but may silently
+ * fail under strong memory pressure.
+ *
+ * If there are no listeners for given group %-ESRCH can be returned.
+ */
int cn_netlink_send_mult(struct cn_msg *msg, u16 len, u32 portid, u32 group, gfp_t gfp_mask);
+
+/**
+ * cn_netlink_send_mult - Sends message to the specified groups.
+ *
+ * @msg: message header(with attached data).
+ * @portid: destination port.
+ * If non-zero the message will be sent to the given port,
+ * which should be set to the original sender.
+ * @group: destination group.
+ * If @portid and @group is zero, then appropriate group will
+ * be searched through all registered connector users, and
+ * message will be delivered to the group which was created
+ * for user with the same ID as in @msg.
+ * If @group is not zero, then message will be delivered
+ * to the specified group.
+ * @gfp_mask: GFP mask.
+ *
+ * It can be safely called from softirq context, but may silently
+ * fail under strong memory pressure.
+ *
+ * If there are no listeners for given group %-ESRCH can be returned.
+ */
int cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 portid, u32 group, gfp_t gfp_mask);
int cn_queue_add_callback(struct cn_queue_dev *dev, const char *name,
diff --git a/samples/Kconfig b/samples/Kconfig
index d63cc8a3e0df..9ec524b2e003 100644
--- a/samples/Kconfig
+++ b/samples/Kconfig
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ config SAMPLE_CONNECTOR
When enabled, this builds both a sample kernel module for
the connector interface and a user space tool to communicate
with it.
- See also Documentation/connector/connector.txt
+ See also Documentation/connector/connector.rst
config SAMPLE_SECCOMP
bool "Build seccomp sample code"
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 16/29] docs: rbtree.txt: fix Sphinx build warnings
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Ths file is already at ReST format. Yet, some recent changes
made it to produce a few warnings when building it with
Sphinx.
Those are trivially fixed by marking some literal blocks.
Fix them before adding it to the docs building system.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/rbtree.txt | 6 +++---
1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/Documentation/rbtree.txt b/Documentation/rbtree.txt
index c42a21b99046..523d54b60087 100644
--- a/Documentation/rbtree.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rbtree.txt
@@ -204,21 +204,21 @@ potentially expensive tree iterations. This is done at negligible runtime
overhead for maintanence; albeit larger memory footprint.
Similar to the rb_root structure, cached rbtrees are initialized to be
-empty via:
+empty via::
struct rb_root_cached mytree = RB_ROOT_CACHED;
Cached rbtree is simply a regular rb_root with an extra pointer to cache the
leftmost node. This allows rb_root_cached to exist wherever rb_root does,
which permits augmented trees to be supported as well as only a few extra
-interfaces:
+interfaces::
struct rb_node *rb_first_cached(struct rb_root_cached *tree);
void rb_insert_color_cached(struct rb_node *, struct rb_root_cached *, bool);
void rb_erase_cached(struct rb_node *node, struct rb_root_cached *);
Both insert and erase calls have their respective counterpart of augmented
-trees:
+trees::
void rb_insert_augmented_cached(struct rb_node *node, struct rb_root_cached *,
bool, struct rb_augment_callbacks *);
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 00/29] Convert files to ReST - part 2
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <b0d24e805d5368719cc64e8104d64ee9b5b89dd0.1560890772.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
This is the second part of a series I wrote sometime ago where I manually
convert lots of files to be properly parsed by Sphinx as ReST files.
As it touches on lot of stuff, this series is based on today's linux-next,
at tag next-20190617.
The first version of this series had 57 patches. The first part with 28 patches
were already merged. Right now, there are still ~76 patches pending applying
(including this series), and that's because I opted to do ~1 patch per converted
directory.
That sounds too much to be send on a single round. So, I'm opting to split
it on 3 parts for the conversion, plus a final patch adding orphaned books
to existing ones.
Those patches should probably be good to be merged either by subsystem
maintainers or via the docs tree.
I opted to mark new files not included yet to the main index.rst (directly or
indirectly) with the :orphan: tag, in order to avoid adding warnings to the
build system. This should be removed after we find a "home" for all
the converted files within the new document tree arrangement, after I
submit the third part.
Both this series and the other parts of this work are on my devel git tree,
at:
https://git.linuxtv.org/mchehab/experimental.git/log/?h=convert_rst_renames_v5.1
The final output in html (after all patches I currently have, including
the upcoming series) can be seen at:
https://www.infradead.org/~mchehab/rst_conversion/
It contains all pending work from my side related to the conversion, plus
the patches I finished a first version today with contains the renaming
patches and de-orphan changes.
---
Version 2:
- Removed patches merged via other trees;
- rebased on the top of today's linux-next (next-20190617);
- Fix a typo on one patch's description;
- Added received acks.
Mauro Carvalho Chehab (29):
docs: connector: convert to ReST and rename to connector.rst
docs: lcd-panel-cgram.txt: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: lp855x-driver.txt: convert to ReST and move to kernel-api
docs: m68k: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: cma/debugfs.txt: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: console.txt: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: pti_intel_mid.txt: convert it to pti_intel_mid.rst
docs: early-userspace: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: driver-model: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: arm: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: memory-devices: convert ti-emif.txt to ReST
docs: xen-tpmfront.txt: convert it to .rst
docs: bus-devices: ti-gpmc.rst: convert it to ReST
docs: nvmem: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
docs: phy: convert samsung-usb2.txt to ReST format
docs: rbtree.txt: fix Sphinx build warnings
docs: DMA-API-HOWTO.txt: fix an unmarked code block
docs: accounting: convert to ReST
docs: ia64: convert to ReST
docs: leds: convert to ReST
docs: laptops: convert to ReST
docs: iio: convert to ReST
docs: namespaces: convert to ReST
docs: nfc: convert to ReST
docs: md: convert to ReST
docs: mtd: convert to ReST
docs: nvdimm: convert to ReST
docs: xtensa: convert to ReST
docs: mmc: convert to ReST
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop | 2 +-
Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt | 2 +-
.../{cgroupstats.txt => cgroupstats.rst} | 14 +-
...ay-accounting.txt => delay-accounting.rst} | 61 ++-
Documentation/accounting/index.rst | 14 +
Documentation/accounting/{psi.txt => psi.rst} | 40 +-
...kstats-struct.txt => taskstats-struct.rst} | 79 ++-
.../{taskstats.txt => taskstats.rst} | 15 +-
Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst | 6 +-
.../admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst | 2 +-
.../admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 2 +-
Documentation/arm/Marvell/README | 395 -------------
Documentation/arm/Netwinder | 78 ---
Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird | 21 -
Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg | 2 -
Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART | 47 --
Documentation/arm/{README => arm.rst} | 50 +-
Documentation/arm/{Booting => booting.rst} | 71 ++-
...ance.txt => cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst} | 177 +++---
.../arm/{firmware.txt => firmware.rst} | 14 +-
Documentation/arm/index.rst | 80 +++
.../arm/{Interrupts => interrupts.rst} | 86 +--
Documentation/arm/{IXP4xx => ixp4xx.rst} | 61 ++-
...nel_mode_neon.txt => kernel_mode_neon.rst} | 3 +
...er_helpers.txt => kernel_user_helpers.rst} | 79 +--
.../keystone/{knav-qmss.txt => knav-qmss.rst} | 6 +-
.../keystone/{Overview.txt => overview.rst} | 47 +-
Documentation/arm/marvel.rst | 488 +++++++++++++++++
.../arm/{mem_alignment => mem_alignment.rst} | 11 +-
Documentation/arm/{memory.txt => memory.rst} | 9 +-
.../arm/{Microchip/README => microchip.rst} | 63 ++-
Documentation/arm/netwinder.rst | 85 +++
Documentation/arm/nwfpe/index.rst | 11 +
.../nwfpe/{README.FPE => netwinder-fpe.rst} | 24 +-
Documentation/arm/nwfpe/{NOTES => notes.rst} | 3 +
Documentation/arm/nwfpe/{README => nwfpe.rst} | 10 +-
Documentation/arm/nwfpe/{TODO => todo.rst} | 47 +-
Documentation/arm/{OMAP/DSS => omap/dss.rst} | 112 ++--
Documentation/arm/omap/index.rst | 10 +
.../arm/{OMAP/README => omap/omap.rst} | 7 +
.../arm/{OMAP/omap_pm => omap/omap_pm.rst} | 55 +-
Documentation/arm/{Porting => porting.rst} | 14 +-
Documentation/arm/pxa/{mfp.txt => mfp.rst} | 106 ++--
.../{SA1100/ADSBitsy => sa1100/adsbitsy.rst} | 14 +-
.../{SA1100/Assabet => sa1100/assabet.rst} | 185 +++----
.../arm/{SA1100/Brutus => sa1100/brutus.rst} | 45 +-
.../arm/{SA1100/CERF => sa1100/cerf.rst} | 10 +-
Documentation/arm/sa1100/freebird.rst | 25 +
.../graphicsclient.rst} | 46 +-
.../graphicsmaster.rst} | 13 +-
.../HUW_WEBPANEL => sa1100/huw_webpanel.rst} | 8 +-
Documentation/arm/sa1100/index.rst | 23 +
.../arm/{SA1100/Itsy => sa1100/itsy.rst} | 14 +-
.../arm/{SA1100/LART => sa1100/lart.rst} | 3 +-
.../nanoEngine => sa1100/nanoengine.rst} | 6 +-
.../{SA1100/Pangolin => sa1100/pangolin.rst} | 10 +-
.../arm/{SA1100/PLEB => sa1100/pleb.rst} | 6 +-
Documentation/arm/sa1100/serial_uart.rst | 51 ++
.../arm/{SA1100/Tifon => sa1100/tifon.rst} | 4 +-
.../arm/{SA1100/Yopy => sa1100/yopy.rst} | 5 +-
.../cpufreq.rst} | 5 +-
.../eb2410itx.rst} | 5 +-
.../GPIO.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst} | 23 +-
.../H1940.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/h1940.rst} | 5 +-
Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/index.rst | 18 +
.../NAND.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/nand.rst} | 6 +-
.../overview.rst} | 21 +-
.../s3c2412.rst} | 5 +-
.../s3c2413.rst} | 7 +-
.../smdk2440.rst} | 5 +-
.../suspend.rst} | 20 +-
.../usb-host.rst} | 16 +-
.../bootloader-interface.rst} | 27 +-
.../clksrc-change-registers.awk | 0
.../{Samsung/GPIO.txt => samsung/gpio.rst} | 7 +-
Documentation/arm/samsung/index.rst | 10 +
.../Overview.txt => samsung/overview.rst} | 15 +-
Documentation/arm/{Setup => setup.rst} | 49 +-
.../arm/{SH-Mobile => sh-mobile}/.gitignore | 0
.../overview.txt => spear/overview.rst} | 20 +-
.../arm/sti/{overview.txt => overview.rst} | 21 +-
...h407-overview.txt => stih407-overview.rst} | 9 +-
...h415-overview.txt => stih415-overview.rst} | 8 +-
...h416-overview.txt => stih416-overview.rst} | 5 +-
...h418-overview.txt => stih418-overview.rst} | 9 +-
Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst | 2 -
.../arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst | 7 +-
.../arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst | 7 +-
.../arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst | 7 +-
.../arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst | 7 +-
.../arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst | 3 +-
Documentation/arm/{sunxi/README => sunxi.rst} | 98 +++-
.../arm/sunxi/{clocks.txt => clocks.rst} | 7 +-
.../arm/{swp_emulation => swp_emulation.rst} | 24 +-
Documentation/arm/{tcm.txt => tcm.rst} | 54 +-
Documentation/arm/{uefi.txt => uefi.rst} | 39 +-
.../release-notes.rst} | 4 +-
Documentation/arm/{vlocks.txt => vlocks.rst} | 9 +-
...cd-panel-cgram.txt => lcd-panel-cgram.rst} | 9 +-
Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.rst | 83 +++
Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt | 66 ---
.../bus-devices/{ti-gpmc.txt => ti-gpmc.rst} | 159 ++++--
.../cma/{debugfs.txt => debugfs.rst} | 8 +-
.../{connector.txt => connector.rst} | 130 ++---
.../console/{console.txt => console.rst} | 63 ++-
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt | 2 +-
.../devicetree/booting-without-of.txt | 4 +-
Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst | 2 +-
.../driver-model/{binding.txt => binding.rst} | 20 +-
.../driver-model/{bus.txt => bus.rst} | 69 +--
.../driver-model/{class.txt => class.rst} | 74 +--
...esign-patterns.txt => design-patterns.rst} | 106 ++--
.../driver-model/{device.txt => device.rst} | 57 +-
.../driver-model/{devres.txt => devres.rst} | 50 +-
.../driver-model/{driver.txt => driver.rst} | 112 ++--
Documentation/driver-model/index.rst | 26 +
.../{overview.txt => overview.rst} | 37 +-
.../{platform.txt => platform.rst} | 30 +-
.../driver-model/{porting.txt => porting.rst} | 333 +++++------
.../{buffer-format.txt => buffer-format.rst} | 19 +-
.../{README => early_userspace_support.rst} | 3 +
Documentation/early-userspace/index.rst | 18 +
Documentation/eisa.txt | 4 +-
Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst | 4 +-
Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt | 2 +-
.../filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt | 4 +-
Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches.rst | 2 +-
.../ia64/{aliasing.txt => aliasing.rst} | 73 ++-
Documentation/ia64/{efirtc.txt => efirtc.rst} | 118 ++--
.../ia64/{err_inject.txt => err_inject.rst} | 349 ++++++------
Documentation/ia64/{fsys.txt => fsys.rst} | 127 +++--
Documentation/ia64/{README => ia64.rst} | 26 +-
Documentation/ia64/index.rst | 18 +
.../ia64/{IRQ-redir.txt => irq-redir.rst} | 31 +-
Documentation/ia64/{mca.txt => mca.rst} | 10 +-
Documentation/ia64/{serial.txt => serial.rst} | 36 +-
Documentation/ia64/xen.rst | 206 +++++++
Documentation/ia64/xen.txt | 183 -------
.../iio/{ep93xx_adc.txt => ep93xx_adc.rst} | 15 +-
.../{iio_configfs.txt => iio_configfs.rst} | 52 +-
Documentation/iio/index.rst | 12 +
Documentation/index.rst | 1 +
.../{asus-laptop.txt => asus-laptop.rst} | 92 ++--
...otection.txt => disk-shock-protection.rst} | 32 +-
Documentation/laptops/index.rst | 17 +
.../{laptop-mode.txt => laptop-mode.rst} | 509 +++++++++--------
.../{sony-laptop.txt => sony-laptop.rst} | 58 +-
.../laptops/{sonypi.txt => sonypi.rst} | 28 +-
.../{thinkpad-acpi.txt => thinkpad-acpi.rst} | 367 ++++++++-----
.../{toshiba_haps.txt => toshiba_haps.rst} | 47 +-
Documentation/leds/index.rst | 25 +
.../leds/{leds-blinkm.txt => leds-blinkm.rst} | 64 ++-
...s-class-flash.txt => leds-class-flash.rst} | 49 +-
.../leds/{leds-class.txt => leds-class.rst} | 15 +-
.../leds/{leds-lm3556.txt => leds-lm3556.rst} | 100 +++-
.../leds/{leds-lp3944.txt => leds-lp3944.rst} | 23 +-
Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.rst | 115 ++++
Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt | 101 ----
Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.rst | 147 +++++
Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt | 130 -----
Documentation/leds/leds-lp5562.rst | 137 +++++
Documentation/leds/leds-lp5562.txt | 120 ----
Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.rst | 224 ++++++++
Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt | 194 -------
Documentation/leds/leds-mlxcpld.rst | 118 ++++
Documentation/leds/leds-mlxcpld.txt | 110 ----
...edtrig-oneshot.txt => ledtrig-oneshot.rst} | 11 +-
...ig-transient.txt => ledtrig-transient.rst} | 63 ++-
...edtrig-usbport.txt => ledtrig-usbport.rst} | 11 +-
Documentation/leds/{uleds.txt => uleds.rst} | 5 +-
Documentation/m68k/index.rst | 17 +
...{kernel-options.txt => kernel-options.rst} | 319 ++++++-----
Documentation/md/index.rst | 12 +
.../md/{md-cluster.txt => md-cluster.rst} | 188 ++++---
.../md/{raid5-cache.txt => raid5-cache.rst} | 28 +-
.../md/{raid5-ppl.txt => raid5-ppl.rst} | 2 +
.../{ti-emif.txt => ti-emif.rst} | 27 +-
Documentation/mmc/index.rst | 13 +
.../{mmc-async-req.txt => mmc-async-req.rst} | 53 +-
.../{mmc-dev-attrs.txt => mmc-dev-attrs.rst} | 32 +-
.../{mmc-dev-parts.txt => mmc-dev-parts.rst} | 13 +-
.../mmc/{mmc-tools.txt => mmc-tools.rst} | 5 +-
Documentation/mtd/index.rst | 12 +
.../mtd/{intel-spi.txt => intel-spi.rst} | 46 +-
.../mtd/{nand_ecc.txt => nand_ecc.rst} | 481 ++++++++--------
.../mtd/{spi-nor.txt => spi-nor.rst} | 7 +-
...bility-list.txt => compatibility-list.rst} | 10 +-
Documentation/namespaces/index.rst | 11 +
...ource-control.txt => resource-control.rst} | 4 +
Documentation/nfc/index.rst | 11 +
.../nfc/{nfc-hci.txt => nfc-hci.rst} | 163 +++---
.../nfc/{nfc-pn544.txt => nfc-pn544.rst} | 6 +-
Documentation/nvdimm/{btt.txt => btt.rst} | 140 ++---
Documentation/nvdimm/index.rst | 12 +
.../nvdimm/{nvdimm.txt => nvdimm.rst} | 518 ++++++++++--------
.../nvdimm/{security.txt => security.rst} | 4 +-
Documentation/nvmem/{nvmem.txt => nvmem.rst} | 112 ++--
.../{samsung-usb2.txt => samsung-usb2.rst} | 62 ++-
Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.rst | 106 ++++
Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt | 99 ----
Documentation/rbtree.txt | 6 +-
.../{xen-tpmfront.txt => xen-tpmfront.rst} | 103 ++--
Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt | 4 +-
Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting | 4 +-
.../zh_CN/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt | 4 +-
.../xtensa/{atomctl.txt => atomctl.rst} | 13 +-
.../xtensa/{booting.txt => booting.rst} | 5 +-
Documentation/xtensa/index.rst | 12 +
Documentation/xtensa/mmu.rst | 195 +++++++
Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt | 189 -------
MAINTAINERS | 16 +-
arch/arm/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c | 2 +-
arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S | 2 +-
arch/arm/common/vlock.S | 2 +-
arch/arm/include/asm/setup.h | 2 +-
arch/arm/include/uapi/asm/setup.h | 2 +-
arch/arm/kernel/entry-armv.S | 2 +-
arch/arm/mach-exynos/common.h | 2 +-
arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/Kconfig | 14 +-
arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/pm.c | 2 +-
arch/arm/mm/Kconfig | 4 +-
arch/arm/plat-samsung/Kconfig | 6 +-
arch/arm/tools/mach-types | 2 +-
arch/arm64/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/arm64/kernel/kuser32.S | 2 +-
arch/ia64/kernel/efi.c | 2 +-
arch/ia64/kernel/fsys.S | 2 +-
arch/ia64/mm/ioremap.c | 2 +-
arch/ia64/pci/pci.c | 2 +-
arch/mips/bmips/setup.c | 2 +-
arch/xtensa/include/asm/initialize_mmu.h | 2 +-
drivers/base/platform.c | 2 +-
drivers/char/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-cipher.c | 2 +-
drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-core.c | 2 +-
drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-hash.c | 2 +-
drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss.h | 2 +-
drivers/gpio/gpio-cs5535.c | 2 +-
drivers/iio/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/input/touchscreen/sun4i-ts.c | 2 +-
drivers/leds/trigger/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/leds/trigger/ledtrig-transient.c | 2 +-
drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand_ecc.c | 2 +-
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.c | 2 +-
drivers/nvdimm/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/platform/x86/Kconfig | 4 +-
drivers/tty/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/tty/serial/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/w1/Kconfig | 2 +-
include/linux/connector.h | 63 ++-
init/Kconfig | 2 +-
net/netfilter/Kconfig | 2 +-
samples/Kconfig | 2 +-
scripts/coccinelle/free/devm_free.cocci | 2 +-
usr/Kconfig | 2 +-
257 files changed, 7122 insertions(+), 5341 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/accounting/{cgroupstats.txt => cgroupstats.rst} (77%)
rename Documentation/accounting/{delay-accounting.txt => delay-accounting.rst} (77%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/index.rst
rename Documentation/accounting/{psi.txt => psi.rst} (91%)
rename Documentation/accounting/{taskstats-struct.txt => taskstats-struct.rst} (78%)
rename Documentation/accounting/{taskstats.txt => taskstats.rst} (95%)
delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Netwinder
delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird
delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg
delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART
rename Documentation/arm/{README => arm.rst} (88%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Booting => booting.rst} (89%)
rename Documentation/arm/{cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt => cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst} (84%)
rename Documentation/arm/{firmware.txt => firmware.rst} (86%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/index.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{Interrupts => interrupts.rst} (81%)
rename Documentation/arm/{IXP4xx => ixp4xx.rst} (84%)
rename Documentation/arm/{kernel_mode_neon.txt => kernel_mode_neon.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/arm/{kernel_user_helpers.txt => kernel_user_helpers.rst} (78%)
rename Documentation/arm/keystone/{knav-qmss.txt => knav-qmss.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/arm/keystone/{Overview.txt => overview.rst} (59%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/marvel.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{mem_alignment => mem_alignment.rst} (89%)
rename Documentation/arm/{memory.txt => memory.rst} (90%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Microchip/README => microchip.rst} (92%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/netwinder.rst
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/nwfpe/index.rst
rename Documentation/arm/nwfpe/{README.FPE => netwinder-fpe.rst} (94%)
rename Documentation/arm/nwfpe/{NOTES => notes.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/arm/nwfpe/{README => nwfpe.rst} (98%)
rename Documentation/arm/nwfpe/{TODO => todo.rst} (75%)
rename Documentation/arm/{OMAP/DSS => omap/dss.rst} (86%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/omap/index.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{OMAP/README => omap/omap.rst} (62%)
rename Documentation/arm/{OMAP/omap_pm => omap/omap_pm.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Porting => porting.rst} (94%)
rename Documentation/arm/pxa/{mfp.txt => mfp.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/ADSBitsy => sa1100/adsbitsy.rst} (90%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/Assabet => sa1100/assabet.rst} (62%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/Brutus => sa1100/brutus.rst} (75%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/CERF => sa1100/cerf.rst} (91%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sa1100/freebird.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/GraphicsClient => sa1100/graphicsclient.rst} (87%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/GraphicsMaster => sa1100/graphicsmaster.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL => sa1100/huw_webpanel.rst} (78%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sa1100/index.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/Itsy => sa1100/itsy.rst} (88%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/LART => sa1100/lart.rst} (90%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/nanoEngine => sa1100/nanoengine.rst} (74%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/Pangolin => sa1100/pangolin.rst} (81%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/PLEB => sa1100/pleb.rst} (95%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sa1100/serial_uart.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/Tifon => sa1100/tifon.rst} (88%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SA1100/Yopy => sa1100/yopy.rst} (74%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/cpufreq.rst} (96%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/eb2410itx.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst} (89%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/h1940.rst} (94%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/index.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/nand.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst} (94%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2412.rst} (96%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2413.rst} (77%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/smdk2440.rst} (94%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst} (94%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt => samsung-s3c24xx/usb-host.rst} (94%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt => samsung/bootloader-interface.rst} (72%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung => samsung}/clksrc-change-registers.awk (100%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung/GPIO.txt => samsung/gpio.rst} (87%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/samsung/index.rst
rename Documentation/arm/{Samsung/Overview.txt => samsung/overview.rst} (86%)
rename Documentation/arm/{Setup => setup.rst} (87%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SH-Mobile => sh-mobile}/.gitignore (100%)
rename Documentation/arm/{SPEAr/overview.txt => spear/overview.rst} (91%)
rename Documentation/arm/sti/{overview.txt => overview.rst} (82%)
rename Documentation/arm/sti/{stih407-overview.txt => stih407-overview.rst} (82%)
rename Documentation/arm/sti/{stih415-overview.txt => stih415-overview.rst} (79%)
rename Documentation/arm/sti/{stih416-overview.txt => stih416-overview.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/arm/sti/{stih418-overview.txt => stih418-overview.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/arm/{sunxi/README => sunxi.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/arm/sunxi/{clocks.txt => clocks.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/arm/{swp_emulation => swp_emulation.rst} (63%)
rename Documentation/arm/{tcm.txt => tcm.rst} (86%)
rename Documentation/arm/{uefi.txt => uefi.rst} (63%)
rename Documentation/arm/{VFP/release-notes.txt => vfp/release-notes.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/arm/{vlocks.txt => vlocks.rst} (98%)
rename Documentation/auxdisplay/{lcd-panel-cgram.txt => lcd-panel-cgram.rst} (88%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
rename Documentation/bus-devices/{ti-gpmc.txt => ti-gpmc.rst} (58%)
rename Documentation/cma/{debugfs.txt => debugfs.rst} (91%)
rename Documentation/connector/{connector.txt => connector.rst} (57%)
rename Documentation/console/{console.txt => console.rst} (80%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{binding.txt => binding.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{bus.txt => bus.rst} (76%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{class.txt => class.rst} (75%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{design-patterns.txt => design-patterns.rst} (59%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{device.txt => device.rst} (71%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{devres.txt => devres.rst} (93%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{driver.txt => driver.rst} (75%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/index.rst
rename Documentation/driver-model/{overview.txt => overview.rst} (90%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{platform.txt => platform.rst} (95%)
rename Documentation/driver-model/{porting.txt => porting.rst} (62%)
rename Documentation/early-userspace/{buffer-format.txt => buffer-format.rst} (91%)
rename Documentation/early-userspace/{README => early_userspace_support.rst} (99%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/early-userspace/index.rst
rename Documentation/ia64/{aliasing.txt => aliasing.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/ia64/{efirtc.txt => efirtc.rst} (70%)
rename Documentation/ia64/{err_inject.txt => err_inject.rst} (82%)
rename Documentation/ia64/{fsys.txt => fsys.rst} (76%)
rename Documentation/ia64/{README => ia64.rst} (61%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/index.rst
rename Documentation/ia64/{IRQ-redir.txt => irq-redir.rst} (86%)
rename Documentation/ia64/{mca.txt => mca.rst} (96%)
rename Documentation/ia64/{serial.txt => serial.rst} (87%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/xen.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/xen.txt
rename Documentation/iio/{ep93xx_adc.txt => ep93xx_adc.rst} (71%)
rename Documentation/iio/{iio_configfs.txt => iio_configfs.rst} (73%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/iio/index.rst
rename Documentation/laptops/{asus-laptop.txt => asus-laptop.rst} (84%)
rename Documentation/laptops/{disk-shock-protection.txt => disk-shock-protection.rst} (91%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/index.rst
rename Documentation/laptops/{laptop-mode.txt => laptop-mode.rst} (62%)
rename Documentation/laptops/{sony-laptop.txt => sony-laptop.rst} (85%)
rename Documentation/laptops/{sonypi.txt => sonypi.rst} (87%)
rename Documentation/laptops/{thinkpad-acpi.txt => thinkpad-acpi.rst} (89%)
rename Documentation/laptops/{toshiba_haps.txt => toshiba_haps.rst} (60%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/index.rst
rename Documentation/leds/{leds-blinkm.txt => leds-blinkm.rst} (57%)
rename Documentation/leds/{leds-class-flash.txt => leds-class-flash.rst} (74%)
rename Documentation/leds/{leds-class.txt => leds-class.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/leds/{leds-lm3556.txt => leds-lm3556.rst} (70%)
rename Documentation/leds/{leds-lp3944.txt => leds-lp3944.rst} (78%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt
create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt
create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5562.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5562.txt
create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt
create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-mlxcpld.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-mlxcpld.txt
rename Documentation/leds/{ledtrig-oneshot.txt => ledtrig-oneshot.rst} (90%)
rename Documentation/leds/{ledtrig-transient.txt => ledtrig-transient.rst} (81%)
rename Documentation/leds/{ledtrig-usbport.txt => ledtrig-usbport.rst} (86%)
rename Documentation/leds/{uleds.txt => uleds.rst} (95%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/m68k/index.rst
rename Documentation/m68k/{kernel-options.txt => kernel-options.rst} (78%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/md/index.rst
rename Documentation/md/{md-cluster.txt => md-cluster.rst} (68%)
rename Documentation/md/{raid5-cache.txt => raid5-cache.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/md/{raid5-ppl.txt => raid5-ppl.rst} (98%)
rename Documentation/memory-devices/{ti-emif.txt => ti-emif.rst} (81%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/mmc/index.rst
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-async-req.txt => mmc-async-req.rst} (75%)
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-dev-attrs.txt => mmc-dev-attrs.rst} (73%)
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-dev-parts.txt => mmc-dev-parts.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-tools.txt => mmc-tools.rst} (92%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/mtd/index.rst
rename Documentation/mtd/{intel-spi.txt => intel-spi.rst} (71%)
rename Documentation/mtd/{nand_ecc.txt => nand_ecc.rst} (67%)
rename Documentation/mtd/{spi-nor.txt => spi-nor.rst} (94%)
rename Documentation/namespaces/{compatibility-list.txt => compatibility-list.rst} (86%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/namespaces/index.rst
rename Documentation/namespaces/{resource-control.txt => resource-control.rst} (89%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/nfc/index.rst
rename Documentation/nfc/{nfc-hci.txt => nfc-hci.rst} (71%)
rename Documentation/nfc/{nfc-pn544.txt => nfc-pn544.rst} (82%)
rename Documentation/nvdimm/{btt.txt => btt.rst} (71%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/nvdimm/index.rst
rename Documentation/nvdimm/{nvdimm.txt => nvdimm.rst} (60%)
rename Documentation/nvdimm/{security.txt => security.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/nvmem/{nvmem.txt => nvmem.rst} (62%)
rename Documentation/phy/{samsung-usb2.txt => samsung-usb2.rst} (77%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt
rename Documentation/security/tpm/{xen-tpmfront.txt => xen-tpmfront.rst} (66%)
rename Documentation/xtensa/{atomctl.txt => atomctl.rst} (81%)
rename Documentation/xtensa/{booting.txt => booting.rst} (91%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/xtensa/index.rst
create mode 100644 Documentation/xtensa/mmu.rst
delete mode 100644 Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply
* [PATCH v2 06/29] docs: console.txt: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz, Greg Kroah-Hartman,
Jiri Slaby, dri-devel, linux-fbdev
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Convert this small file to ReST in preparation for adding it to
the driver-api book.
While this is not part of the driver-api book, mark it as
:orphan:, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../console/{console.txt => console.rst} | 63 ++++++++++---------
Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst | 4 +-
drivers/tty/Kconfig | 2 +-
3 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 31 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/console/{console.txt => console.rst} (80%)
diff --git a/Documentation/console/console.txt b/Documentation/console/console.rst
similarity index 80%
rename from Documentation/console/console.txt
rename to Documentation/console/console.rst
index d73c2ab4beda..b374141b027e 100644
--- a/Documentation/console/console.txt
+++ b/Documentation/console/console.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+:orphan:
+
+===============
Console Drivers
===============
@@ -17,25 +20,26 @@ of driver occupying the consoles.) They can only take over the console that is
occupied by the system driver. In the same token, if the modular driver is
released by the console, the system driver will take over.
-Modular drivers, from the programmer's point of view, have to call:
+Modular drivers, from the programmer's point of view, have to call::
do_take_over_console() - load and bind driver to console layer
give_up_console() - unload driver; it will only work if driver
is fully unbound
-In newer kernels, the following are also available:
+In newer kernels, the following are also available::
do_register_con_driver()
do_unregister_con_driver()
If sysfs is enabled, the contents of /sys/class/vtconsole can be
examined. This shows the console backends currently registered by the
-system which are named vtcon<n> where <n> is an integer from 0 to 15. Thus:
+system which are named vtcon<n> where <n> is an integer from 0 to 15.
+Thus::
ls /sys/class/vtconsole
. .. vtcon0 vtcon1
-Each directory in /sys/class/vtconsole has 3 files:
+Each directory in /sys/class/vtconsole has 3 files::
ls /sys/class/vtconsole/vtcon0
. .. bind name uevent
@@ -46,27 +50,29 @@ What do these files signify?
read, or acts to bind or unbind the driver to the virtual consoles
when written to. The possible values are:
- 0 - means the driver is not bound and if echo'ed, commands the driver
+ 0
+ - means the driver is not bound and if echo'ed, commands the driver
to unbind
- 1 - means the driver is bound and if echo'ed, commands the driver to
+ 1
+ - means the driver is bound and if echo'ed, commands the driver to
bind
- 2. name - read-only file. Shows the name of the driver in this format:
+ 2. name - read-only file. Shows the name of the driver in this format::
- cat /sys/class/vtconsole/vtcon0/name
- (S) VGA+
+ cat /sys/class/vtconsole/vtcon0/name
+ (S) VGA+
- '(S)' stands for a (S)ystem driver, i.e., it cannot be directly
- commanded to bind or unbind
+ '(S)' stands for a (S)ystem driver, i.e., it cannot be directly
+ commanded to bind or unbind
- 'VGA+' is the name of the driver
+ 'VGA+' is the name of the driver
- cat /sys/class/vtconsole/vtcon1/name
- (M) frame buffer device
+ cat /sys/class/vtconsole/vtcon1/name
+ (M) frame buffer device
- In this case, '(M)' stands for a (M)odular driver, one that can be
- directly commanded to bind or unbind.
+ In this case, '(M)' stands for a (M)odular driver, one that can be
+ directly commanded to bind or unbind.
3. uevent - ignore this file
@@ -75,14 +81,17 @@ driver takes over the consoles vacated by the driver. Binding, on the other
hand, will bind the driver to the consoles that are currently occupied by a
system driver.
-NOTE1: Binding and unbinding must be selected in Kconfig. It's under:
+NOTE1:
+ Binding and unbinding must be selected in Kconfig. It's under::
-Device Drivers -> Character devices -> Support for binding and unbinding
-console drivers
+ Device Drivers ->
+ Character devices ->
+ Support for binding and unbinding console drivers
-NOTE2: If any of the virtual consoles are in KD_GRAPHICS mode, then binding or
-unbinding will not succeed. An example of an application that sets the console
-to KD_GRAPHICS is X.
+NOTE2:
+ If any of the virtual consoles are in KD_GRAPHICS mode, then binding or
+ unbinding will not succeed. An example of an application that sets the
+ console to KD_GRAPHICS is X.
How useful is this feature? This is very useful for console driver
developers. By unbinding the driver from the console layer, one can unload the
@@ -92,10 +101,10 @@ framebuffer console to VGA console and vice versa, this feature also makes
this possible. (NOTE NOTE NOTE: Please read fbcon.txt under Documentation/fb
for more details.)
-Notes for developers:
-=====================
+Notes for developers
+====================
-do_take_over_console() is now broken up into:
+do_take_over_console() is now broken up into::
do_register_con_driver()
do_bind_con_driver() - private function
@@ -104,7 +113,7 @@ give_up_console() is a wrapper to do_unregister_con_driver(), and a driver must
be fully unbound for this call to succeed. con_is_bound() will check if the
driver is bound or not.
-Guidelines for console driver writers:
+Guidelines for console driver writers
=====================================
In order for binding to and unbinding from the console to properly work,
@@ -140,6 +149,4 @@ The current crop of console drivers should still work correctly, but binding
and unbinding them may cause problems. With minimal fixes, these drivers can
be made to work correctly.
-==========================
Antonino Daplas <adaplas@pol.net>
-
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst
index cfb9f7c38f18..22112718dd5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst
+++ b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ the hardware. Thus, in a VGA console::
Assuming the VGA driver can be unloaded, one must first unbind the VGA driver
from the console layer before unloading the driver. The VGA driver cannot be
unloaded if it is still bound to the console layer. (See
-Documentation/console/console.txt for more information).
+Documentation/console/console.rst for more information).
This is more complicated in the case of the framebuffer console (fbcon),
because fbcon is an intermediate layer between the console and the drivers::
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ fbcon. Thus, there is no need to explicitly unbind the fbdev drivers from
fbcon.
So, how do we unbind fbcon from the console? Part of the answer is in
-Documentation/console/console.txt. To summarize:
+Documentation/console/console.rst. To summarize:
Echo a value to the bind file that represents the framebuffer console
driver. So assuming vtcon1 represents fbcon, then::
diff --git a/drivers/tty/Kconfig b/drivers/tty/Kconfig
index 0e3e4dacbc12..1cb50f19d58c 100644
--- a/drivers/tty/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/tty/Kconfig
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ config VT_HW_CONSOLE_BINDING
select the console driver that will serve as the backend for the
virtual terminals.
- See <file:Documentation/console/console.txt> for more
+ See <file:Documentation/console/console.rst> for more
information. For framebuffer console users, please refer to
<file:Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst>.
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 13/29] docs: bus-devices: ti-gpmc.rst: convert it to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
In order to be able to add this file to a book, it needs
first to be converted to ReST and renamed.
While this is not part of any book, mark it as :orphan:, in order
to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../bus-devices/{ti-gpmc.txt => ti-gpmc.rst} | 159 ++++++++++++------
1 file changed, 108 insertions(+), 51 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/bus-devices/{ti-gpmc.txt => ti-gpmc.rst} (58%)
diff --git a/Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt b/Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.rst
similarity index 58%
rename from Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt
rename to Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.rst
index cc9ce57e0a26..87c366e418be 100644
--- a/Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
-GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller):
-=========================================
+:orphan:
+
+========================================
+GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller)
+========================================
GPMC is an unified memory controller dedicated to interfacing external
memory devices like
+
* Asynchronous SRAM like memories and application specific integrated
circuit devices.
* Asynchronous, synchronous, and page mode burst NOR flash devices
@@ -48,75 +52,128 @@ most of the datasheets & hardware (to be exact none of those supported
in mainline having custom timing routine) and by simulation.
gpmc timing dependency on peripheral timings:
+
[<gpmc_timing>: <peripheral timing1>, <peripheral timing2> ...]
1. common
-cs_on: t_ceasu
-adv_on: t_avdasu, t_ceavd
+
+cs_on:
+ t_ceasu
+adv_on:
+ t_avdasu, t_ceavd
2. sync common
-sync_clk: clk
-page_burst_access: t_bacc
-clk_activation: t_ces, t_avds
+
+sync_clk:
+ clk
+page_burst_access:
+ t_bacc
+clk_activation:
+ t_ces, t_avds
3. read async muxed
-adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r
-oe_on: t_oeasu, t_aavdh
-access: t_iaa, t_oe, t_ce, t_aa
-rd_cycle: t_rd_cycle, t_cez_r, t_oez
+
+adv_rd_off:
+ t_avdp_r
+oe_on:
+ t_oeasu, t_aavdh
+access:
+ t_iaa, t_oe, t_ce, t_aa
+rd_cycle:
+ t_rd_cycle, t_cez_r, t_oez
4. read async non-muxed
-adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r
-oe_on: t_oeasu
-access: t_iaa, t_oe, t_ce, t_aa
-rd_cycle: t_rd_cycle, t_cez_r, t_oez
+
+adv_rd_off:
+ t_avdp_r
+oe_on:
+ t_oeasu
+access:
+ t_iaa, t_oe, t_ce, t_aa
+rd_cycle:
+ t_rd_cycle, t_cez_r, t_oez
5. read sync muxed
-adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r, t_avdh
-oe_on: t_oeasu, t_ach, cyc_aavdh_oe
-access: t_iaa, cyc_iaa, cyc_oe
-rd_cycle: t_cez_r, t_oez, t_ce_rdyz
+
+adv_rd_off:
+ t_avdp_r, t_avdh
+oe_on:
+ t_oeasu, t_ach, cyc_aavdh_oe
+access:
+ t_iaa, cyc_iaa, cyc_oe
+rd_cycle:
+ t_cez_r, t_oez, t_ce_rdyz
6. read sync non-muxed
-adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r
-oe_on: t_oeasu
-access: t_iaa, cyc_iaa, cyc_oe
-rd_cycle: t_cez_r, t_oez, t_ce_rdyz
+
+adv_rd_off:
+ t_avdp_r
+oe_on:
+ t_oeasu
+access:
+ t_iaa, cyc_iaa, cyc_oe
+rd_cycle:
+ t_cez_r, t_oez, t_ce_rdyz
7. write async muxed
-adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w
-we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu, t_aavdh, cyc_aavhd_we
-we_off: t_wpl
-cs_wr_off: t_wph
-wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_wr_cycle
+
+adv_wr_off:
+ t_avdp_w
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus:
+ t_weasu, t_aavdh, cyc_aavhd_we
+we_off:
+ t_wpl
+cs_wr_off:
+ t_wph
+wr_cycle:
+ t_cez_w, t_wr_cycle
8. write async non-muxed
-adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w
-we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu
-we_off: t_wpl
-cs_wr_off: t_wph
-wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_wr_cycle
+
+adv_wr_off:
+ t_avdp_w
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus:
+ t_weasu
+we_off:
+ t_wpl
+cs_wr_off:
+ t_wph
+wr_cycle:
+ t_cez_w, t_wr_cycle
9. write sync muxed
-adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w, t_avdh
-we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu, t_rdyo, t_aavdh, cyc_aavhd_we
-we_off: t_wpl, cyc_wpl
-cs_wr_off: t_wph
-wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_ce_rdyz
+
+adv_wr_off:
+ t_avdp_w, t_avdh
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus:
+ t_weasu, t_rdyo, t_aavdh, cyc_aavhd_we
+we_off:
+ t_wpl, cyc_wpl
+cs_wr_off:
+ t_wph
+wr_cycle:
+ t_cez_w, t_ce_rdyz
10. write sync non-muxed
-adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w
-we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu, t_rdyo
-we_off: t_wpl, cyc_wpl
-cs_wr_off: t_wph
-wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_ce_rdyz
+adv_wr_off:
+ t_avdp_w
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus:
+ t_weasu, t_rdyo
+we_off:
+ t_wpl, cyc_wpl
+cs_wr_off:
+ t_wph
+wr_cycle:
+ t_cez_w, t_ce_rdyz
-Note: Many of gpmc timings are dependent on other gpmc timings (a few
-gpmc timings purely dependent on other gpmc timings, a reason that
-some of the gpmc timings are missing above), and it will result in
-indirect dependency of peripheral timings to gpmc timings other than
-mentioned above, refer timing routine for more details. To know what
-these peripheral timings correspond to, please see explanations in
-struct gpmc_device_timings definition. And for gpmc timings refer
-IP details (link above).
+
+Note:
+ Many of gpmc timings are dependent on other gpmc timings (a few
+ gpmc timings purely dependent on other gpmc timings, a reason that
+ some of the gpmc timings are missing above), and it will result in
+ indirect dependency of peripheral timings to gpmc timings other than
+ mentioned above, refer timing routine for more details. To know what
+ these peripheral timings correspond to, please see explanations in
+ struct gpmc_device_timings definition. And for gpmc timings refer
+ IP details (link above).
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 17/29] docs: DMA-API-HOWTO.txt: fix an unmarked code block
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
When building with Sphinx, it would produce this warning:
docs/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.rst:222: WARNING: Definition list ends without a blank line; unexpected unindent.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
index cb712a02f59f..358d495456d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ The standard 64-bit addressing device would do something like this::
If the device only supports 32-bit addressing for descriptors in the
coherent allocations, but supports full 64-bits for streaming mappings
-it would look like this:
+it would look like this::
if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n");
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 22/29] docs: iio: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Jonathan Cameron, Hartmut Knaack,
Lars-Peter Clausen, Peter Meerwald-Stadler, linux-iio,
Jonathan Cameron
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the iio documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com>
---
.../iio/{ep93xx_adc.txt => ep93xx_adc.rst} | 15 +++++-
.../{iio_configfs.txt => iio_configfs.rst} | 52 +++++++++++--------
Documentation/iio/index.rst | 12 +++++
drivers/iio/Kconfig | 2 +-
4 files changed, 56 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/iio/{ep93xx_adc.txt => ep93xx_adc.rst} (71%)
rename Documentation/iio/{iio_configfs.txt => iio_configfs.rst} (73%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/iio/index.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.txt b/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst
similarity index 71%
rename from Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.txt
rename to Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst
index 23053e7817bd..4fd8dea3f6b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst
@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
-Cirrus Logic EP93xx ADC driver.
+==============================
+Cirrus Logic EP93xx ADC driver
+==============================
1. Overview
+===========
The driver is intended to work on both low-end (EP9301, EP9302) devices with
5-channel ADC and high-end (EP9307, EP9312, EP9315) devices with 10-channel
touchscreen/ADC module.
2. Channel numbering
+====================
Numbering scheme for channels 0..4 is defined in EP9301 and EP9302 datasheets.
EP9307, EP9312 and EP9312 have 3 channels more (total 8), but the numbering is
@@ -17,13 +21,20 @@ Assuming ep93xx_adc is IIO device0, you'd find the following entries under
+-----------------+---------------+
| sysfs entry | ball/pin name |
- +-----------------+---------------+
+ +=================+===============+
| in_voltage0_raw | YM |
+ +-----------------+---------------+
| in_voltage1_raw | SXP |
+ +-----------------+---------------+
| in_voltage2_raw | SXM |
+ +-----------------+---------------+
| in_voltage3_raw | SYP |
+ +-----------------+---------------+
| in_voltage4_raw | SYM |
+ +-----------------+---------------+
| in_voltage5_raw | XP |
+ +-----------------+---------------+
| in_voltage6_raw | XM |
+ +-----------------+---------------+
| in_voltage7_raw | YP |
+-----------------+---------------+
diff --git a/Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.txt b/Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.rst
similarity index 73%
rename from Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.txt
rename to Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.rst
index 4e5f101837a8..ecbfdb3afef7 100644
--- a/Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
+===============================
Industrial IIO configfs support
+===============================
1. Overview
+===========
Configfs is a filesystem-based manager of kernel objects. IIO uses some
objects that could be easily configured using configfs (e.g.: devices,
@@ -10,20 +13,22 @@ See Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt for more information
about how configfs works.
2. Usage
+========
In order to use configfs support in IIO we need to select it at compile
time via CONFIG_IIO_CONFIGFS config option.
-Then, mount the configfs filesystem (usually under /config directory):
+Then, mount the configfs filesystem (usually under /config directory)::
-$ mkdir /config
-$ mount -t configfs none /config
+ $ mkdir /config
+ $ mount -t configfs none /config
At this point, all default IIO groups will be created and can be accessed
under /config/iio. Next chapters will describe available IIO configuration
objects.
3. Software triggers
+====================
One of the IIO default configfs groups is the "triggers" group. It is
automagically accessible when the configfs is mounted and can be found
@@ -31,40 +36,40 @@ under /config/iio/triggers.
IIO software triggers implementation offers support for creating multiple
trigger types. A new trigger type is usually implemented as a separate
-kernel module following the interface in include/linux/iio/sw_trigger.h:
+kernel module following the interface in include/linux/iio/sw_trigger.h::
-/*
- * drivers/iio/trigger/iio-trig-sample.c
- * sample kernel module implementing a new trigger type
- */
-#include <linux/iio/sw_trigger.h>
+ /*
+ * drivers/iio/trigger/iio-trig-sample.c
+ * sample kernel module implementing a new trigger type
+ */
+ #include <linux/iio/sw_trigger.h>
-static struct iio_sw_trigger *iio_trig_sample_probe(const char *name)
-{
+ static struct iio_sw_trigger *iio_trig_sample_probe(const char *name)
+ {
/*
* This allocates and registers an IIO trigger plus other
* trigger type specific initialization.
*/
-}
+ }
-static int iio_trig_hrtimer_remove(struct iio_sw_trigger *swt)
-{
+ static int iio_trig_hrtimer_remove(struct iio_sw_trigger *swt)
+ {
/*
* This undoes the actions in iio_trig_sample_probe
*/
-}
+ }
-static const struct iio_sw_trigger_ops iio_trig_sample_ops = {
+ static const struct iio_sw_trigger_ops iio_trig_sample_ops = {
.probe = iio_trig_sample_probe,
.remove = iio_trig_sample_remove,
-};
+ };
-static struct iio_sw_trigger_type iio_trig_sample = {
+ static struct iio_sw_trigger_type iio_trig_sample = {
.name = "trig-sample",
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
.ops = &iio_trig_sample_ops,
-};
+ };
module_iio_sw_trigger_driver(iio_trig_sample);
@@ -73,21 +78,24 @@ iio-trig-sample module will create 'trig-sample' trigger type directory
/config/iio/triggers/trig-sample.
We support the following interrupt sources (trigger types):
+
* hrtimer, uses high resolution timers as interrupt source
3.1 Hrtimer triggers creation and destruction
+---------------------------------------------
Loading iio-trig-hrtimer module will register hrtimer trigger types allowing
users to create hrtimer triggers under /config/iio/triggers/hrtimer.
-e.g:
+e.g::
-$ mkdir /config/iio/triggers/hrtimer/instance1
-$ rmdir /config/iio/triggers/hrtimer/instance1
+ $ mkdir /config/iio/triggers/hrtimer/instance1
+ $ rmdir /config/iio/triggers/hrtimer/instance1
Each trigger can have one or more attributes specific to the trigger type.
3.2 "hrtimer" trigger types attributes
+--------------------------------------
"hrtimer" trigger type doesn't have any configurable attribute from /config dir.
It does introduce the sampling_frequency attribute to trigger directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/iio/index.rst b/Documentation/iio/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0593dca89a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/iio/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+:orphan:
+
+==============
+Industrial I/O
+==============
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ iio_configfs
+
+ ep93xx_adc
diff --git a/drivers/iio/Kconfig b/drivers/iio/Kconfig
index 1d736a4952ab..5bd51853b15e 100644
--- a/drivers/iio/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/iio/Kconfig
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ config IIO_CONFIGFS
help
This allows configuring various IIO bits through configfs
(e.g. software triggers). For more info see
- Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.txt.
+ Documentation/iio/iio_configfs.rst.
config IIO_TRIGGER
bool "Enable triggered sampling support"
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 18/29] docs: accounting: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Balbir Singh, Tejun Heo, Li Zefan,
Johannes Weiner, cgroups
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the accounting documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../{cgroupstats.txt => cgroupstats.rst} | 14 ++--
...ay-accounting.txt => delay-accounting.rst} | 61 ++++++++------
Documentation/accounting/index.rst | 14 ++++
Documentation/accounting/{psi.txt => psi.rst} | 40 +++++-----
...kstats-struct.txt => taskstats-struct.rst} | 79 ++++++++++++-------
.../{taskstats.txt => taskstats.rst} | 15 ++--
Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst | 6 +-
init/Kconfig | 2 +-
8 files changed, 139 insertions(+), 92 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/accounting/{cgroupstats.txt => cgroupstats.rst} (77%)
rename Documentation/accounting/{delay-accounting.txt => delay-accounting.rst} (77%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/index.rst
rename Documentation/accounting/{psi.txt => psi.rst} (91%)
rename Documentation/accounting/{taskstats-struct.txt => taskstats-struct.rst} (78%)
rename Documentation/accounting/{taskstats.txt => taskstats.rst} (95%)
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt b/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.rst
similarity index 77%
rename from Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt
rename to Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.rst
index d16a9849e60e..b9afc48f4ea2 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
+==================
+Control Groupstats
+==================
+
Control Groupstats is inspired by the discussion at
http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/11/187 and implements per cgroup statistics as
suggested by Andrew Morton in http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/11/263.
@@ -19,9 +23,9 @@ about tasks blocked on I/O. If CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT is disabled, this
information will not be available.
To extract cgroup statistics a utility very similar to getdelays.c
-has been developed, the sample output of the utility is shown below
+has been developed, the sample output of the utility is shown below::
-~/balbir/cgroupstats # ./getdelays -C "/sys/fs/cgroup/a"
-sleeping 1, blocked 0, running 1, stopped 0, uninterruptible 0
-~/balbir/cgroupstats # ./getdelays -C "/sys/fs/cgroup"
-sleeping 155, blocked 0, running 1, stopped 0, uninterruptible 2
+ ~/balbir/cgroupstats # ./getdelays -C "/sys/fs/cgroup/a"
+ sleeping 1, blocked 0, running 1, stopped 0, uninterruptible 0
+ ~/balbir/cgroupstats # ./getdelays -C "/sys/fs/cgroup"
+ sleeping 155, blocked 0, running 1, stopped 0, uninterruptible 2
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt b/Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.rst
similarity index 77%
rename from Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt
rename to Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.rst
index 042ea59b5853..7cc7f5852da0 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+================
Delay accounting
-----------------
+================
Tasks encounter delays in execution when they wait
for some kernel resource to become available e.g. a
@@ -39,7 +40,9 @@ in detail in a separate document in this directory. Taskstats returns a
generic data structure to userspace corresponding to per-pid and per-tgid
statistics. The delay accounting functionality populates specific fields of
this structure. See
+
include/linux/taskstats.h
+
for a description of the fields pertaining to delay accounting.
It will generally be in the form of counters returning the cumulative
delay seen for cpu, sync block I/O, swapin, memory reclaim etc.
@@ -61,13 +64,16 @@ also serves as an example of using the taskstats interface.
Usage
-----
-Compile the kernel with
+Compile the kernel with::
+
CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT=y
CONFIG_TASKSTATS=y
Delay accounting is enabled by default at boot up.
-To disable, add
+To disable, add::
+
nodelayacct
+
to the kernel boot options. The rest of the instructions
below assume this has not been done.
@@ -78,40 +84,43 @@ The utility also allows a given command to be
executed and the corresponding delays to be
seen.
-General format of the getdelays command
+General format of the getdelays command::
-getdelays [-t tgid] [-p pid] [-c cmd...]
+ getdelays [-t tgid] [-p pid] [-c cmd...]
-Get delays, since system boot, for pid 10
-# ./getdelays -p 10
-(output similar to next case)
+Get delays, since system boot, for pid 10::
-Get sum of delays, since system boot, for all pids with tgid 5
-# ./getdelays -t 5
+ # ./getdelays -p 10
+ (output similar to next case)
+Get sum of delays, since system boot, for all pids with tgid 5::
-CPU count real total virtual total delay total
- 7876 92005750 100000000 24001500
-IO count delay total
- 0 0
-SWAP count delay total
- 0 0
-RECLAIM count delay total
- 0 0
+ # ./getdelays -t 5
-Get delays seen in executing a given simple command
-# ./getdelays -c ls /
-bin data1 data3 data5 dev home media opt root srv sys usr
-boot data2 data4 data6 etc lib mnt proc sbin subdomain tmp var
+ CPU count real total virtual total delay total
+ 7876 92005750 100000000 24001500
+ IO count delay total
+ 0 0
+ SWAP count delay total
+ 0 0
+ RECLAIM count delay total
+ 0 0
+Get delays seen in executing a given simple command::
-CPU count real total virtual total delay total
+ # ./getdelays -c ls /
+
+ bin data1 data3 data5 dev home media opt root srv sys usr
+ boot data2 data4 data6 etc lib mnt proc sbin subdomain tmp var
+
+
+ CPU count real total virtual total delay total
6 4000250 4000000 0
-IO count delay total
+ IO count delay total
0 0
-SWAP count delay total
+ SWAP count delay total
0 0
-RECLAIM count delay total
+ RECLAIM count delay total
0 0
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/index.rst b/Documentation/accounting/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e1f6284b5ff3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+:orphan:
+
+==========
+Accounting
+==========
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ cgroupstats
+ delay-accounting
+ psi
+ taskstats
+ taskstats-struct
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt b/Documentation/accounting/psi.rst
similarity index 91%
rename from Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
rename to Documentation/accounting/psi.rst
index 5cbe5659e3b7..621111ce5740 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/psi.rst
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ Pressure interface
Pressure information for each resource is exported through the
respective file in /proc/pressure/ -- cpu, memory, and io.
-The format for CPU is as such:
+The format for CPU is as such::
-some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+ some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
-and for memory and IO:
+and for memory and IO::
-some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
-full avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+ some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+ full avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
The "some" line indicates the share of time in which at least some
tasks are stalled on a given resource.
@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ To register a trigger user has to open psi interface file under
/proc/pressure/ representing the resource to be monitored and write the
desired threshold and time window. The open file descriptor should be
used to wait for trigger events using select(), poll() or epoll().
-The following format is used:
+The following format is used::
-<some|full> <stall amount in us> <time window in us>
+ <some|full> <stall amount in us> <time window in us>
For example writing "some 150000 1000000" into /proc/pressure/memory
would add 150ms threshold for partial memory stall measured within
@@ -115,18 +115,20 @@ trigger is closed.
Userspace monitor usage example
===============================
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <poll.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
+::
-/*
- * Monitor memory partial stall with 1s tracking window size
- * and 150ms threshold.
- */
-int main() {
+ #include <errno.h>
+ #include <fcntl.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <poll.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ /*
+ * Monitor memory partial stall with 1s tracking window size
+ * and 150ms threshold.
+ */
+ int main() {
const char trig[] = "some 150000 1000000";
struct pollfd fds;
int n;
@@ -165,7 +167,7 @@ int main() {
}
return 0;
-}
+ }
Cgroup2 interface
=================
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.rst
similarity index 78%
rename from Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt
rename to Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.rst
index e7512c061c15..ca90fd489c9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+====================
The struct taskstats
---------------------
+====================
This document contains an explanation of the struct taskstats fields.
@@ -10,16 +11,24 @@ There are three different groups of fields in the struct taskstats:
the common fields and basic accounting fields are collected for
delivery at do_exit() of a task.
2) Delay accounting fields
- These fields are placed between
- /* Delay accounting fields start */
- and
- /* Delay accounting fields end */
+ These fields are placed between::
+
+ /* Delay accounting fields start */
+
+ and::
+
+ /* Delay accounting fields end */
+
Their values are collected if CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT is set.
3) Extended accounting fields
- These fields are placed between
- /* Extended accounting fields start */
- and
- /* Extended accounting fields end */
+ These fields are placed between::
+
+ /* Extended accounting fields start */
+
+ and::
+
+ /* Extended accounting fields end */
+
Their values are collected if CONFIG_TASK_XACCT is set.
4) Per-task and per-thread context switch count statistics
@@ -31,31 +40,33 @@ There are three different groups of fields in the struct taskstats:
Future extension should add fields to the end of the taskstats struct, and
should not change the relative position of each field within the struct.
+::
-struct taskstats {
+ struct taskstats {
+
+1) Common and basic accounting fields::
-1) Common and basic accounting fields:
/* The version number of this struct. This field is always set to
* TAKSTATS_VERSION, which is defined in <linux/taskstats.h>.
* Each time the struct is changed, the value should be incremented.
*/
__u16 version;
- /* The exit code of a task. */
+ /* The exit code of a task. */
__u32 ac_exitcode; /* Exit status */
- /* The accounting flags of a task as defined in <linux/acct.h>
+ /* The accounting flags of a task as defined in <linux/acct.h>
* Defined values are AFORK, ASU, ACOMPAT, ACORE, and AXSIG.
*/
__u8 ac_flag; /* Record flags */
- /* The value of task_nice() of a task. */
+ /* The value of task_nice() of a task. */
__u8 ac_nice; /* task_nice */
- /* The name of the command that started this task. */
+ /* The name of the command that started this task. */
char ac_comm[TS_COMM_LEN]; /* Command name */
- /* The scheduling discipline as set in task->policy field. */
+ /* The scheduling discipline as set in task->policy field. */
__u8 ac_sched; /* Scheduling discipline */
__u8 ac_pad[3];
@@ -64,26 +75,27 @@ struct taskstats {
__u32 ac_pid; /* Process ID */
__u32 ac_ppid; /* Parent process ID */
- /* The time when a task begins, in [secs] since 1970. */
+ /* The time when a task begins, in [secs] since 1970. */
__u32 ac_btime; /* Begin time [sec since 1970] */
- /* The elapsed time of a task, in [usec]. */
+ /* The elapsed time of a task, in [usec]. */
__u64 ac_etime; /* Elapsed time [usec] */
- /* The user CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */
+ /* The user CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */
__u64 ac_utime; /* User CPU time [usec] */
- /* The system CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */
+ /* The system CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */
__u64 ac_stime; /* System CPU time [usec] */
- /* The minor page fault count of a task, as set in task->min_flt. */
+ /* The minor page fault count of a task, as set in task->min_flt. */
__u64 ac_minflt; /* Minor Page Fault Count */
/* The major page fault count of a task, as set in task->maj_flt. */
__u64 ac_majflt; /* Major Page Fault Count */
-2) Delay accounting fields:
+2) Delay accounting fields::
+
/* Delay accounting fields start
*
* All values, until the comment "Delay accounting fields end" are
@@ -134,7 +146,8 @@ struct taskstats {
/* version 1 ends here */
-3) Extended accounting fields
+3) Extended accounting fields::
+
/* Extended accounting fields start */
/* Accumulated RSS usage in duration of a task, in MBytes-usecs.
@@ -145,15 +158,15 @@ struct taskstats {
*/
__u64 coremem; /* accumulated RSS usage in MB-usec */
- /* Accumulated virtual memory usage in duration of a task.
+ /* Accumulated virtual memory usage in duration of a task.
* Same as acct_rss_mem1 above except that we keep track of VM usage.
*/
__u64 virtmem; /* accumulated VM usage in MB-usec */
- /* High watermark of RSS usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */
+ /* High watermark of RSS usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */
__u64 hiwater_rss; /* High-watermark of RSS usage */
- /* High watermark of VM usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */
+ /* High watermark of VM usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */
__u64 hiwater_vm; /* High-water virtual memory usage */
/* The following four fields are I/O statistics of a task. */
@@ -164,17 +177,23 @@ struct taskstats {
/* Extended accounting fields end */
-4) Per-task and per-thread statistics
+4) Per-task and per-thread statistics::
+
__u64 nvcsw; /* Context voluntary switch counter */
__u64 nivcsw; /* Context involuntary switch counter */
-5) Time accounting for SMT machines
+5) Time accounting for SMT machines::
+
__u64 ac_utimescaled; /* utime scaled on frequency etc */
__u64 ac_stimescaled; /* stime scaled on frequency etc */
__u64 cpu_scaled_run_real_total; /* scaled cpu_run_real_total */
-6) Extended delay accounting fields for memory reclaim
+6) Extended delay accounting fields for memory reclaim::
+
/* Delay waiting for memory reclaim */
__u64 freepages_count;
__u64 freepages_delay_total;
-}
+
+::
+
+ }
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats.rst
similarity index 95%
rename from Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt
rename to Documentation/accounting/taskstats.rst
index ff06b738bb88..2a28b7f55c10 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+=============================
Per-task statistics interface
------------------------------
+=============================
Taskstats is a netlink-based interface for sending per-task and
@@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ taskstats.h file.
The data exchanged between user and kernel space is a netlink message belonging
to the NETLINK_GENERIC family and using the netlink attributes interface.
-The messages are in the format
+The messages are in the format::
+----------+- - -+-------------+-------------------+
| nlmsghdr | Pad | genlmsghdr | taskstats payload |
@@ -167,15 +168,13 @@ extended and the number of cpus grows large.
To avoid losing statistics, userspace should do one or more of the following:
- increase the receive buffer sizes for the netlink sockets opened by
-listeners to receive exit data.
+ listeners to receive exit data.
- create more listeners and reduce the number of cpus being listened to by
-each listener. In the extreme case, there could be one listener for each cpu.
-Users may also consider setting the cpu affinity of the listener to the subset
-of cpus to which it listens, especially if they are listening to just one cpu.
+ each listener. In the extreme case, there could be one listener for each cpu.
+ Users may also consider setting the cpu affinity of the listener to the subset
+ of cpus to which it listens, especially if they are listening to just one cpu.
Despite these measures, if the userspace receives ENOBUFS error messages
indicated overflow of receive buffers, it should take measures to handle the
loss of data.
-
-----
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index 110c3d34df71..4b971a0bc99a 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ All time durations are in microseconds.
A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
Shows pressure stall information for CPU. See
- Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+ Documentation/accounting/psi.rst for details.
Memory
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
Shows pressure stall information for memory. See
- Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+ Documentation/accounting/psi.rst for details.
Usage Guidelines
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ IO Interface Files
A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
Shows pressure stall information for IO. See
- Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+ Documentation/accounting/psi.rst for details.
Writeback
diff --git a/init/Kconfig b/init/Kconfig
index 6db89d4155d8..1707cf0802a7 100644
--- a/init/Kconfig
+++ b/init/Kconfig
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ config PSI
have cpu.pressure, memory.pressure, and io.pressure files,
which aggregate pressure stalls for the grouped tasks only.
- For more details see Documentation/accounting/psi.txt.
+ For more details see Documentation/accounting/psi.rst.
Say N if unsure.
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 27/29] docs: nvdimm: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Dan Williams, Vishal Verma, Dave Jiang,
Keith Busch, Ira Weiny, linux-nvdimm
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the nvdimm documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/nvdimm/{btt.txt => btt.rst} | 140 ++---
Documentation/nvdimm/index.rst | 12 +
.../nvdimm/{nvdimm.txt => nvdimm.rst} | 518 ++++++++++--------
.../nvdimm/{security.txt => security.rst} | 4 +-
drivers/nvdimm/Kconfig | 2 +-
5 files changed, 387 insertions(+), 289 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/nvdimm/{btt.txt => btt.rst} (71%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/nvdimm/index.rst
rename Documentation/nvdimm/{nvdimm.txt => nvdimm.rst} (60%)
rename Documentation/nvdimm/{security.txt => security.rst} (99%)
diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt b/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.rst
similarity index 71%
rename from Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt
rename to Documentation/nvdimm/btt.rst
index e293fb664924..2d8269f834bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.rst
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
+=============================
BTT - Block Translation Table
=============================
1. Introduction
----------------
+===============
Persistent memory based storage is able to perform IO at byte (or more
accurately, cache line) granularity. However, we often want to expose such
@@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ provides atomic sector updates.
2. Static Layout
-----------------
+================
The underlying storage on which a BTT can be laid out is not limited in any way.
The BTT, however, splits the available space into chunks of up to 512 GiB,
@@ -33,43 +34,43 @@ called "Arenas".
Each arena follows the same layout for its metadata, and all references in an
arena are internal to it (with the exception of one field that points to the
-next arena). The following depicts the "On-disk" metadata layout:
+next arena). The following depicts the "On-disk" metadata layout::
- Backing Store +-------> Arena
-+---------------+ | +------------------+
-| | | | Arena info block |
-| Arena 0 +---+ | 4K |
-| 512G | +------------------+
-| | | |
-+---------------+ | |
-| | | |
-| Arena 1 | | Data Blocks |
-| 512G | | |
-| | | |
-+---------------+ | |
-| . | | |
-| . | | |
-| . | | |
-| | | |
-| | | |
-+---------------+ +------------------+
- | |
- | BTT Map |
- | |
- | |
- +------------------+
- | |
- | BTT Flog |
- | |
- +------------------+
- | Info block copy |
- | 4K |
- +------------------+
+ Backing Store +-------> Arena
+ +---------------+ | +------------------+
+ | | | | Arena info block |
+ | Arena 0 +---+ | 4K |
+ | 512G | +------------------+
+ | | | |
+ +---------------+ | |
+ | | | |
+ | Arena 1 | | Data Blocks |
+ | 512G | | |
+ | | | |
+ +---------------+ | |
+ | . | | |
+ | . | | |
+ | . | | |
+ | | | |
+ | | | |
+ +---------------+ +------------------+
+ | |
+ | BTT Map |
+ | |
+ | |
+ +------------------+
+ | |
+ | BTT Flog |
+ | |
+ +------------------+
+ | Info block copy |
+ | 4K |
+ +------------------+
3. Theory of Operation
-----------------------
+======================
a. The BTT Map
@@ -79,31 +80,37 @@ The map is a simple lookup/indirection table that maps an LBA to an internal
block. Each map entry is 32 bits. The two most significant bits are special
flags, and the remaining form the internal block number.
+======== =============================================================
Bit Description
-31 - 30 : Error and Zero flags - Used in the following way:
- Bit Description
- 31 30
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- 00 Initial state. Reads return zeroes; Premap = Postmap
- 01 Zero state: Reads return zeroes
- 10 Error state: Reads fail; Writes clear 'E' bit
- 11 Normal Block – has valid postmap
+======== =============================================================
+31 - 30 Error and Zero flags - Used in the following way:
+ == == ====================================================
+ 31 30 Description
+ == == ====================================================
+ 0 0 Initial state. Reads return zeroes; Premap = Postmap
+ 0 1 Zero state: Reads return zeroes
+ 1 0 Error state: Reads fail; Writes clear 'E' bit
+ 1 1 Normal Block – has valid postmap
+ == == ====================================================
-29 - 0 : Mappings to internal 'postmap' blocks
+29 - 0 Mappings to internal 'postmap' blocks
+======== =============================================================
Some of the terminology that will be subsequently used:
-External LBA : LBA as made visible to upper layers.
-ABA : Arena Block Address - Block offset/number within an arena
-Premap ABA : The block offset into an arena, which was decided upon by range
+============ ================================================================
+External LBA LBA as made visible to upper layers.
+ABA Arena Block Address - Block offset/number within an arena
+Premap ABA The block offset into an arena, which was decided upon by range
checking the External LBA
-Postmap ABA : The block number in the "Data Blocks" area obtained after
+Postmap ABA The block number in the "Data Blocks" area obtained after
indirection from the map
-nfree : The number of free blocks that are maintained at any given time.
+nfree The number of free blocks that are maintained at any given time.
This is the number of concurrent writes that can happen to the
arena.
+============ ================================================================
For example, after adding a BTT, we surface a disk of 1024G. We get a read for
@@ -121,19 +128,21 @@ i.e. Every write goes to a "free" block. A running list of free blocks is
maintained in the form of the BTT flog. 'Flog' is a combination of the words
"free list" and "log". The flog contains 'nfree' entries, and an entry contains:
-lba : The premap ABA that is being written to
-old_map : The old postmap ABA - after 'this' write completes, this will be a
+======== =====================================================================
+lba The premap ABA that is being written to
+old_map The old postmap ABA - after 'this' write completes, this will be a
free block.
-new_map : The new postmap ABA. The map will up updated to reflect this
+new_map The new postmap ABA. The map will up updated to reflect this
lba->postmap_aba mapping, but we log it here in case we have to
recover.
-seq : Sequence number to mark which of the 2 sections of this flog entry is
+seq Sequence number to mark which of the 2 sections of this flog entry is
valid/newest. It cycles between 01->10->11->01 (binary) under normal
operation, with 00 indicating an uninitialized state.
-lba' : alternate lba entry
-old_map': alternate old postmap entry
-new_map': alternate new postmap entry
-seq' : alternate sequence number.
+lba' alternate lba entry
+old_map' alternate old postmap entry
+new_map' alternate new postmap entry
+seq' alternate sequence number.
+======== =====================================================================
Each of the above fields is 32-bit, making one entry 32 bytes. Entries are also
padded to 64 bytes to avoid cache line sharing or aliasing. Flog updates are
@@ -147,8 +156,10 @@ c. The concept of lanes
While 'nfree' describes the number of concurrent IOs an arena can process
concurrently, 'nlanes' is the number of IOs the BTT device as a whole can
-process.
- nlanes = min(nfree, num_cpus)
+process::
+
+ nlanes = min(nfree, num_cpus)
+
A lane number is obtained at the start of any IO, and is used for indexing into
all the on-disk and in-memory data structures for the duration of the IO. If
there are more CPUs than the max number of available lanes, than lanes are
@@ -180,10 +191,10 @@ e. In-memory data structure: map locks
--------------------------------------
Consider a case where two writer threads are writing to the same LBA. There can
-be a race in the following sequence of steps:
+be a race in the following sequence of steps::
-free[lane] = map[premap_aba]
-map[premap_aba] = postmap_aba
+ free[lane] = map[premap_aba]
+ map[premap_aba] = postmap_aba
Both threads can update their respective free[lane] with the same old, freed
postmap_aba. This has made the layout inconsistent by losing a free entry, and
@@ -202,6 +213,7 @@ On startup, we analyze the BTT flog to create our list of free blocks. We walk
through all the entries, and for each lane, of the set of two possible
'sections', we always look at the most recent one only (based on the sequence
number). The reconstruction rules/steps are simple:
+
- Read map[log_entry.lba].
- If log_entry.new matches the map entry, then log_entry.old is free.
- If log_entry.new does not match the map entry, then log_entry.new is free.
@@ -228,7 +240,7 @@ Write:
1. Convert external LBA to Arena number + pre-map ABA
2. Get a lane (and take lane_lock)
3. Use lane to index into in-memory free list and obtain a new block, next flog
- index, next sequence number
+ index, next sequence number
4. Scan the RTT to check if free block is present, and spin/wait if it is.
5. Write data to this free block
6. Read map to get the existing post-map ABA entry for this pre-map ABA
@@ -245,6 +257,7 @@ Write:
An arena would be in an error state if any of the metadata is corrupted
irrecoverably, either due to a bug or a media error. The following conditions
indicate an error:
+
- Info block checksum does not match (and recovering from the copy also fails)
- All internal available blocks are not uniquely and entirely addressed by the
sum of mapped blocks and free blocks (from the BTT flog).
@@ -263,11 +276,10 @@ The BTT can be set up on any disk (namespace) exposed by the libnvdimm subsystem
(pmem, or blk mode). The easiest way to set up such a namespace is using the
'ndctl' utility [1]:
-For example, the ndctl command line to setup a btt with a 4k sector size is:
+For example, the ndctl command line to setup a btt with a 4k sector size is::
ndctl create-namespace -f -e namespace0.0 -m sector -l 4k
See ndctl create-namespace --help for more options.
[1]: https://github.com/pmem/ndctl
-
diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/index.rst b/Documentation/nvdimm/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1a3402d3775e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+:orphan:
+
+===================================
+Non-Volatile Memory Device (NVDIMM)
+===================================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ nvdimm
+ btt
+ security
diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt b/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.rst
similarity index 60%
rename from Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt
rename to Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.rst
index 1669f626b037..08f855cbb4e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,14 @@
- LIBNVDIMM: Non-Volatile Devices
- libnvdimm - kernel / libndctl - userspace helper library
- linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
- v13
+===============================
+LIBNVDIMM: Non-Volatile Devices
+===============================
+libnvdimm - kernel / libndctl - userspace helper library
+
+linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+
+Version 13
+
+.. contents:
Glossary
Overview
@@ -40,49 +46,57 @@
Glossary
---------
-
-PMEM: A system-physical-address range where writes are persistent. A
-block device composed of PMEM is capable of DAX. A PMEM address range
-may span an interleave of several DIMMs.
-
-BLK: A set of one or more programmable memory mapped apertures provided
-by a DIMM to access its media. This indirection precludes the
-performance benefit of interleaving, but enables DIMM-bounded failure
-modes.
-
-DPA: DIMM Physical Address, is a DIMM-relative offset. With one DIMM in
-the system there would be a 1:1 system-physical-address:DPA association.
-Once more DIMMs are added a memory controller interleave must be
-decoded to determine the DPA associated with a given
-system-physical-address. BLK capacity always has a 1:1 relationship
-with a single-DIMM's DPA range.
-
-DAX: File system extensions to bypass the page cache and block layer to
-mmap persistent memory, from a PMEM block device, directly into a
-process address space.
-
-DSM: Device Specific Method: ACPI method to to control specific
-device - in this case the firmware.
-
-DCR: NVDIMM Control Region Structure defined in ACPI 6 Section 5.2.25.5.
-It defines a vendor-id, device-id, and interface format for a given DIMM.
-
-BTT: Block Translation Table: Persistent memory is byte addressable.
-Existing software may have an expectation that the power-fail-atomicity
-of writes is at least one sector, 512 bytes. The BTT is an indirection
-table with atomic update semantics to front a PMEM/BLK block device
-driver and present arbitrary atomic sector sizes.
-
-LABEL: Metadata stored on a DIMM device that partitions and identifies
-(persistently names) storage between PMEM and BLK. It also partitions
-BLK storage to host BTTs with different parameters per BLK-partition.
-Note that traditional partition tables, GPT/MBR, are layered on top of a
-BLK or PMEM device.
+========
+
+PMEM:
+ A system-physical-address range where writes are persistent. A
+ block device composed of PMEM is capable of DAX. A PMEM address range
+ may span an interleave of several DIMMs.
+
+BLK:
+ A set of one or more programmable memory mapped apertures provided
+ by a DIMM to access its media. This indirection precludes the
+ performance benefit of interleaving, but enables DIMM-bounded failure
+ modes.
+
+DPA:
+ DIMM Physical Address, is a DIMM-relative offset. With one DIMM in
+ the system there would be a 1:1 system-physical-address:DPA association.
+ Once more DIMMs are added a memory controller interleave must be
+ decoded to determine the DPA associated with a given
+ system-physical-address. BLK capacity always has a 1:1 relationship
+ with a single-DIMM's DPA range.
+
+DAX:
+ File system extensions to bypass the page cache and block layer to
+ mmap persistent memory, from a PMEM block device, directly into a
+ process address space.
+
+DSM:
+ Device Specific Method: ACPI method to to control specific
+ device - in this case the firmware.
+
+DCR:
+ NVDIMM Control Region Structure defined in ACPI 6 Section 5.2.25.5.
+ It defines a vendor-id, device-id, and interface format for a given DIMM.
+
+BTT:
+ Block Translation Table: Persistent memory is byte addressable.
+ Existing software may have an expectation that the power-fail-atomicity
+ of writes is at least one sector, 512 bytes. The BTT is an indirection
+ table with atomic update semantics to front a PMEM/BLK block device
+ driver and present arbitrary atomic sector sizes.
+
+LABEL:
+ Metadata stored on a DIMM device that partitions and identifies
+ (persistently names) storage between PMEM and BLK. It also partitions
+ BLK storage to host BTTs with different parameters per BLK-partition.
+ Note that traditional partition tables, GPT/MBR, are layered on top of a
+ BLK or PMEM device.
Overview
---------
+========
The LIBNVDIMM subsystem provides support for three types of NVDIMMs, namely,
PMEM, BLK, and NVDIMM devices that can simultaneously support both PMEM
@@ -96,19 +110,30 @@ accessible via BLK. When that occurs a LABEL is needed to reserve DPA
for exclusive access via one mode a time.
Supporting Documents
-ACPI 6: http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6.0.pdf
-NVDIMM Namespace: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Namespace_Spec.pdf
-DSM Interface Example: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface_Example.pdf
-Driver Writer's Guide: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Driver_Writers_Guide.pdf
+--------------------
+
+ACPI 6:
+ http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6.0.pdf
+NVDIMM Namespace:
+ http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Namespace_Spec.pdf
+DSM Interface Example:
+ http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface_Example.pdf
+Driver Writer's Guide:
+ http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Driver_Writers_Guide.pdf
Git Trees
-LIBNVDIMM: https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/djbw/nvdimm.git
-LIBNDCTL: https://github.com/pmem/ndctl.git
-PMEM: https://github.com/01org/prd
+---------
+
+LIBNVDIMM:
+ https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/djbw/nvdimm.git
+LIBNDCTL:
+ https://github.com/pmem/ndctl.git
+PMEM:
+ https://github.com/01org/prd
LIBNVDIMM PMEM and BLK
-------------------
+======================
Prior to the arrival of the NFIT, non-volatile memory was described to a
system in various ad-hoc ways. Usually only the bare minimum was
@@ -122,38 +147,39 @@ For each NVDIMM access method (PMEM, BLK), LIBNVDIMM provides a block
device driver:
1. PMEM (nd_pmem.ko): Drives a system-physical-address range. This
- range is contiguous in system memory and may be interleaved (hardware
- memory controller striped) across multiple DIMMs. When interleaved the
- platform may optionally provide details of which DIMMs are participating
- in the interleave.
+ range is contiguous in system memory and may be interleaved (hardware
+ memory controller striped) across multiple DIMMs. When interleaved the
+ platform may optionally provide details of which DIMMs are participating
+ in the interleave.
- Note that while LIBNVDIMM describes system-physical-address ranges that may
- alias with BLK access as ND_NAMESPACE_PMEM ranges and those without
- alias as ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, to the nd_pmem driver there is no
- distinction. The different device-types are an implementation detail
- that userspace can exploit to implement policies like "only interface
- with address ranges from certain DIMMs". It is worth noting that when
- aliasing is present and a DIMM lacks a label, then no block device can
- be created by default as userspace needs to do at least one allocation
- of DPA to the PMEM range. In contrast ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, once
- registered, can be immediately attached to nd_pmem.
+ Note that while LIBNVDIMM describes system-physical-address ranges that may
+ alias with BLK access as ND_NAMESPACE_PMEM ranges and those without
+ alias as ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, to the nd_pmem driver there is no
+ distinction. The different device-types are an implementation detail
+ that userspace can exploit to implement policies like "only interface
+ with address ranges from certain DIMMs". It is worth noting that when
+ aliasing is present and a DIMM lacks a label, then no block device can
+ be created by default as userspace needs to do at least one allocation
+ of DPA to the PMEM range. In contrast ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, once
+ registered, can be immediately attached to nd_pmem.
2. BLK (nd_blk.ko): This driver performs I/O using a set of platform
- defined apertures. A set of apertures will access just one DIMM.
- Multiple windows (apertures) allow multiple concurrent accesses, much like
- tagged-command-queuing, and would likely be used by different threads or
- different CPUs.
+ defined apertures. A set of apertures will access just one DIMM.
+ Multiple windows (apertures) allow multiple concurrent accesses, much like
+ tagged-command-queuing, and would likely be used by different threads or
+ different CPUs.
- The NFIT specification defines a standard format for a BLK-aperture, but
- the spec also allows for vendor specific layouts, and non-NFIT BLK
- implementations may have other designs for BLK I/O. For this reason
- "nd_blk" calls back into platform-specific code to perform the I/O.
- One such implementation is defined in the "Driver Writer's Guide" and "DSM
- Interface Example".
+ The NFIT specification defines a standard format for a BLK-aperture, but
+ the spec also allows for vendor specific layouts, and non-NFIT BLK
+ implementations may have other designs for BLK I/O. For this reason
+ "nd_blk" calls back into platform-specific code to perform the I/O.
+
+ One such implementation is defined in the "Driver Writer's Guide" and "DSM
+ Interface Example".
Why BLK?
---------
+========
While PMEM provides direct byte-addressable CPU-load/store access to
NVDIMM storage, it does not provide the best system RAS (recovery,
@@ -162,12 +188,15 @@ system-physical-address address causes a CPU exception while an access
to a corrupted address through an BLK-aperture causes that block window
to raise an error status in a register. The latter is more aligned with
the standard error model that host-bus-adapter attached disks present.
+
Also, if an administrator ever wants to replace a memory it is easier to
service a system at DIMM module boundaries. Compare this to PMEM where
data could be interleaved in an opaque hardware specific manner across
several DIMMs.
PMEM vs BLK
+-----------
+
BLK-apertures solve these RAS problems, but their presence is also the
major contributing factor to the complexity of the ND subsystem. They
complicate the implementation because PMEM and BLK alias in DPA space.
@@ -185,13 +214,14 @@ carved into an arbitrary number of BLK devices with discontiguous
extents.
BLK-REGIONs, PMEM-REGIONs, Atomic Sectors, and DAX
---------------------------------------------------
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
One of the few
reasons to allow multiple BLK namespaces per REGION is so that each
BLK-namespace can be configured with a BTT with unique atomic sector
sizes. While a PMEM device can host a BTT the LABEL specification does
not provide for a sector size to be specified for a PMEM namespace.
+
This is due to the expectation that the primary usage model for PMEM is
via DAX, and the BTT is incompatible with DAX. However, for the cases
where an application or filesystem still needs atomic sector update
@@ -200,52 +230,52 @@ LIBNVDIMM/NDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt"
Example NVDIMM Platform
------------------------
+=======================
For the remainder of this document the following diagram will be
-referenced for any example sysfs layouts.
+referenced for any example sysfs layouts::
- (a) (b) DIMM BLK-REGION
- +-------------------+--------+--------+--------+
-+------+ | pm0.0 | blk2.0 | pm1.0 | blk2.1 | 0 region2
-| imc0 +--+- - - region0- - - +--------+ +--------+
-+--+---+ | pm0.0 | blk3.0 | pm1.0 | blk3.1 | 1 region3
- | +-------------------+--------v v--------+
-+--+---+ | |
-| cpu0 | region1
-+--+---+ | |
- | +----------------------------^ ^--------+
-+--+---+ | blk4.0 | pm1.0 | blk4.0 | 2 region4
-| imc1 +--+----------------------------| +--------+
-+------+ | blk5.0 | pm1.0 | blk5.0 | 3 region5
- +----------------------------+--------+--------+
+ (a) (b) DIMM BLK-REGION
+ +-------------------+--------+--------+--------+
+ +------+ | pm0.0 | blk2.0 | pm1.0 | blk2.1 | 0 region2
+ | imc0 +--+- - - region0- - - +--------+ +--------+
+ +--+---+ | pm0.0 | blk3.0 | pm1.0 | blk3.1 | 1 region3
+ | +-------------------+--------v v--------+
+ +--+---+ | |
+ | cpu0 | region1
+ +--+---+ | |
+ | +----------------------------^ ^--------+
+ +--+---+ | blk4.0 | pm1.0 | blk4.0 | 2 region4
+ | imc1 +--+----------------------------| +--------+
+ +------+ | blk5.0 | pm1.0 | blk5.0 | 3 region5
+ +----------------------------+--------+--------+
In this platform we have four DIMMs and two memory controllers in one
socket. Each unique interface (BLK or PMEM) to DPA space is identified
by a region device with a dynamically assigned id (REGION0 - REGION5).
1. The first portion of DIMM0 and DIMM1 are interleaved as REGION0. A
- single PMEM namespace is created in the REGION0-SPA-range that spans most
- of DIMM0 and DIMM1 with a user-specified name of "pm0.0". Some of that
- interleaved system-physical-address range is reclaimed as BLK-aperture
- accessed space starting at DPA-offset (a) into each DIMM. In that
- reclaimed space we create two BLK-aperture "namespaces" from REGION2 and
- REGION3 where "blk2.0" and "blk3.0" are just human readable names that
- could be set to any user-desired name in the LABEL.
+ single PMEM namespace is created in the REGION0-SPA-range that spans most
+ of DIMM0 and DIMM1 with a user-specified name of "pm0.0". Some of that
+ interleaved system-physical-address range is reclaimed as BLK-aperture
+ accessed space starting at DPA-offset (a) into each DIMM. In that
+ reclaimed space we create two BLK-aperture "namespaces" from REGION2 and
+ REGION3 where "blk2.0" and "blk3.0" are just human readable names that
+ could be set to any user-desired name in the LABEL.
2. In the last portion of DIMM0 and DIMM1 we have an interleaved
- system-physical-address range, REGION1, that spans those two DIMMs as
- well as DIMM2 and DIMM3. Some of REGION1 is allocated to a PMEM namespace
- named "pm1.0", the rest is reclaimed in 4 BLK-aperture namespaces (for
- each DIMM in the interleave set), "blk2.1", "blk3.1", "blk4.0", and
- "blk5.0".
+ system-physical-address range, REGION1, that spans those two DIMMs as
+ well as DIMM2 and DIMM3. Some of REGION1 is allocated to a PMEM namespace
+ named "pm1.0", the rest is reclaimed in 4 BLK-aperture namespaces (for
+ each DIMM in the interleave set), "blk2.1", "blk3.1", "blk4.0", and
+ "blk5.0".
3. The portion of DIMM2 and DIMM3 that do not participate in the REGION1
- interleaved system-physical-address range (i.e. the DPA address past
- offset (b) are also included in the "blk4.0" and "blk5.0" namespaces.
- Note, that this example shows that BLK-aperture namespaces don't need to
- be contiguous in DPA-space.
+ interleaved system-physical-address range (i.e. the DPA address past
+ offset (b) are also included in the "blk4.0" and "blk5.0" namespaces.
+ Note, that this example shows that BLK-aperture namespaces don't need to
+ be contiguous in DPA-space.
This bus is provided by the kernel under the device
/sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0 when CONFIG_NFIT_TEST is enabled and
@@ -254,7 +284,7 @@ by a region device with a dynamically assigned id (REGION0 - REGION5).
LIBNVDIMM Kernel Device Model and LIBNDCTL Userspace API
-----------------------------------------------------
+========================================================
What follows is a description of the LIBNVDIMM sysfs layout and a
corresponding object hierarchy diagram as viewed through the LIBNDCTL
@@ -263,12 +293,18 @@ NVDIMM Platform which is also the LIBNVDIMM bus used in the LIBNDCTL unit
test.
LIBNDCTL: Context
+-----------------
+
Every API call in the LIBNDCTL library requires a context that holds the
logging parameters and other library instance state. The library is
based on the libabc template:
-https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/kay/libabc.git
+
+ https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/kay/libabc.git
LIBNDCTL: instantiate a new library context example
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+::
struct ndctl_ctx *ctx;
@@ -278,7 +314,7 @@ LIBNDCTL: instantiate a new library context example
return NULL;
LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Bus
--------------------
+-----------------------
A bus has a 1:1 relationship with an NFIT. The current expectation for
ACPI based systems is that there is only ever one platform-global NFIT.
@@ -288,9 +324,10 @@ we use this capability to test multiple NFIT configurations in the unit
test.
LIBNVDIMM: control class device in /sys/class
+---------------------------------------------
This character device accepts DSM messages to be passed to DIMM
-identified by its NFIT handle.
+identified by its NFIT handle::
/sys/class/nd/ndctl0
|-- dev
@@ -300,10 +337,15 @@ identified by its NFIT handle.
LIBNVDIMM: bus
+--------------
+
+::
struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus_register(struct device *parent,
struct nvdimm_bus_descriptor *nfit_desc);
+::
+
/sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0
|-- commands
|-- nd
@@ -324,7 +366,9 @@ LIBNVDIMM: bus
`-- wait_probe
LIBNDCTL: bus enumeration example
-Find the bus handle that describes the bus from Example NVDIMM Platform
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Find the bus handle that describes the bus from Example NVDIMM Platform::
static struct ndctl_bus *get_bus_by_provider(struct ndctl_ctx *ctx,
const char *provider)
@@ -342,7 +386,7 @@ Find the bus handle that describes the bus from Example NVDIMM Platform
LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: DIMM (NMEM)
----------------------------
+-------------------------------
The DIMM device provides a character device for sending commands to
hardware, and it is a container for LABELs. If the DIMM is defined by
@@ -355,11 +399,16 @@ Range Mapping Structure", and there is no requirement that they actually
be physical DIMMs, so we use a more generic name.
LIBNVDIMM: DIMM (NMEM)
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+::
struct nvdimm *nvdimm_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus, void *provider_data,
const struct attribute_group **groups, unsigned long flags,
unsigned long *dsm_mask);
+::
+
/sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0
|-- nmem0
| |-- available_slots
@@ -384,15 +433,20 @@ LIBNVDIMM: DIMM (NMEM)
LIBNDCTL: DIMM enumeration example
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Note, in this example we are assuming NFIT-defined DIMMs which are
identified by an "nfit_handle" a 32-bit value where:
-Bit 3:0 DIMM number within the memory channel
-Bit 7:4 memory channel number
-Bit 11:8 memory controller ID
-Bit 15:12 socket ID (within scope of a Node controller if node controller is present)
-Bit 27:16 Node Controller ID
-Bit 31:28 Reserved
+
+ - Bit 3:0 DIMM number within the memory channel
+ - Bit 7:4 memory channel number
+ - Bit 11:8 memory controller ID
+ - Bit 15:12 socket ID (within scope of a Node controller if node
+ controller is present)
+ - Bit 27:16 Node Controller ID
+ - Bit 31:28 Reserved
+
+::
static struct ndctl_dimm *get_dimm_by_handle(struct ndctl_bus *bus,
unsigned int handle)
@@ -413,7 +467,7 @@ Bit 31:28 Reserved
dimm = get_dimm_by_handle(bus, DIMM_HANDLE(0, 0, 0, 0, 0));
LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Region
-----------------------
+--------------------------
A generic REGION device is registered for each PMEM range or BLK-aperture
set. Per the example there are 6 regions: 2 PMEM and 4 BLK-aperture
@@ -435,13 +489,15 @@ emits, "devtype" duplicates the DEVTYPE variable stored by udev at the
at the 'add' event, and finally, the optional "spa_index" is provided in
the case where the region is defined by a SPA.
-LIBNVDIMM: region
+LIBNVDIMM: region::
struct nd_region *nvdimm_pmem_region_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus,
struct nd_region_desc *ndr_desc);
struct nd_region *nvdimm_blk_region_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus,
struct nd_region_desc *ndr_desc);
+::
+
/sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0
|-- region0
| |-- available_size
@@ -468,10 +524,11 @@ LIBNVDIMM: region
[..]
LIBNDCTL: region enumeration example
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Sample region retrieval routines based on NFIT-unique data like
"spa_index" (interleave set id) for PMEM and "nfit_handle" (dimm id) for
-BLK.
+BLK::
static struct ndctl_region *get_pmem_region_by_spa_index(struct ndctl_bus *bus,
unsigned int spa_index)
@@ -518,33 +575,33 @@ REGION name generic and expects userspace to always consider the
region-attributes for four reasons:
1. There are already more than two REGION and "namespace" types. For
- PMEM there are two subtypes. As mentioned previously we have PMEM where
- the constituent DIMM devices are known and anonymous PMEM. For BLK
- regions the NFIT specification already anticipates vendor specific
- implementations. The exact distinction of what a region contains is in
- the region-attributes not the region-name or the region-devtype.
+ PMEM there are two subtypes. As mentioned previously we have PMEM where
+ the constituent DIMM devices are known and anonymous PMEM. For BLK
+ regions the NFIT specification already anticipates vendor specific
+ implementations. The exact distinction of what a region contains is in
+ the region-attributes not the region-name or the region-devtype.
2. A region with zero child-namespaces is a possible configuration. For
- example, the NFIT allows for a DCR to be published without a
- corresponding BLK-aperture. This equates to a DIMM that can only accept
- control/configuration messages, but no i/o through a descendant block
- device. Again, this "type" is advertised in the attributes ('mappings'
- == 0) and the name does not tell you much.
+ example, the NFIT allows for a DCR to be published without a
+ corresponding BLK-aperture. This equates to a DIMM that can only accept
+ control/configuration messages, but no i/o through a descendant block
+ device. Again, this "type" is advertised in the attributes ('mappings'
+ == 0) and the name does not tell you much.
3. What if a third major interface type arises in the future? Outside
- of vendor specific implementations, it's not difficult to envision a
- third class of interface type beyond BLK and PMEM. With a generic name
- for the REGION level of the device-hierarchy old userspace
- implementations can still make sense of new kernel advertised
- region-types. Userspace can always rely on the generic region
- attributes like "mappings", "size", etc and the expected child devices
- named "namespace". This generic format of the device-model hierarchy
- allows the LIBNVDIMM and LIBNDCTL implementations to be more uniform and
- future-proof.
+ of vendor specific implementations, it's not difficult to envision a
+ third class of interface type beyond BLK and PMEM. With a generic name
+ for the REGION level of the device-hierarchy old userspace
+ implementations can still make sense of new kernel advertised
+ region-types. Userspace can always rely on the generic region
+ attributes like "mappings", "size", etc and the expected child devices
+ named "namespace". This generic format of the device-model hierarchy
+ allows the LIBNVDIMM and LIBNDCTL implementations to be more uniform and
+ future-proof.
4. There are more robust mechanisms for determining the major type of a
- region than a device name. See the next section, How Do I Determine the
- Major Type of a Region?
+ region than a device name. See the next section, How Do I Determine the
+ Major Type of a Region?
How Do I Determine the Major Type of a Region?
----------------------------------------------
@@ -553,7 +610,8 @@ Outside of the blanket recommendation of "use libndctl", or simply
looking at the kernel header (/usr/include/linux/ndctl.h) to decode the
"nstype" integer attribute, here are some other options.
- 1. module alias lookup:
+1. module alias lookup
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The whole point of region/namespace device type differentiation is to
decide which block-device driver will attach to a given LIBNVDIMM namespace.
@@ -569,28 +627,31 @@ looking at the kernel header (/usr/include/linux/ndctl.h) to decode the
the resulting namespaces. The output from module resolution is more
accurate than a region-name or region-devtype.
- 2. udev:
+2. udev
+^^^^^^^
- The kernel "devtype" is registered in the udev database
- # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0
- P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0
- E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0
- E: DEVTYPE=nd_pmem
- E: MODALIAS=nd:t2
- E: SUBSYSTEM=nd
+ The kernel "devtype" is registered in the udev database::
- # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4
- P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4
- E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4
- E: DEVTYPE=nd_blk
- E: MODALIAS=nd:t3
- E: SUBSYSTEM=nd
+ # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0
+ P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0
+ E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0
+ E: DEVTYPE=nd_pmem
+ E: MODALIAS=nd:t2
+ E: SUBSYSTEM=nd
+
+ # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4
+ P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4
+ E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4
+ E: DEVTYPE=nd_blk
+ E: MODALIAS=nd:t3
+ E: SUBSYSTEM=nd
...and is available as a region attribute, but keep in mind that the
"devtype" does not indicate sub-type variations and scripts should
really be understanding the other attributes.
- 3. type specific attributes:
+3. type specific attributes
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
As it currently stands a BLK-aperture region will never have a
"nfit/spa_index" attribute, but neither will a non-NFIT PMEM region. A
@@ -600,7 +661,7 @@ looking at the kernel header (/usr/include/linux/ndctl.h) to decode the
LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Namespace
--------------------------
+-----------------------------
A REGION, after resolving DPA aliasing and LABEL specified boundaries,
surfaces one or more "namespace" devices. The arrival of a "namespace"
@@ -608,12 +669,14 @@ device currently triggers either the nd_blk or nd_pmem driver to load
and register a disk/block device.
LIBNVDIMM: namespace
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
Here is a sample layout from the three major types of NAMESPACE where
namespace0.0 represents DIMM-info-backed PMEM (note that it has a 'uuid'
attribute), namespace2.0 represents a BLK namespace (note it has a
'sector_size' attribute) that, and namespace6.0 represents an anonymous
PMEM namespace (note that has no 'uuid' attribute due to not support a
-LABEL).
+LABEL)::
/sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0/namespace0.0
|-- alt_name
@@ -656,76 +719,84 @@ LABEL).
`-- uevent
LIBNDCTL: namespace enumeration example
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Namespaces are indexed relative to their parent region, example below.
These indexes are mostly static from boot to boot, but subsystem makes
no guarantees in this regard. For a static namespace identifier use its
'uuid' attribute.
-static struct ndctl_namespace *get_namespace_by_id(struct ndctl_region *region,
- unsigned int id)
-{
- struct ndctl_namespace *ndns;
+::
- ndctl_namespace_foreach(region, ndns)
- if (ndctl_namespace_get_id(ndns) == id)
- return ndns;
+ static struct ndctl_namespace
+ *get_namespace_by_id(struct ndctl_region *region, unsigned int id)
+ {
+ struct ndctl_namespace *ndns;
- return NULL;
-}
+ ndctl_namespace_foreach(region, ndns)
+ if (ndctl_namespace_get_id(ndns) == id)
+ return ndns;
+
+ return NULL;
+ }
LIBNDCTL: namespace creation example
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
Idle namespaces are automatically created by the kernel if a given
region has enough available capacity to create a new namespace.
Namespace instantiation involves finding an idle namespace and
configuring it. For the most part the setting of namespace attributes
can occur in any order, the only constraint is that 'uuid' must be set
before 'size'. This enables the kernel to track DPA allocations
-internally with a static identifier.
+internally with a static identifier::
-static int configure_namespace(struct ndctl_region *region,
- struct ndctl_namespace *ndns,
- struct namespace_parameters *parameters)
-{
- char devname[50];
+ static int configure_namespace(struct ndctl_region *region,
+ struct ndctl_namespace *ndns,
+ struct namespace_parameters *parameters)
+ {
+ char devname[50];
- snprintf(devname, sizeof(devname), "namespace%d.%d",
- ndctl_region_get_id(region), paramaters->id);
+ snprintf(devname, sizeof(devname), "namespace%d.%d",
+ ndctl_region_get_id(region), paramaters->id);
- ndctl_namespace_set_alt_name(ndns, devname);
- /* 'uuid' must be set prior to setting size! */
- ndctl_namespace_set_uuid(ndns, paramaters->uuid);
- ndctl_namespace_set_size(ndns, paramaters->size);
- /* unlike pmem namespaces, blk namespaces have a sector size */
- if (parameters->lbasize)
- ndctl_namespace_set_sector_size(ndns, parameters->lbasize);
- ndctl_namespace_enable(ndns);
-}
+ ndctl_namespace_set_alt_name(ndns, devname);
+ /* 'uuid' must be set prior to setting size! */
+ ndctl_namespace_set_uuid(ndns, paramaters->uuid);
+ ndctl_namespace_set_size(ndns, paramaters->size);
+ /* unlike pmem namespaces, blk namespaces have a sector size */
+ if (parameters->lbasize)
+ ndctl_namespace_set_sector_size(ndns, parameters->lbasize);
+ ndctl_namespace_enable(ndns);
+ }
Why the Term "namespace"?
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
1. Why not "volume" for instance? "volume" ran the risk of confusing
- ND (libnvdimm subsystem) to a volume manager like device-mapper.
+ ND (libnvdimm subsystem) to a volume manager like device-mapper.
2. The term originated to describe the sub-devices that can be created
- within a NVME controller (see the nvme specification:
- http://www.nvmexpress.org/specifications/), and NFIT namespaces are
- meant to parallel the capabilities and configurability of
- NVME-namespaces.
+ within a NVME controller (see the nvme specification:
+ http://www.nvmexpress.org/specifications/), and NFIT namespaces are
+ meant to parallel the capabilities and configurability of
+ NVME-namespaces.
LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt"
----------------------------------------------
+-------------------------------------------------
A BTT (design document: http://pmem.io/2014/09/23/btt.html) is a stacked
block device driver that fronts either the whole block device or a
partition of a block device emitted by either a PMEM or BLK NAMESPACE.
LIBNVDIMM: btt layout
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
Every region will start out with at least one BTT device which is the
seed device. To activate it set the "namespace", "uuid", and
"sector_size" attributes and then bind the device to the nd_pmem or
-nd_blk driver depending on the region type.
+nd_blk driver depending on the region type::
/sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.1/ndbus0/region0/btt0/
|-- namespace
@@ -739,10 +810,12 @@ nd_blk driver depending on the region type.
`-- uuid
LIBNDCTL: btt creation example
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
Similar to namespaces an idle BTT device is automatically created per
region. Each time this "seed" btt device is configured and enabled a new
seed is created. Creating a BTT configuration involves two steps of
-finding and idle BTT and assigning it to consume a PMEM or BLK namespace.
+finding and idle BTT and assigning it to consume a PMEM or BLK namespace::
static struct ndctl_btt *get_idle_btt(struct ndctl_region *region)
{
@@ -787,29 +860,28 @@ Summary LIBNDCTL Diagram
------------------------
For the given example above, here is the view of the objects as seen by the
-LIBNDCTL API:
- +---+
- |CTX| +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
- +-+-+ +-> REGION0 +---> NAMESPACE0.0 +--> PMEM8 "pm0.0" |
- | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
-+-------+ | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
-| DIMM0 <-+ | +-> REGION1 +---> NAMESPACE1.0 +--> PMEM6 "pm1.0" |
-+-------+ | | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
-| DIMM1 <-+ +-v--+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
-+-------+ +-+BUS0+---> REGION2 +-+-> NAMESPACE2.0 +--> ND6 "blk2.0" |
-| DIMM2 <-+ +----+ | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+
-+-------+ | | +-> NAMESPACE2.1 +--> ND5 "blk2.1" | BTT2 |
-| DIMM3 <-+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+
-+-------+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
- +-> REGION3 +-+-> NAMESPACE3.0 +--> ND4 "blk3.0" |
- | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+
- | +-> NAMESPACE3.1 +--> ND3 "blk3.1" | BTT1 |
- | +--------------+ +----------------------+
- | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
- +-> REGION4 +---> NAMESPACE4.0 +--> ND2 "blk4.0" |
- | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
- | +---------+ +--------------+ +----------------------+
- +-> REGION5 +---> NAMESPACE5.0 +--> ND1 "blk5.0" | BTT0 |
- +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+------+
-
+LIBNDCTL API::
+ +---+
+ |CTX| +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ +-+-+ +-> REGION0 +---> NAMESPACE0.0 +--> PMEM8 "pm0.0" |
+ | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ +-------+ | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ | DIMM0 <-+ | +-> REGION1 +---> NAMESPACE1.0 +--> PMEM6 "pm1.0" |
+ +-------+ | | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ | DIMM1 <-+ +-v--+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ +-------+ +-+BUS0+---> REGION2 +-+-> NAMESPACE2.0 +--> ND6 "blk2.0" |
+ | DIMM2 <-+ +----+ | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+
+ +-------+ | | +-> NAMESPACE2.1 +--> ND5 "blk2.1" | BTT2 |
+ | DIMM3 <-+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+
+ +-------+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ +-> REGION3 +-+-> NAMESPACE3.0 +--> ND4 "blk3.0" |
+ | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+
+ | +-> NAMESPACE3.1 +--> ND3 "blk3.1" | BTT1 |
+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+
+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ +-> REGION4 +---> NAMESPACE4.0 +--> ND2 "blk4.0" |
+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+
+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +----------------------+
+ +-> REGION5 +---> NAMESPACE5.0 +--> ND1 "blk5.0" | BTT0 |
+ +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+------+
diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/security.txt b/Documentation/nvdimm/security.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/nvdimm/security.txt
rename to Documentation/nvdimm/security.rst
index 4c36c05ca98e..ad9dea099b34 100644
--- a/Documentation/nvdimm/security.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/security.rst
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-NVDIMM SECURITY
+===============
+NVDIMM Security
===============
1. Introduction
@@ -138,4 +139,5 @@ This command is only available when the master security is enabled, indicated
by the extended security status.
[1]: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface-V1.8.pdf
+
[2]: http://www.t13.org/documents/UploadedDocuments/docs2006/e05179r4-ACS-SecurityClarifications.pdf
diff --git a/drivers/nvdimm/Kconfig b/drivers/nvdimm/Kconfig
index 54500798f23a..e89c1c332407 100644
--- a/drivers/nvdimm/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/nvdimm/Kconfig
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ config BLK_DEV_PMEM
Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst). This driver converts
these persistent memory ranges into block devices that are
capable of DAX (direct-access) file system mappings. See
- Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt for more details.
+ Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.rst for more details.
Say Y if you want to use an NVDIMM
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 29/29] docs: mmc: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the mmc documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/mmc/index.rst | 13 +++++
.../{mmc-async-req.txt => mmc-async-req.rst} | 53 +++++++++++--------
.../{mmc-dev-attrs.txt => mmc-dev-attrs.rst} | 32 +++++++----
.../{mmc-dev-parts.txt => mmc-dev-parts.rst} | 13 ++---
.../mmc/{mmc-tools.txt => mmc-tools.rst} | 5 +-
5 files changed, 79 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 Documentation/mmc/index.rst
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-async-req.txt => mmc-async-req.rst} (75%)
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-dev-attrs.txt => mmc-dev-attrs.rst} (73%)
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-dev-parts.txt => mmc-dev-parts.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/mmc/{mmc-tools.txt => mmc-tools.rst} (92%)
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/index.rst b/Documentation/mmc/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3305478ddadb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+:orphan:
+
+========================
+MMC/SD/SDIO card support
+========================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ mmc-dev-attrs
+ mmc-dev-parts
+ mmc-async-req
+ mmc-tools
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.rst
similarity index 75%
rename from Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.txt
rename to Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.rst
index ae1907b10e4a..0f7197c9c3b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.rst
@@ -1,13 +1,20 @@
+========================
+MMC Asynchronous Request
+========================
+
Rationale
=========
How significant is the cache maintenance overhead?
+
It depends. Fast eMMC and multiple cache levels with speculative cache
pre-fetch makes the cache overhead relatively significant. If the DMA
preparations for the next request are done in parallel with the current
transfer, the DMA preparation overhead would not affect the MMC performance.
+
The intention of non-blocking (asynchronous) MMC requests is to minimize the
time between when an MMC request ends and another MMC request begins.
+
Using mmc_wait_for_req(), the MMC controller is idle while dma_map_sg and
dma_unmap_sg are processing. Using non-blocking MMC requests makes it
possible to prepare the caches for next job in parallel with an active
@@ -17,6 +24,7 @@ MMC block driver
================
The mmc_blk_issue_rw_rq() in the MMC block driver is made non-blocking.
+
The increase in throughput is proportional to the time it takes to
prepare (major part of preparations are dma_map_sg() and dma_unmap_sg())
a request and how fast the memory is. The faster the MMC/SD is the
@@ -35,6 +43,7 @@ MMC core API extension
======================
There is one new public function mmc_start_req().
+
It starts a new MMC command request for a host. The function isn't
truly non-blocking. If there is an ongoing async request it waits
for completion of that request and starts the new one and returns. It
@@ -47,6 +56,7 @@ MMC host extensions
There are two optional members in the mmc_host_ops -- pre_req() and
post_req() -- that the host driver may implement in order to move work
to before and after the actual mmc_host_ops.request() function is called.
+
In the DMA case pre_req() may do dma_map_sg() and prepare the DMA
descriptor, and post_req() runs the dma_unmap_sg().
@@ -55,33 +65,34 @@ Optimize for the first request
The first request in a series of requests can't be prepared in parallel
with the previous transfer, since there is no previous request.
+
The argument is_first_req in pre_req() indicates that there is no previous
request. The host driver may optimize for this scenario to minimize
the performance loss. A way to optimize for this is to split the current
request in two chunks, prepare the first chunk and start the request,
and finally prepare the second chunk and start the transfer.
-Pseudocode to handle is_first_req scenario with minimal prepare overhead:
+Pseudocode to handle is_first_req scenario with minimal prepare overhead::
-if (is_first_req && req->size > threshold)
- /* start MMC transfer for the complete transfer size */
- mmc_start_command(MMC_CMD_TRANSFER_FULL_SIZE);
+ if (is_first_req && req->size > threshold)
+ /* start MMC transfer for the complete transfer size */
+ mmc_start_command(MMC_CMD_TRANSFER_FULL_SIZE);
- /*
- * Begin to prepare DMA while cmd is being processed by MMC.
- * The first chunk of the request should take the same time
- * to prepare as the "MMC process command time".
- * If prepare time exceeds MMC cmd time
- * the transfer is delayed, guesstimate max 4k as first chunk size.
- */
- prepare_1st_chunk_for_dma(req);
- /* flush pending desc to the DMAC (dmaengine.h) */
- dma_issue_pending(req->dma_desc);
+ /*
+ * Begin to prepare DMA while cmd is being processed by MMC.
+ * The first chunk of the request should take the same time
+ * to prepare as the "MMC process command time".
+ * If prepare time exceeds MMC cmd time
+ * the transfer is delayed, guesstimate max 4k as first chunk size.
+ */
+ prepare_1st_chunk_for_dma(req);
+ /* flush pending desc to the DMAC (dmaengine.h) */
+ dma_issue_pending(req->dma_desc);
- prepare_2nd_chunk_for_dma(req);
- /*
- * The second issue_pending should be called before MMC runs out
- * of the first chunk. If the MMC runs out of the first data chunk
- * before this call, the transfer is delayed.
- */
- dma_issue_pending(req->dma_desc);
+ prepare_2nd_chunk_for_dma(req);
+ /*
+ * The second issue_pending should be called before MMC runs out
+ * of the first chunk. If the MMC runs out of the first data chunk
+ * before this call, the transfer is delayed.
+ */
+ dma_issue_pending(req->dma_desc);
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.rst
similarity index 73%
rename from Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt
rename to Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.rst
index 4ad0bb17f343..4f44b1b730d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+==================================
SD and MMC Block Device Attributes
==================================
@@ -6,23 +7,29 @@ SD or MMC device.
The following attributes are read/write.
- force_ro Enforce read-only access even if write protect switch is off.
+ ======== ===============================================
+ force_ro Enforce read-only access even if write protect switch is off.
+ ======== ===============================================
SD and MMC Device Attributes
============================
All attributes are read-only.
+ ====================== ===============================================
cid Card Identification Register
csd Card Specific Data Register
scr SD Card Configuration Register (SD only)
date Manufacturing Date (from CID Register)
- fwrev Firmware/Product Revision (from CID Register) (SD and MMCv1 only)
- hwrev Hardware/Product Revision (from CID Register) (SD and MMCv1 only)
+ fwrev Firmware/Product Revision (from CID Register)
+ (SD and MMCv1 only)
+ hwrev Hardware/Product Revision (from CID Register)
+ (SD and MMCv1 only)
manfid Manufacturer ID (from CID Register)
name Product Name (from CID Register)
oemid OEM/Application ID (from CID Register)
- prv Product Revision (from CID Register) (SD and MMCv4 only)
+ prv Product Revision (from CID Register)
+ (SD and MMCv4 only)
serial Product Serial Number (from CID Register)
erase_size Erase group size
preferred_erase_size Preferred erase size
@@ -30,7 +37,10 @@ All attributes are read-only.
rel_sectors Reliable write sector count
ocr Operation Conditions Register
dsr Driver Stage Register
- cmdq_en Command Queue enabled: 1 => enabled, 0 => not enabled
+ cmdq_en Command Queue enabled:
+
+ 1 => enabled, 0 => not enabled
+ ====================== ===============================================
Note on Erase Size and Preferred Erase Size:
@@ -44,14 +54,15 @@ Note on Erase Size and Preferred Erase Size:
SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and
including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may
be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons:
- 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on
+
+ 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on
the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card
is being erased, but erasing one partition will make
I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the
duration of the erase - which could be a several
minutes.
- 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress.
- 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very
+ 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress.
+ 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very
useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin
which is multiplied by the size of the erase area,
the value can end up being several minutes for large
@@ -72,6 +83,9 @@ Note on Erase Size and Preferred Erase Size:
"preferred_erase_size" is in bytes.
Note on raw_rpmb_size_mult:
+
"raw_rpmb_size_mult" is a multiple of 128kB block.
+
RPMB size in byte is calculated by using the following equation:
- RPMB partition size = 128kB x raw_rpmb_size_mult
+
+ RPMB partition size = 128kB x raw_rpmb_size_mult
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.rst
similarity index 83%
rename from Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt
rename to Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.rst
index f08d078d43cf..995922f1f744 100644
--- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+============================
SD and MMC Device Partitions
============================
@@ -18,18 +19,18 @@ platform, write access is disabled by default to reduce the chance of
accidental bricking.
To enable write access to /dev/mmcblkXbootY, disable the forced read-only
-access with:
+access with::
-echo 0 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro
+ echo 0 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro
-To re-enable read-only access:
+To re-enable read-only access::
-echo 1 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro
+ echo 1 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro
The boot partitions can also be locked read only until the next power on,
-with:
+with::
-echo 1 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/ro_lock_until_next_power_on
+ echo 1 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/ro_lock_until_next_power_on
This is a feature of the card and not of the kernel. If the card does
not support boot partition locking, the file will not exist. If the
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.rst
similarity index 92%
rename from Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.txt
rename to Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.rst
index 735509c165d5..54406093768b 100644
--- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.rst
@@ -1,14 +1,17 @@
+======================
MMC tools introduction
======================
There is one MMC test tools called mmc-utils, which is maintained by Chris Ball,
you can find it at the below public git repository:
-http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc-utils.git/
+
+ http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc-utils.git/
Functions
=========
The mmc-utils tools can do the following:
+
- Print and parse extcsd data.
- Determine the eMMC writeprotect status.
- Set the eMMC writeprotect status.
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 23/29] docs: namespaces: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the namespaces documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
There are two upper case file names. Rename them to
lower case, as we're working to avoid upper case file
names at Documentation.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
...{compatibility-list.txt => compatibility-list.rst} | 10 +++++++---
Documentation/namespaces/index.rst | 11 +++++++++++
.../{resource-control.txt => resource-control.rst} | 4 ++++
3 files changed, 22 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/namespaces/{compatibility-list.txt => compatibility-list.rst} (86%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/namespaces/index.rst
rename Documentation/namespaces/{resource-control.txt => resource-control.rst} (89%)
diff --git a/Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.txt b/Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.rst
similarity index 86%
rename from Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.txt
rename to Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.rst
index defc5589bfcd..318800b2a943 100644
--- a/Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.txt
+++ b/Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.rst
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
- Namespaces compatibility list
+=============================
+Namespaces compatibility list
+=============================
This document contains the information about the problems user
may have when creating tasks living in different namespaces.
@@ -7,13 +9,16 @@ Here's the summary. This matrix shows the known problems, that
occur when tasks share some namespace (the columns) while living
in different other namespaces (the rows):
- UTS IPC VFS PID User Net
+==== === === === === ==== ===
+- UTS IPC VFS PID User Net
+==== === === === === ==== ===
UTS X
IPC X 1
VFS X
PID 1 1 X
User 2 2 X
Net X
+==== === === === === ==== ===
1. Both the IPC and the PID namespaces provide IDs to address
object inside the kernel. E.g. semaphore with IPCID or
@@ -36,4 +41,3 @@ Net X
even having equal UIDs.
But currently this is not so.
-
diff --git a/Documentation/namespaces/index.rst b/Documentation/namespaces/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bf40625dd11a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/namespaces/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+:orphan:
+
+==========
+Namespaces
+==========
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ compatibility-list
+ resource-control
diff --git a/Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt b/Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.rst
similarity index 89%
rename from Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt
rename to Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.rst
index abc13c394738..369556e00f0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt
+++ b/Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
+===========================
+Namespaces research control
+===========================
+
There are a lot of kinds of objects in the kernel that don't have
individual limits or that have limits that are ineffective when a set
of processes is allowed to switch user ids. With user namespaces
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 14/29] docs: nvmem: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
In order to be able to add it into a doc book, we need first
convert it to ReST.
The conversion is actually:
- add blank lines and identation in order to identify paragraphs;
- mark literal blocks;
- adjust title markups.
While this is not part of any book, mark it as :orphan:, in order
to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/nvmem/{nvmem.txt => nvmem.rst} | 112 ++++++++++---------
1 file changed, 59 insertions(+), 53 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/nvmem/{nvmem.txt => nvmem.rst} (62%)
diff --git a/Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.txt b/Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.rst
similarity index 62%
rename from Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.txt
rename to Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.rst
index fc2fe4b18655..3866b6e066d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,10 @@
- NVMEM SUBSYSTEM
- Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org>
+:orphan:
+
+===============
+NVMEM Subsystem
+===============
+
+ Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org>
This document explains the NVMEM Framework along with the APIs provided,
and how to use it.
@@ -40,54 +45,54 @@ nvmem_device pointer.
nvmem_unregister(nvmem) is used to unregister a previously registered provider.
-For example, a simple qfprom case:
+For example, a simple qfprom case::
-static struct nvmem_config econfig = {
+ static struct nvmem_config econfig = {
.name = "qfprom",
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
-};
+ };
-static int qfprom_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
-{
+ static int qfprom_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
+ {
...
econfig.dev = &pdev->dev;
nvmem = nvmem_register(&econfig);
...
-}
+ }
It is mandatory that the NVMEM provider has a regmap associated with its
struct device. Failure to do would return error code from nvmem_register().
Users of board files can define and register nvmem cells using the
-nvmem_cell_table struct:
+nvmem_cell_table struct::
-static struct nvmem_cell_info foo_nvmem_cells[] = {
+ static struct nvmem_cell_info foo_nvmem_cells[] = {
{
.name = "macaddr",
.offset = 0x7f00,
.bytes = ETH_ALEN,
}
-};
+ };
-static struct nvmem_cell_table foo_nvmem_cell_table = {
+ static struct nvmem_cell_table foo_nvmem_cell_table = {
.nvmem_name = "i2c-eeprom",
.cells = foo_nvmem_cells,
.ncells = ARRAY_SIZE(foo_nvmem_cells),
-};
+ };
-nvmem_add_cell_table(&foo_nvmem_cell_table);
+ nvmem_add_cell_table(&foo_nvmem_cell_table);
Additionally it is possible to create nvmem cell lookup entries and register
-them with the nvmem framework from machine code as shown in the example below:
+them with the nvmem framework from machine code as shown in the example below::
-static struct nvmem_cell_lookup foo_nvmem_lookup = {
+ static struct nvmem_cell_lookup foo_nvmem_lookup = {
.nvmem_name = "i2c-eeprom",
.cell_name = "macaddr",
.dev_id = "foo_mac.0",
.con_id = "mac-address",
-};
+ };
-nvmem_add_cell_lookups(&foo_nvmem_lookup, 1);
+ nvmem_add_cell_lookups(&foo_nvmem_lookup, 1);
NVMEM Consumers
+++++++++++++++
@@ -99,43 +104,43 @@ read from and to NVMEM.
=================================
NVMEM cells are the data entries/fields in the NVMEM.
-The NVMEM framework provides 3 APIs to read/write NVMEM cells.
+The NVMEM framework provides 3 APIs to read/write NVMEM cells::
-struct nvmem_cell *nvmem_cell_get(struct device *dev, const char *name);
-struct nvmem_cell *devm_nvmem_cell_get(struct device *dev, const char *name);
+ struct nvmem_cell *nvmem_cell_get(struct device *dev, const char *name);
+ struct nvmem_cell *devm_nvmem_cell_get(struct device *dev, const char *name);
-void nvmem_cell_put(struct nvmem_cell *cell);
-void devm_nvmem_cell_put(struct device *dev, struct nvmem_cell *cell);
+ void nvmem_cell_put(struct nvmem_cell *cell);
+ void devm_nvmem_cell_put(struct device *dev, struct nvmem_cell *cell);
-void *nvmem_cell_read(struct nvmem_cell *cell, ssize_t *len);
-int nvmem_cell_write(struct nvmem_cell *cell, void *buf, ssize_t len);
+ void *nvmem_cell_read(struct nvmem_cell *cell, ssize_t *len);
+ int nvmem_cell_write(struct nvmem_cell *cell, void *buf, ssize_t len);
-*nvmem_cell_get() apis will get a reference to nvmem cell for a given id,
+`*nvmem_cell_get()` apis will get a reference to nvmem cell for a given id,
and nvmem_cell_read/write() can then read or write to the cell.
-Once the usage of the cell is finished the consumer should call *nvmem_cell_put()
-to free all the allocation memory for the cell.
+Once the usage of the cell is finished the consumer should call
+`*nvmem_cell_put()` to free all the allocation memory for the cell.
4. Direct NVMEM device based consumer APIs
==========================================
In some instances it is necessary to directly read/write the NVMEM.
-To facilitate such consumers NVMEM framework provides below apis.
+To facilitate such consumers NVMEM framework provides below apis::
-struct nvmem_device *nvmem_device_get(struct device *dev, const char *name);
-struct nvmem_device *devm_nvmem_device_get(struct device *dev,
+ struct nvmem_device *nvmem_device_get(struct device *dev, const char *name);
+ struct nvmem_device *devm_nvmem_device_get(struct device *dev,
const char *name);
-void nvmem_device_put(struct nvmem_device *nvmem);
-int nvmem_device_read(struct nvmem_device *nvmem, unsigned int offset,
+ void nvmem_device_put(struct nvmem_device *nvmem);
+ int nvmem_device_read(struct nvmem_device *nvmem, unsigned int offset,
size_t bytes, void *buf);
-int nvmem_device_write(struct nvmem_device *nvmem, unsigned int offset,
+ int nvmem_device_write(struct nvmem_device *nvmem, unsigned int offset,
size_t bytes, void *buf);
-int nvmem_device_cell_read(struct nvmem_device *nvmem,
+ int nvmem_device_cell_read(struct nvmem_device *nvmem,
struct nvmem_cell_info *info, void *buf);
-int nvmem_device_cell_write(struct nvmem_device *nvmem,
+ int nvmem_device_cell_write(struct nvmem_device *nvmem,
struct nvmem_cell_info *info, void *buf);
Before the consumers can read/write NVMEM directly, it should get hold
-of nvmem_controller from one of the *nvmem_device_get() api.
+of nvmem_controller from one of the `*nvmem_device_get()` api.
The difference between these apis and cell based apis is that these apis always
take nvmem_device as parameter.
@@ -145,12 +150,12 @@ take nvmem_device as parameter.
When a consumer no longer needs the NVMEM, it has to release the reference
to the NVMEM it has obtained using the APIs mentioned in the above section.
-The NVMEM framework provides 2 APIs to release a reference to the NVMEM.
+The NVMEM framework provides 2 APIs to release a reference to the NVMEM::
-void nvmem_cell_put(struct nvmem_cell *cell);
-void devm_nvmem_cell_put(struct device *dev, struct nvmem_cell *cell);
-void nvmem_device_put(struct nvmem_device *nvmem);
-void devm_nvmem_device_put(struct device *dev, struct nvmem_device *nvmem);
+ void nvmem_cell_put(struct nvmem_cell *cell);
+ void devm_nvmem_cell_put(struct device *dev, struct nvmem_cell *cell);
+ void nvmem_device_put(struct nvmem_device *nvmem);
+ void devm_nvmem_device_put(struct device *dev, struct nvmem_device *nvmem);
Both these APIs are used to release a reference to the NVMEM and
devm_nvmem_cell_put and devm_nvmem_device_put destroys the devres associated
@@ -162,20 +167,21 @@ Userspace
6. Userspace binary interface
==============================
-Userspace can read/write the raw NVMEM file located at
-/sys/bus/nvmem/devices/*/nvmem
+Userspace can read/write the raw NVMEM file located at::
-ex:
+ /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/*/nvmem
-hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem
+ex::
-0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
-*
-00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00
-0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
-...
-*
-0001000
+ hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem
+
+ 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
+ *
+ 00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00
+ 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
+ ...
+ *
+ 0001000
7. DeviceTree Binding
=====================
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v2 11/29] docs: memory-devices: convert ti-emif.txt to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 20:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560890800.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Prepare this file to be moved to a kernel book by converting
it to ReST format and renaming it to ti-emif.rst.
While this is not part of any book, mark it as :orphan:, in order
to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../{ti-emif.txt => ti-emif.rst} | 27 ++++++++++++-------
1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/memory-devices/{ti-emif.txt => ti-emif.rst} (81%)
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt b/Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.rst
similarity index 81%
rename from Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt
rename to Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.rst
index f4ad9a7d0f4b..c9242294e63c 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.rst
@@ -1,20 +1,24 @@
-TI EMIF SDRAM Controller Driver:
+:orphan:
+
+===============================
+TI EMIF SDRAM Controller Driver
+===============================
Author
-========
+======
Aneesh V <aneesh@ti.com>
Location
-============
+========
driver/memory/emif.c
Supported SoCs:
-===================
+===============
TI OMAP44xx
TI OMAP54xx
Menuconfig option:
-==========================
+==================
Device Drivers
Memory devices
Texas Instruments EMIF driver
@@ -29,10 +33,11 @@ functions of the driver includes re-configuring AC timing
parameters and other settings during frequency, voltage and
temperature changes
-Platform Data (see include/linux/platform_data/emif_plat.h):
-=====================================================================
+Platform Data (see include/linux/platform_data/emif_plat.h)
+===========================================================
DDR device details and other board dependent and SoC dependent
information can be passed through platform data (struct emif_platform_data)
+
- DDR device details: 'struct ddr_device_info'
- Device AC timings: 'struct lpddr2_timings' and 'struct lpddr2_min_tck'
- Custom configurations: customizable policy options through
@@ -40,17 +45,19 @@ information can be passed through platform data (struct emif_platform_data)
- IP revision
- PHY type
-Interface to the external world:
-================================
+Interface to the external world
+===============================
EMIF driver registers notifiers for voltage and frequency changes
affecting EMIF and takes appropriate actions when these are invoked.
+
- freq_pre_notify_handling()
- freq_post_notify_handling()
- volt_notify_handling()
Debugfs
-========
+=======
The driver creates two debugfs entries per device.
+
- regcache_dump : dump of register values calculated and saved for all
frequencies used so far.
- mr4 : last polled value of MR4 register in the LPDDR2 device. MR4
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 10/22] docs: security: move some books to it and update
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
The following files belong to security:
Documentation/security/LSM.rst -> Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst
Documentation/lsm.txt -> Documentation/security/lsm.rst
Documentation/SAK.txt -> Documentation/security/sak.rst
Documentation/siphash.txt -> Documentation/security/siphash.rst
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/security/index.rst | 5 ++++-
Documentation/security/{LSM.rst => lsm-development.rst} | 0
Documentation/{ => security}/lsm.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{SAK.rst => security/sak.rst} | 2 --
Documentation/{ => security}/siphash.rst | 2 --
Documentation/security/tpm/index.rst | 1 +
Documentation/security/tpm/xen-tpmfront.rst | 2 --
7 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/security/{LSM.rst => lsm-development.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => security}/lsm.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{SAK.rst => security/sak.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => security}/siphash.rst (99%)
diff --git a/Documentation/security/index.rst b/Documentation/security/index.rst
index aad6d92ffe31..fc503dd689a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/index.rst
@@ -8,7 +8,10 @@ Security Documentation
credentials
IMA-templates
keys/index
- LSM
+ lsm
+ lsm-development
+ sak
SCTP
self-protection
+ siphash
tpm/index
diff --git a/Documentation/security/LSM.rst b/Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/security/LSM.rst
rename to Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/lsm.rst b/Documentation/security/lsm.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/lsm.rst
rename to Documentation/security/lsm.rst
index 4f0b1a6ea76c..ad4dfd020e0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/lsm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/lsm.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
========================================================
Linux Security Modules: General Security Hooks for Linux
========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/SAK.rst b/Documentation/security/sak.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/SAK.rst
rename to Documentation/security/sak.rst
index 73dd10fa4337..64e667da93e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/SAK.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/sak.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=========================================
Linux Secure Attention Key (SAK) handling
=========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/siphash.rst b/Documentation/security/siphash.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/siphash.rst
rename to Documentation/security/siphash.rst
index 833eef3a7956..9965821ab333 100644
--- a/Documentation/siphash.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/siphash.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================
SipHash - a short input PRF
===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/security/tpm/index.rst b/Documentation/security/tpm/index.rst
index af77a7bbb070..3296533e54cf 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/tpm/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/tpm/index.rst
@@ -5,3 +5,4 @@ Trusted Platform Module documentation
.. toctree::
tpm_vtpm_proxy
+ xen-tpmfront
diff --git a/Documentation/security/tpm/xen-tpmfront.rst b/Documentation/security/tpm/xen-tpmfront.rst
index 98a16ab87360..00d5b1db227d 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/tpm/xen-tpmfront.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/tpm/xen-tpmfront.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============================
Virtual TPM interface for Xen
=============================
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 18/22] docs: admin-guide: move sysctl directory to it
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Alexey Dobriyan, David S. Miller, linux-fsdevel,
netdev, linux-mm
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
The stuff under sysctl describes /sys interface from userspace
point of view. So, add it to the admin-guide and remove the
:orphan: from its index file.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
CREDITS | 2 +-
Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst | 1 +
Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 2 +-
Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/abi.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/fs.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/index.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/kernel.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/net.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/sunrpc.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/user.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/vm.rst | 0
Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt | 2 +-
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt | 2 +-
Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst | 2 +-
fs/proc/Kconfig | 2 +-
kernel/panic.c | 2 +-
mm/swap.c | 2 +-
20 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/abi.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/fs.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/index.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/kernel.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/net.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/sunrpc.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/user.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/sysctl/vm.rst (100%)
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 681335f42491..652480755300 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ S: France
N: Rik van Riel
E: riel@redhat.com
W: http://www.surriel.com/
-D: Linux-MM site, Documentation/sysctl/*, swap/mm readaround
+D: Linux-MM site, Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/*, swap/mm readaround
D: kswapd fixes, random kernel hacker, rmap VM,
D: nl.linux.org administrator, minor scheduler additions
S: Red Hat Boston
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
index ba9ff8e3b45a..5940ce8d16af 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ etc.
README
kernel-parameters
devices
+ sysctl/index
This section describes CPU vulnerabilities and their mitigations.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index 2f8751323f6d..0b17312b9198 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@
numa_zonelist_order= [KNL, BOOT] Select zonelist order for NUMA.
'node', 'default' can be specified
This can be set from sysctl after boot.
- See Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst for details.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst for details.
ohci1394_dma=early [HW] enable debugging via the ohci1394 driver.
See Documentation/driver-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst for more
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst
index f5e92f33f96e..5f61a6c429e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ processes address space and many other cool things.
Linux memory management is a complex system with many configurable
settings. Most of these settings are available via ``/proc``
filesystem and can be quired and adjusted using ``sysctl``. These APIs
-are described in Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst and in `man 5 proc`_.
+are described in Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst and in `man 5 proc`_.
.. _man 5 proc: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/proc.5.html
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst
index 7b2b8767c0b4..874eb0c77d34 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ MADV_UNMERGEABLE is applied to a range which was never MADV_MERGEABLE.
If a region of memory must be split into at least one new MADV_MERGEABLE
or MADV_UNMERGEABLE region, the madvise may return ENOMEM if the process
-will exceed ``vm.max_map_count`` (see Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst).
+will exceed ``vm.max_map_count`` (see Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst).
Like other madvise calls, they are intended for use on mapped areas of
the user address space: they will report ENOMEM if the specified range
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/abi.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/abi.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/abi.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/abi.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/fs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/fs.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/index.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/index.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/index.rst
index efbcde8c1c9c..03346f98c7b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/index.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================
Documentation for /proc/sys
===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/net.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/sunrpc.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/sunrpc.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/sunrpc.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/sunrpc.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/user.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/user.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/user.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/user.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
index 1d8e748f909f..c6224d039bcb 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Kernel Pointers
For printing kernel pointers which should be hidden from unprivileged
users. The behaviour of %pK depends on the kptr_restrict sysctl - see
-Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst for more details.
+Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst for more details.
Unmodified Addresses
--------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index a226061fa109..d551e091df47 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ review the kernel documentation in the directory /usr/src/linux/Documentation.
This chapter is heavily based on the documentation included in the pre 2.2
kernels, and became part of it in version 2.2.1 of the Linux kernel.
-Please see: Documentation/sysctl/ directory for descriptions of these
+Please see: Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/ directory for descriptions of these
entries.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index 8626b175b192..8adaf27820de 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ addr_scope_policy - INTEGER
/proc/sys/net/core/*
- Please see: Documentation/sysctl/net.rst for descriptions of these entries.
+ Please see: Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst for descriptions of these entries.
/proc/sys/net/unix/*
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst
index 997dfbf13b99..17d0861b0f1d 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst
+++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Compacting MLOCKED Pages
The unevictable LRU can be scanned for compactable regions and the default
behavior is to do so. /proc/sys/vm/compact_unevictable_allowed controls
-this behavior (see Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst). Once scanning of the
+this behavior (see Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst). Once scanning of the
unevictable LRU is enabled, the work of compaction is mostly handled by
the page migration code and the same work flow as described in MIGRATING
MLOCKED PAGES will apply.
diff --git a/fs/proc/Kconfig b/fs/proc/Kconfig
index cba429db95d9..cb5629bd5fff 100644
--- a/fs/proc/Kconfig
+++ b/fs/proc/Kconfig
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ config PROC_SYSCTL
interface is through /proc/sys. If you say Y here a tree of
modifiable sysctl entries will be generated beneath the
/proc/sys directory. They are explained in the files
- in <file:Documentation/sysctl/>. Note that enabling this
+ in <file:Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/>. Note that enabling this
option will enlarge the kernel by at least 8 KB.
As it is generally a good thing, you should say Y here unless
diff --git a/kernel/panic.c b/kernel/panic.c
index e0ea74bbb41d..057540b6eee9 100644
--- a/kernel/panic.c
+++ b/kernel/panic.c
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ const struct taint_flag taint_flags[TAINT_FLAGS_COUNT] = {
/**
* print_tainted - return a string to represent the kernel taint state.
*
- * For individual taint flag meanings, see Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
+ * For individual taint flag meanings, see Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst
*
* The string is overwritten by the next call to print_tainted(),
* but is always NULL terminated.
diff --git a/mm/swap.c b/mm/swap.c
index 83a2a15f4836..ae300397dfda 100644
--- a/mm/swap.c
+++ b/mm/swap.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
/*
* This file contains the default values for the operation of the
* Linux VM subsystem. Fine-tuning documentation can be found in
- * Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst.
+ * Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst.
* Started 18.12.91
* Swap aging added 23.2.95, Stephen Tweedie.
* Buffermem limits added 12.3.98, Rik van Riel.
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 22/22] admin-guide: add kdump documentation into it
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Dave Young, Baoquan He, Vivek Goyal,
Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Paul Mackerras, Michael Ellerman,
Harry Wei, Alex Shi, Jerry Hoemann, Wim Van Sebroeck,
Guenter Roeck, Russell King, Catalin Marinas, Will Deacon,
Yoshinori Sato, Rich Felker, Thomas Gleixner, Ingo Molnar,
Borislav Petkov, H. Peter Anvin, x86, kexec, linuxppc-dev,
linux-watchdog, linux-arm-kernel, linux-sh
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
The Kdump documentation describes procedures with admins use
in order to solve issues on their systems.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst | 4 ++--
Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst | 1 +
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/gdbmacros.txt | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/index.rst | 1 -
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/kdump.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst | 0
Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 6 +++---
Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/translations/zh_CN/oops-tracing.txt | 4 ++--
Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst | 2 +-
MAINTAINERS | 2 +-
arch/arm/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/arm64/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/sh/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/x86/Kconfig | 4 ++--
15 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/gdbmacros.txt (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/index.rst (97%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/kdump.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst (100%)
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst
index b761aa2a51d2..44b8a4edd348 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ the disk is not available then you have three options:
run a null modem to a second machine and capture the output there
using your favourite communication program. Minicom works well.
-(3) Use Kdump (see Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst),
+(3) Use Kdump (see Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst),
extract the kernel ring buffer from old memory with using dmesg
- gdbmacro in Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt.
+ gdbmacro in Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/gdbmacros.txt.
Finding the bug's location
--------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
index e4f0cb2a02bd..9f6820a7e8f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ problems and bugs in particular.
ramoops
dynamic-debug-howto
init
+ kdump/index
This is the beginning of a section with information of interest to
application developers. Documents covering various aspects of the kernel
diff --git a/Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/gdbmacros.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/gdbmacros.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/kdump/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/index.rst
similarity index 97%
rename from Documentation/kdump/index.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/index.rst
index 2b17fcf6867a..8e2ebd0383cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/kdump/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/index.rst
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
================================================================
Documentation for Kdump - The kexec-based Crash Dumping Solution
diff --git a/Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index 69a9e2e66dfb..1f3fc445c78d 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -708,14 +708,14 @@
[KNL, x86_64] select a region under 4G first, and
fall back to reserve region above 4G when '@offset'
hasn't been specified.
- See Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst for further details.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for further details.
crashkernel=range1:size1[,range2:size2,...][@offset]
[KNL] Same as above, but depends on the memory
in the running system. The syntax of range is
start-[end] where start and end are both
a memory unit (amount[KMG]). See also
- Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst for an example.
+ Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for an example.
crashkernel=size[KMG],high
[KNL, x86_64] range could be above 4G. Allow kernel
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@
Specifies physical address of start of kernel core
image elf header and optionally the size. Generally
kexec loader will pass this option to capture kernel.
- See Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst for details.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for details.
enable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]
The kernel tries to adjust MTRR layout from continuous
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst
index d7fa7c35dd12..9ca12830a48e 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ as follows:
the default calculated size. Use this option if default
boot memory size is not sufficient for second kernel to
boot successfully. For syntax of crashkernel= parameter,
- refer to Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst. If any offset is
+ refer to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst. If any offset is
provided in crashkernel= parameter, it will be ignored
as fadump uses a predefined offset to reserve memory
for boot memory dump preservation in case of a crash.
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/oops-tracing.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/oops-tracing.txt
index 368ddd05b304..c5f3bda7abcb 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/oops-tracing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/oops-tracing.txt
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ cat /proc/kmsg > file， 然而你必须介入中止传输， kmsg是一个“
（2）用串口终端启动（请参看Documentation/admin-guide/serial-console.rst），运行一个null
modem到另一台机器并用你喜欢的通讯工具获取输出。Minicom工作地很好。
-（3）使用Kdump（请参看Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst），
-使用在Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt中定义的dmesg gdb宏，从旧的内存中提取内核
+（3）使用Kdump（请参看Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst），
+使用在Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/gdbmacros.txt中定义的dmesg gdb宏，从旧的内存中提取内核
环形缓冲区。
完整信息
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst
index 437456bd91a4..9a75720dd51a 100644
--- a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst
+++ b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Last reviewed: 08/20/2018
and loop forever. This is generally not what a watchdog user wants.
For those wishing to learn more please see:
- Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst
+ Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt (panic=)
Your Linux Distribution specific documentation.
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index ab170522ec55..071b9e5a1664 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -8571,7 +8571,7 @@ R: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
L: kexec@lists.infradead.org
W: http://lse.sourceforge.net/kdump/
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/kdump/
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/
KEENE FM RADIO TRANSMITTER DRIVER
M: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
diff --git a/arch/arm/Kconfig b/arch/arm/Kconfig
index ff0e247573d8..fc495004f148 100644
--- a/arch/arm/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm/Kconfig
@@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ config CRASH_DUMP
kdump/kexec. The crash dump kernel must be compiled to a
memory address not used by the main kernel
- For more details see Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst
+ For more details see Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
config AUTO_ZRELADDR
bool "Auto calculation of the decompressed kernel image address"
diff --git a/arch/arm64/Kconfig b/arch/arm64/Kconfig
index a8a5fe91c579..9c2275b22904 100644
--- a/arch/arm64/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm64/Kconfig
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ config CRASH_DUMP
reserved region and then later executed after a crash by
kdump/kexec.
- For more details see Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst
+ For more details see Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
config XEN_DOM0
def_bool y
diff --git a/arch/sh/Kconfig b/arch/sh/Kconfig
index 7440639510a0..b731d22c5b9d 100644
--- a/arch/sh/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/sh/Kconfig
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ config CRASH_DUMP
to a memory address not used by the main kernel using
PHYSICAL_START.
- For more details see Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst
+ For more details see Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
config KEXEC_JUMP
bool "kexec jump (EXPERIMENTAL)"
diff --git a/arch/x86/Kconfig b/arch/x86/Kconfig
index 586dd3529d14..8ed2e47ef4ba 100644
--- a/arch/x86/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/x86/Kconfig
@@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ config CRASH_DUMP
to a memory address not used by the main kernel or BIOS using
PHYSICAL_START, or it must be built as a relocatable image
(CONFIG_RELOCATABLE=y).
- For more details see Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst
+ For more details see Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
config KEXEC_JUMP
bool "kexec jump"
@@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ config PHYSICAL_START
the reserved region. In other words, it can be set based on
the "X" value as specified in the "crashkernel=YM@XM"
command line boot parameter passed to the panic-ed
- kernel. Please take a look at Documentation/kdump/kdump.rst
+ kernel. Please take a look at Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst
for more details about crash dumps.
Usage of bzImage for capturing the crash dump is recommended as
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 14/22] docs: usb: rename files to .rst and add them to drivers-api
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Oliver Neukum, Alan Stern,
Johan Hovold, Valentina Manea, Shuah Khan, Felipe Balbi,
linux-usb
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
While there are a mix of things here, most of the stuff
were written from Kernel developer's PoV. So, add them to
the driver-api book.
A follow up for this patch would be to move documents from
there that are specific to sysadmins, adding them to the
admin-guide.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/index.rst | 1 +
Documentation/usb/{acm.txt => acm.rst} | 0
.../{authorization.txt => authorization.rst} | 0
.../usb/{chipidea.txt => chipidea.rst} | 0
Documentation/usb/{dwc3.txt => dwc3.rst} | 0
Documentation/usb/{ehci.txt => ehci.rst} | 0
.../usb/{functionfs.txt => functionfs.rst} | 0
...{gadget-testing.txt => gadget-testing.rst} | 4 +-
...adget_configfs.txt => gadget_configfs.rst} | 0
.../usb/{gadget_hid.txt => gadget_hid.rst} | 0
.../{gadget_multi.txt => gadget_multi.rst} | 0
...{gadget_printer.txt => gadget_printer.rst} | 0
.../{gadget_serial.txt => gadget_serial.rst} | 0
Documentation/usb/index.rst | 39 +++++++++++++++++++
.../usb/{iuu_phoenix.txt => iuu_phoenix.rst} | 0
.../{mass-storage.txt => mass-storage.rst} | 0
...{misc_usbsevseg.txt => misc_usbsevseg.rst} | 0
.../usb/{mtouchusb.txt => mtouchusb.rst} | 0
Documentation/usb/{ohci.txt => ohci.rst} | 0
Documentation/usb/{rio.txt => rio.rst} | 0
Documentation/usb/text_files.rst | 29 ++++++++++++++
.../usb/{usb-help.txt => usb-help.rst} | 0
.../usb/{usb-serial.txt => usb-serial.rst} | 0
...{usbip_protocol.txt => usbip_protocol.rst} | 0
Documentation/usb/{usbmon.txt => usbmon.rst} | 0
...-overview.txt => wusb-design-overview.rst} | 0
MAINTAINERS | 12 +++---
drivers/usb/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/usb/class/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/usb/gadget/Kconfig | 6 +--
drivers/usb/gadget/function/f_mass_storage.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/gadget/legacy/Kconfig | 6 +--
drivers/usb/host/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/usb/misc/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/usb/mon/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/Kconfig | 10 ++---
drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.h | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/cypress_m8.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/empeg.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/ftdi_sio.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/ir-usb.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/keyspan_pda.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/omninet.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/oti6858.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/pl2303.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/visor.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/visor.h | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.c | 2 +-
drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.h | 2 +-
51 files changed, 109 insertions(+), 40 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/usb/{acm.txt => acm.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{authorization.txt => authorization.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{chipidea.txt => chipidea.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{dwc3.txt => dwc3.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{ehci.txt => ehci.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{functionfs.txt => functionfs.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{gadget-testing.txt => gadget-testing.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/usb/{gadget_configfs.txt => gadget_configfs.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{gadget_hid.txt => gadget_hid.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{gadget_multi.txt => gadget_multi.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{gadget_printer.txt => gadget_printer.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{gadget_serial.txt => gadget_serial.rst} (100%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/index.rst
rename Documentation/usb/{iuu_phoenix.txt => iuu_phoenix.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{mass-storage.txt => mass-storage.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{misc_usbsevseg.txt => misc_usbsevseg.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{mtouchusb.txt => mtouchusb.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{ohci.txt => ohci.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{rio.txt => rio.rst} (100%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/text_files.rst
rename Documentation/usb/{usb-help.txt => usb-help.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{usb-serial.txt => usb-serial.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{usbip_protocol.txt => usbip_protocol.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{usbmon.txt => usbmon.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/usb/{WUSB-Design-overview.txt => wusb-design-overview.rst} (100%)
diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst
index a57d975e969a..2f9bf37b8989 100644
--- a/Documentation/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/index.rst
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ needed).
vm/index
bpf/index
PCI/index
+ usb/index
misc-devices/index
Architecture-specific documentation
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/acm.txt b/Documentation/usb/acm.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/acm.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/acm.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/authorization.txt b/Documentation/usb/authorization.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/authorization.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/authorization.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/chipidea.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/usb/dwc3.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/dwc3.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/ehci.txt b/Documentation/usb/ehci.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/ehci.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/ehci.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/functionfs.txt b/Documentation/usb/functionfs.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/functionfs.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/functionfs.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst
index 7d7f2340af42..2eeb3e9299e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Device:
- connect the gadget to a host, preferably not the one used
to control the gadget
- run a program which writes to /dev/hidg<N>, e.g.
- a userspace program found in Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt::
+ a userspace program found in Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.rst::
$ ./hid_gadget_test /dev/hidg0 keyboard
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ host::
# cat /dev/usb/lp0
More advanced testing can be done with the prn_example
-described in Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.txt.
+described in Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.rst.
20. UAC1 function (virtual ALSA card, using u_audio API)
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_multi.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_multi.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/gadget_multi.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/gadget_multi.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/index.rst b/Documentation/usb/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e55386a4abfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/usb/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+===========
+USB support
+===========
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ acm
+ authorization
+ chipidea
+ dwc3
+ ehci
+ functionfs
+ gadget_configfs
+ gadget_hid
+ gadget_multi
+ gadget_printer
+ gadget_serial
+ gadget-testing
+ iuu_phoenix
+ mass-storage
+ misc_usbsevseg
+ mtouchusb
+ ohci
+ rio
+ usbip_protocol
+ usbmon
+ usb-serial
+ wusb-design-overview
+
+ usb-help
+ text_files
+
+.. only:: subproject and html
+
+ Indices
+ =======
+
+ * :ref:`genindex`
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/iuu_phoenix.txt b/Documentation/usb/iuu_phoenix.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/iuu_phoenix.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/iuu_phoenix.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mass-storage.txt b/Documentation/usb/mass-storage.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/mass-storage.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/mass-storage.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/misc_usbsevseg.txt b/Documentation/usb/misc_usbsevseg.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/misc_usbsevseg.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/misc_usbsevseg.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/ohci.txt b/Documentation/usb/ohci.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/ohci.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/ohci.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/rio.txt b/Documentation/usb/rio.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/rio.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/rio.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/text_files.rst b/Documentation/usb/text_files.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6a8d3fcf64b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/usb/text_files.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Linux CDC ACM inf
+-----------------
+
+.. include:: linux-cdc-acm.inf
+ :literal:
+
+Linux inf
+---------
+
+.. include:: linux.inf
+ :literal:
+
+USB devfs drop permissions source
+---------------------------------
+
+.. literalinclude:: usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c
+ :language: c
+
+WUSB command line script to manipulate auth credentials
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+.. literalinclude:: wusb-cbaf
+ :language: shell
+
+Credits
+-------
+
+.. include:: CREDITS
+ :literal:
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-help.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/usb-help.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt b/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt b/Documentation/usb/usbmon.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/usbmon.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/WUSB-Design-overview.txt b/Documentation/usb/wusb-design-overview.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/usb/WUSB-Design-overview.txt
rename to Documentation/usb/wusb-design-overview.rst
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index b7364119ce83..e07cbd44d48a 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -3761,7 +3761,7 @@ F: scripts/extract-cert.c
CERTIFIED WIRELESS USB (WUSB) SUBSYSTEM:
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
S: Orphan
-F: Documentation/usb/WUSB-Design-overview.txt
+F: Documentation/usb/wusb-design-overview.rst
F: Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf
F: drivers/usb/host/hwa-hc.c
F: drivers/usb/host/whci/
@@ -16315,7 +16315,7 @@ USB ACM DRIVER
M: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.com>
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/usb/acm.txt
+F: Documentation/usb/acm.rst
F: drivers/usb/class/cdc-acm.*
USB AR5523 WIRELESS DRIVER
@@ -16368,7 +16368,7 @@ USB EHCI DRIVER
M: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/usb/ehci.txt
+F: Documentation/usb/ehci.rst
F: drivers/usb/host/ehci*
USB GADGET/PERIPHERAL SUBSYSTEM
@@ -16442,7 +16442,7 @@ USB OHCI DRIVER
M: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/usb/ohci.txt
+F: Documentation/usb/ohci.rst
F: drivers/usb/host/ohci*
USB OTG FSM (Finite State Machine)
@@ -16458,7 +16458,7 @@ M: Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org>
M: Shuah Khan <skhan@linuxfoundation.org>
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt
+F: Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.rst
F: drivers/usb/usbip/
F: tools/usb/usbip/
F: tools/testing/selftests/drivers/usb/usbip/
@@ -16506,7 +16506,7 @@ M: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/johan/usb-serial.git
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
+F: Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst
F: drivers/usb/serial/
F: include/linux/usb/serial.h
diff --git a/drivers/usb/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/Kconfig
index 389c57d8eba7..6e59d370ef81 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/Kconfig
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ config USB
After choosing your HCD, then select drivers for the USB peripherals
you'll be using. You may want to check out the information provided
in <file:Documentation/usb/> and especially the links given in
- <file:Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt>.
+ <file:Documentation/usb/usb-help.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
module will be called usbcore.
diff --git a/drivers/usb/class/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/class/Kconfig
index 52f3a531a82f..f8a798900093 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/class/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/class/Kconfig
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ config USB_ACM
---help---
This driver supports USB modems and ISDN adapters which support the
Communication Device Class Abstract Control Model interface.
- Please read <file:Documentation/usb/acm.txt> for details.
+ Please read <file:Documentation/usb/acm.rst> for details.
If your modem only reports "Cls=ff(vend.)" in the descriptors in
/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices, then your modem will not work with this
diff --git a/drivers/usb/gadget/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/gadget/Kconfig
index ec189d7855a0..02ff850278b1 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/gadget/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/gadget/Kconfig
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ config USB_CONFIGFS
specified simply by creating appropriate directories in configfs.
Associating functions with configurations is done by creating
appropriate symbolic links.
- For more information see Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt.
+ For more information see Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.rst.
config USB_CONFIGFS_SERIAL
bool "Generic serial bulk in/out"
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ config USB_CONFIGFS_F_HID
The HID function driver provides generic emulation of USB
Human Interface Devices (HID).
- For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt.
+ For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.rst.
config USB_CONFIGFS_F_UVC
bool "USB Webcam function"
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ config USB_CONFIGFS_F_PRINTER
receive or send printer data. It can use ioctl calls to
the device file to get or set printer status.
- For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.txt
+ For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.rst
which includes sample code for accessing the device file.
config USB_CONFIGFS_F_TCM
diff --git a/drivers/usb/gadget/function/f_mass_storage.c b/drivers/usb/gadget/function/f_mass_storage.c
index 043f97ad8f22..29cc5693e05c 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/gadget/function/f_mass_storage.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/gadget/function/f_mass_storage.c
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
*
* For more information about MSF and in particular its module
* parameters and sysfs interface read the
- * <Documentation/usb/mass-storage.txt> file.
+ * <Documentation/usb/mass-storage.rst> file.
*/
/*
diff --git a/drivers/usb/gadget/legacy/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/gadget/legacy/Kconfig
index 94fc3c462930..69ff7f8c86f5 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/gadget/legacy/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/gadget/legacy/Kconfig
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ config USB_G_SERIAL
Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a
dynamically linked module called "g_serial".
- For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt
+ For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.rst
which includes instructions and a "driver info file" needed to
make MS-Windows work with CDC ACM.
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ config USB_G_PRINTER
Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a
dynamically linked module called "g_printer".
- For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.txt
+ For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.rst
which includes sample code for accessing the device file.
if TTY
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ config USB_G_HID
The HID gadget driver provides generic emulation of USB
Human Interface Devices (HID).
- For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt which
+ For more information, see Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.rst which
includes sample code for accessing the device files.
Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a
diff --git a/drivers/usb/host/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/host/Kconfig
index fb3406ea8592..40b5de597112 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/host/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/host/Kconfig
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ config USB_EHCI_HCD
Controller Driver or UHCI (for Via motherboards) Host Controller
Driver too.
- You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ehci.txt>.
+ You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ehci.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
module will be called ehci-hcd.
diff --git a/drivers/usb/misc/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/misc/Kconfig
index 4a88e1ca25c0..bdae62b2ffe0 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/misc/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/misc/Kconfig
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ config USB_RIO500
tristate "USB Diamond Rio500 support"
help
Say Y here if you want to connect a USB Rio500 mp3 player to your
- computer's USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/rio.txt>
+ computer's USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/rio.rst>
for more information.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
diff --git a/drivers/usb/mon/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/mon/Kconfig
index 48f1b2dadb24..ffc7cd422874 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/mon/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/mon/Kconfig
@@ -8,6 +8,6 @@ config USB_MON
help
If you select this option, a component which captures the USB traffic
between peripheral-specific drivers and HC drivers will be built.
- For more information, see <file:Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt>.
+ For more information, see <file:Documentation/usb/usbmon.rst>.
If unsure, say Y, if allowed, otherwise M.
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/Kconfig b/drivers/usb/serial/Kconfig
index 7d031911d04e..67279c6bce33 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/Kconfig
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ menuconfig USB_SERIAL
ports, or acts like a serial device, and you want to connect it to
your USB bus.
- Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more
+ Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst> for more
information on the specifics of the different devices that are
supported, and on how to use them.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ config USB_SERIAL_GENERIC
bool "USB Generic Serial Driver"
help
Say Y here if you want to use the generic USB serial driver. Please
- read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more information on
+ read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst> for more information on
using this driver. It is recommended that the "USB Serial converter
support" be compiled as a module for this driver to be used
properly.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ config USB_SERIAL_EMPEG
help
Say Y here if you want to connect to your Empeg empeg-car Mark I/II
mp3 player via USB. The driver uses a single ttyUSB{0,1,2,...}
- device node. See <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more
+ device node. See <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst> for more
tidbits of information.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ config USB_SERIAL_IPAQ
Say Y here if you want to connect to your Compaq iPAQ, HP Jornada
or any other PDA running Windows CE 3.0 or PocketPC 2002
using a USB cradle/cable. For information on using the driver,
- read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt>.
+ read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
module will be called ipaq.
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ config USB_SERIAL_KLSI
adapter sold by Palm Inc. for use with their Palm III and Palm V
series PDAs.
- Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more
+ Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst> for more
information.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.c b/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.c
index c1235d5b9fba..9bb123ab9bc9 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
* and associated source files. Please see the usb/serial files for
* individual credits and copyrights.
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
* TODO:
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.h b/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.h
index 51bc06287603..a13a98d284f2 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.h
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/belkin_sa.h
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
* and associated source files. Please see the usb/serial files for
* individual credits and copyrights.
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
* 12-Mar-2001 gkh
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/cypress_m8.c b/drivers/usb/serial/cypress_m8.c
index 72d3ae1ebc64..216edd5826ca 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/cypress_m8.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/cypress_m8.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 2003,2004
* Neil Whelchel (koyama@firstlight.net)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
* See http://geocities.com/i0xox0i for information on this driver and the
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/empeg.c b/drivers/usb/serial/empeg.c
index d680bec62547..405e835e93dd 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/empeg.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/empeg.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 1999 - 2001
* Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/ftdi_sio.c b/drivers/usb/serial/ftdi_sio.c
index 1d8461ae2c34..8b15bbf545d4 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/ftdi_sio.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/ftdi_sio.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 2002
* Kuba Ober (kuba@mareimbrium.org)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
* See http://ftdi-usb-sio.sourceforge.net for up to date testing info
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/ir-usb.c b/drivers/usb/serial/ir-usb.c
index 7643716b5299..302eb9530859 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/ir-usb.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/ir-usb.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
* was written by Roman Weissgaerber <weissg@vienna.at>, Dag Brattli
* <dag@brattli.net>, and Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/keyspan_pda.c b/drivers/usb/serial/keyspan_pda.c
index 38d43c4b7ce5..bf988f77d400 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/keyspan_pda.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/keyspan_pda.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Brian Warner <warner@lothar.com>
* Copyright (C) 2000 Al Borchers <borchers@steinerpoint.com>
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/omninet.c b/drivers/usb/serial/omninet.c
index e51c9464ea42..5b6e982a9376 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/omninet.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/omninet.c
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
*
* Copyright (C) 2013,2017 Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
* Please report both successes and troubles to the author at omninet@kroah.com
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/oti6858.c b/drivers/usb/serial/oti6858.c
index 38ae0fc826cc..8151dd7a45e8 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/oti6858.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/oti6858.c
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
* So, THIS CODE CAN DESTROY OTi-6858 AND ANY OTHER DEVICES, THAT ARE
* CONNECTED TO IT!
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
* TODO:
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/pl2303.c b/drivers/usb/serial/pl2303.c
index d7abde14b3cf..9d27b76c5c6e 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/pl2303.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/pl2303.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
*
* Original driver for 2.2.x by anonymous
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.c b/drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.c
index 676c296103a2..a3179fea38c8 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
* This driver was originally based on the ACM driver by Armin Fuerst (which was
* based on a driver by Brad Keryan)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/visor.c b/drivers/usb/serial/visor.c
index 8ddbecc25d89..4412834db21c 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/visor.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/visor.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 1999 - 2004
* Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/visor.h b/drivers/usb/serial/visor.h
index fe290243f1ce..4bd69d047036 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/visor.h
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/visor.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 1999 - 2003
* Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver.
*
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.c b/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.c
index aefd84f88b59..79314d8c94a4 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 1999 - 2001
* Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*/
diff --git a/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.h b/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.h
index 72c1b0cf4063..00398149cd8d 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.h
+++ b/drivers/usb/serial/whiteheat.h
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
* Copyright (C) 1999, 2000
* Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
*
- * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt for more information on using this
+ * See Documentation/usb/usb-serial.rst for more information on using this
* driver
*
*/
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 11/22] docs: admin-guide: add .rst files from the main dir
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, x86, cgroups, linux-efi, linux-crypto,
linux-ntfs-dev, linux-rtc, linux-video, linux-block, dri-devel,
linux-fbdev, linux-arm-kernel, linux-parisc, linux-sh, sparclinux,
netdev, bpf, linux-security-module
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Those files belong to the admin guide. Add them to the
admin-guide book.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
I had to remove the long list of maintainers got by
getpatch.pl, as it was too long. I opted to keep only the
mailing lists.
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node | 2 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats | 2 +-
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu | 4 ++--
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/aoe.rst | 4 ++--
.../{ => admin-guide}/aoe/autoload.sh | 1 -
.../{ => admin-guide}/aoe/examples.rst | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/index.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/status.sh | 0
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/todo.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/aoe/udev-install.sh | 4 ++--
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/udev.txt | 8 +++----
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/btmrvl.rst | 2 --
.../cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst | 4 ++--
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/cpuacct.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst | 2 +-
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/devices.rst | 0
.../cgroup-v1/freezer-subsystem.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/hugetlb.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/index.rst | 2 --
.../cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst | 4 ++--
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/memory.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/net_prio.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/pids.rst | 0
.../{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/rdma.rst | 0
Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst | 2 +-
.../{ => admin-guide}/clearing-warn-once.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cpu-load.rst | 2 --
.../{ => admin-guide}/cputopology.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/efi-stub.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/highuid.rst | 2 --
Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/hw_random.rst | 2 --
Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst | 23 +++++++++++++++++++
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/iostats.rst | 2 --
.../admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 6 ++---
.../kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst} | 4 +---
.../lcd-panel-cgram.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/ldm.rst | 2 --
.../{ => admin-guide}/lockup-watchdogs.rst | 2 --
.../mm/cma_debugfs.rst} | 2 --
.../admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/numastat.rst | 4 +---
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/pnp.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/rtc.rst | 2 --
Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/svga.rst | 2 --
.../{ => admin-guide}/video-output.rst | 2 --
Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.rst | 4 ++--
Documentation/driver-api/index.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/fb/vesafb.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt | 2 +-
Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/vm/numa.rst | 4 ++--
Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/x86/topology.rst | 2 +-
.../x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets.rst | 4 ++--
MAINTAINERS | 18 +++++++--------
arch/arm/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/parisc/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/sh/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/sparc/Kconfig | 2 +-
arch/x86/Kconfig | 4 ++--
block/Kconfig | 2 +-
block/partitions/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/char/Kconfig | 4 ++--
drivers/char/hw_random/core.c | 2 +-
include/linux/cgroup-defs.h | 2 +-
include/linux/hw_random.h | 2 +-
include/uapi/linux/bpf.h | 2 +-
init/Kconfig | 4 ++--
kernel/cgroup/cpuset.c | 2 +-
security/device_cgroup.c | 2 +-
tools/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h | 2 +-
80 files changed, 94 insertions(+), 112 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/aoe.rst (97%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/autoload.sh (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/examples.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/index.rst (95%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/status.sh (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/todo.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/udev-install.sh (92%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/aoe/udev.txt (91%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/btmrvl.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/cpuacct.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/devices.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/freezer-subsystem.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/hugetlb.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/index.rst (97%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst (98%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/memory.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/net_prio.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/pids.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cgroup-v1/rdma.rst (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/clearing-warn-once.rst (96%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cpu-load.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/cputopology.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/efi-stub.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/highuid.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/hw_random.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/iostats.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst => admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{auxdisplay => admin-guide}/lcd-panel-cgram.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/ldm.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/lockup-watchdogs.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{cma/debugfs.rst => admin-guide/mm/cma_debugfs.rst} (98%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/numastat.rst (93%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/pnp.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/rtc.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/svga.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => admin-guide}/video-output.rst (99%)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
index de1d022c0864..df8413cf1468 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Date: October 2002
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
Description:
The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages.
- See Documentation/numastat.rst
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/numastat.rst
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance
Date: October 2002
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
index 26661dd5188b..2c44b4f1b060 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Description:
17 - sectors discarded
18 - time spent discarding
- For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.rst
+ For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index d300a6b9d17c..f8c7c7126bb1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Description:
9 - I/Os currently in progress
10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- For more details refer Documentation/iostats.rst
+ For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 1a2653f5261f..d1aad0ea0ab9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
present: cpus that have been identified as being present in
the system.
- See Documentation/cputopology.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information.
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship
thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware
threads within the same core as cpu#
- See Documentation/cputopology.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information.
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/aoe.rst
similarity index 97%
rename from Documentation/aoe/aoe.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/aoe.rst
index 58747ecec71d..a05e751363a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/aoe.rst
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ driver. The aoetools are on sourceforge.
http://aoetools.sourceforge.net/
-The scripts in this Documentation/aoe directory are intended to
+The scripts in this Documentation/admin-guide/aoe directory are intended to
document the use of the driver and are not necessary if you install
the aoetools.
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Using sysfs
a convenient way. Users with aoetools should use the aoe-stat
command::
- root@makki root# sh Documentation/aoe/status.sh
+ root@makki root# sh Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/status.sh
e10.0 eth3 up
e10.1 eth3 up
e10.2 eth3 up
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/autoload.sh
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/autoload.sh
index 815dff4691c9..591a58d6c3c6 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/autoload.sh
@@ -14,4 +14,3 @@ if [ $? = 1 ]; then
echo alias block-major-152 aoe >> $f
echo alias char-major-152 aoe >> $f
fi
-
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/examples.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/examples.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/aoe/examples.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/examples.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/index.rst
similarity index 95%
rename from Documentation/aoe/index.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/index.rst
index 4394b9b7913c..d71c5df15922 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/index.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=======================
ATA over Ethernet (AoE)
=======================
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/status.sh b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/status.sh
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/aoe/status.sh
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/status.sh
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/todo.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/todo.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/aoe/todo.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/todo.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/udev-install.sh
similarity index 92%
rename from Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/udev-install.sh
index 15e86f58c036..1404d629a249 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/udev-install.sh
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# install the aoe-specific udev rules from udev.txt into
+# install the aoe-specific udev rules from udev.txt into
# the system's udev configuration
-#
+#
me="`basename $0`"
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/udev.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/udev.txt
similarity index 91%
rename from Documentation/aoe/udev.txt
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/udev.txt
index 54feda5a0772..d55ecb411c21 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/udev.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/udev.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
# They may be installed along the following lines. Check the section
# 8 udev manpage to see whether your udev supports SUBSYSTEM, and
# whether it uses one or two equal signs for SUBSYSTEM and KERNEL.
-#
+#
# ecashin@makki ~$ su
# Password:
# bash# find /etc -type f -name udev.conf
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
# udev_rules="/etc/udev/rules.d/"
# bash# ls /etc/udev/rules.d/
# 10-wacom.rules 50-udev.rules
-# bash# cp /path/to/linux/Documentation/aoe/udev.txt \
+# bash# cp /path/to/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/udev.txt \
# /etc/udev/rules.d/60-aoe.rules
-#
+#
# aoe char devices
SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="discover", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0220"
@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="interfaces", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="02
SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="revalidate", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0220"
SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="flush", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0220"
-# aoe block devices
+# aoe block devices
KERNEL=="etherd*", GROUP="disk"
diff --git a/Documentation/btmrvl.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/btmrvl.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/btmrvl.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/btmrvl.rst
index e6dd1c96e842..ec57740ead0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/btmrvl.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/btmrvl.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============
btmrvl driver
=============
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst
index 46bbe7e022d4..b0688011ed06 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Control Groups
==============
Written by Paul Menage <menage@google.com> based on
-Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
+Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
Original copyright statements from cpusets.txt:
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ On their own, the only use for cgroups is for simple job
tracking. The intention is that other subsystems hook into the generic
cgroup support to provide new attributes for cgroups, such as
accounting/limiting the resources which processes in a cgroup can
-access. For example, cpusets (see Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst) allow
+access. For example, cpusets (see Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst) allow
you to associate a set of CPUs and a set of memory nodes with the
tasks in each cgroup.
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpuacct.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpuacct.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpuacct.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpuacct.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
index b6a42cdea72b..86a6ae995d54 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ hooks, beyond what is already present, required to manage dynamic
job placement on large systems.
Cpusets use the generic cgroup subsystem described in
-Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst.
+Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst.
Requests by a task, using the sched_setaffinity(2) system call to
include CPUs in its CPU affinity mask, and using the mbind(2) and
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/devices.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/devices.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/devices.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/devices.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/freezer-subsystem.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/freezer-subsystem.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/freezer-subsystem.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/freezer-subsystem.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/hugetlb.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/hugetlb.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/hugetlb.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/hugetlb.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/index.rst
similarity index 97%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/index.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/index.rst
index fe76d42edc11..10bf48bae0b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/index.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
========================
Control Groups version 1
========================
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
similarity index 98%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
index 91bd18c6a514..3f7115e07b5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Because VM is getting complex (one of reasons is memcg...), memcg's behavior
is complex. This is a document for memcg's internal behavior.
Please note that implementation details can be changed.
-(*) Topics on API should be in Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.rst)
+(*) Topics on API should be in Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst)
0. How to record usage ?
========================
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y.
You can see charges have been moved by reading ``*.usage_in_bytes`` or
memory.stat of both A and B.
- See 8.2 of Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.rst to see what value should
+ See 8.2 of Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst to see what value should
be written to move_charge_at_immigrate.
9.10 Memory thresholds
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_prio.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/net_prio.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_prio.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/net_prio.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/pids.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/pids.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/pids.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/pids.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/rdma.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/rdma.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index 4b971a0bc99a..125c5cc15fe7 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ This is the authoritative documentation on the design, interface and
conventions of cgroup v2. It describes all userland-visible aspects
of cgroup including core and specific controller behaviors. All
future changes must be reflected in this document. Documentation for
-v1 is available under Documentation/cgroup-v1/.
+v1 is available under Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/.
.. CONTENTS
diff --git a/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst
similarity index 96%
rename from Documentation/clearing-warn-once.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst
index cdfa892c7fdf..211fd926cf00 100644
--- a/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
Clearing WARN_ONCE
------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-load.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/cpu-load.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst
index 6b2815b78683..2d01ce43d2a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-load.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
========
CPU load
========
diff --git a/Documentation/cputopology.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/cputopology.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst
index ef1e6b105957..b90dafcc8237 100644
--- a/Documentation/cputopology.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================================
How CPU topology info is exported via sysfs
===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/efi-stub.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/efi-stub.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst
index 29256cad8af3..833edb0d0bc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/efi-stub.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=================
The EFI Boot Stub
=================
diff --git a/Documentation/highuid.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/highuid.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/highuid.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/highuid.rst
index d1cbc71a59a2..1ab59d7807d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/highuid.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/highuid.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===================================================
Notes on the change from 16-bit UIDs to 32-bit UIDs
===================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
index 5668fc2013ce..9b1e6aafea1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Guest mitigation mechanisms
For further information about confining guests to a single or to a group
of cores consult the cpusets documentation:
- https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
+ https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
.. _interrupt_isolation:
diff --git a/Documentation/hw_random.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/hw_random.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst
index fb5e32fae384..121de96e395e 100644
--- a/Documentation/hw_random.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==========================================================
Linux support for random number generator in i8xx chipsets
==========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
index 8001917ee012..ba9ff8e3b45a 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking.
initrd
cgroup-v2
+ cgroup-v1/index
serial-console
braille-console
parport
@@ -74,9 +75,31 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking.
thunderbolt
LSM/index
mm/index
+ aoe/index
perf-security
acpi/index
+ btmrvl
+ clearing-warn-once
+ cpu-load
+ cputopology
+ highuid
+ hw_random
+ ldm
+ pnp
+ rtc
+ video-output
+ efi-stub
+ iostats
+ kernel-per-cpu-kthreads
+ lcd-panel-cgram
+ lockup-watchdogs
+ mm/cma_debugfs
+ numastat
+ svga
+
+
+
.. only:: subproject and html
Indices
diff --git a/Documentation/iostats.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/iostats.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
index f4d37d812c30..5d63b18bd6d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/iostats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=====================
I/O statistics fields
=====================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index d11b8a745897..95885726778c 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@
relax_domain_level=
[KNL, SMP] Set scheduler's default relax_domain_level.
- See Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst.
reserve= [KNL,BUGS] Force kernel to ignore I/O ports or memory
Format: <base1>,<size1>[,<base2>,<size2>,...]
@@ -4608,7 +4608,7 @@
swapaccount=[0|1]
[KNL] Enable accounting of swap in memory resource
controller if no parameter or 1 is given or disable
- it if 0 is given (See Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.rst)
+ it if 0 is given (See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst)
swiotlb= [ARM,IA-64,PPC,MIPS,X86]
Format: { <int> | force | noforce }
@@ -5075,7 +5075,7 @@
vga= [BOOT,X86-32] Select a particular video mode
See Documentation/x86/boot.rst and
- Documentation/svga.rst.
+ Documentation/admin-guide/svga.rst.
Use vga=ask for menu.
This is actually a boot loader parameter; the value is
passed to the kernel using a special protocol.
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst
index 765c7b9bd7fd..d430048a0307 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==========================================
Reducing OS jitter due to per-cpu kthreads
==========================================
@@ -14,7 +12,7 @@ References
- Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst: Binding interrupts to sets of CPUs.
-- Documentation/cgroup-v1: Using cgroups to bind tasks to sets of CPUs.
+- Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1: Using cgroups to bind tasks to sets of CPUs.
- man taskset: Using the taskset command to bind tasks to sets
of CPUs.
diff --git a/Documentation/auxdisplay/lcd-panel-cgram.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/lcd-panel-cgram.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/auxdisplay/lcd-panel-cgram.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/lcd-panel-cgram.rst
index dfef50286018..a3eb00c62f53 100644
--- a/Documentation/auxdisplay/lcd-panel-cgram.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/lcd-panel-cgram.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
======================================
Parallel port LCD/Keypad Panel support
======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ldm.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/ldm.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/ldm.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/ldm.rst
index 1e8739669541..90ccf24ebfdd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ldm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/ldm.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==========================================
LDM - Logical Disk Manager (Dynamic Disks)
==========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst
index a60598bfd50f..290840c160af 100644
--- a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============================================================
Softlockup detector and hardlockup detector (aka nmi_watchdog)
===============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/cma/debugfs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/cma_debugfs.rst
similarity index 98%
rename from Documentation/cma/debugfs.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/mm/cma_debugfs.rst
index 518fe401b5ee..4e06ffabd78a 100644
--- a/Documentation/cma/debugfs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/cma_debugfs.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=====================
CMA Debugfs Interface
=====================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst
index 546f174e5d6a..8463f5538fda 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ document attempts to describe the concepts and APIs of the 2.6 memory policy
support.
Memory policies should not be confused with cpusets
-(``Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst``)
+(``Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst``)
which is an administrative mechanism for restricting the nodes from which
memory may be allocated by a set of processes. Memory policies are a
programming interface that a NUMA-aware application can take advantage of. When
diff --git a/Documentation/numastat.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/numastat.rst
similarity index 93%
rename from Documentation/numastat.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/numastat.rst
index 762925cfe882..94b7f0477f97 100644
--- a/Documentation/numastat.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/numastat.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============================
Numa policy hit/miss statistics
===============================
@@ -22,7 +20,7 @@ local_node A process ran on this node and got memory from it.
other_node A process ran on this node and got memory from another node.
-interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node
+interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node
and succeeded.
=============== ============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/pnp.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pnp.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/pnp.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/pnp.rst
index ef84f35a9b47..c103acb9ad99 100644
--- a/Documentation/pnp.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pnp.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=================================
Linux Plug and Play Documentation
=================================
diff --git a/Documentation/rtc.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/rtc.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/rtc.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/rtc.rst
index 6893bb5cf0ef..c7647de33c69 100644
--- a/Documentation/rtc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/rtc.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=======================================
Real Time Clock (RTC) Drivers for Linux
=======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/svga.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/svga.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/svga.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/svga.rst
index 1bfd54d9fb59..b6c2f9acca92 100644
--- a/Documentation/svga.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/svga.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
=================================
diff --git a/Documentation/video-output.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/video-output.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/video-output.rst
rename to Documentation/admin-guide/video-output.rst
index 9095c4be45e5..aab623cfb2f3 100644
--- a/Documentation/video-output.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/video-output.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
Video Output Switcher Control
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
diff --git a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
index 3fd9e8029347..6636ad2dad3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
+++ b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ As for cgroups-v1 (blkio controller), the exact set of stat files
created, and kept up-to-date by bfq, depends on whether
CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is set. If it is set, then bfq creates all
the stat files documented in
-Documentation/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst. If, instead,
+Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst. If, instead,
CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is not set, then bfq creates only the files::
blkio.bfq.io_service_bytes
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.rst b/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.rst
index 39f74af35abb..41ded0bc5933 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.rst
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.rst
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ the range specified.
The I/O statistics counters for each step-sized area of a region are
in the same format as `/sys/block/*/stat` or `/proc/diskstats` (see:
-Documentation/iostats.rst). But two extra counters (12 and 13) are
+Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst). But two extra counters (12 and 13) are
provided: total time spent reading and writing. When the histogram
argument is used, the 14th parameter is reported that represents the
histogram of latencies. All these counters may be accessed by sending
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Messages
The first 11 counters have the same meaning as
`/sys/block/*/stat or /proc/diskstats`.
- Please refer to Documentation/iostats.rst for details.
+ Please refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst for details.
1. the number of reads completed
2. the number of reads merged
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
index 0dbaa987aa11..c76a101c2a6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ available subsections can be seen below.
regulator
iio/index
input
- usb/index
firewire
+ usb/index
pci/index
spi
i2c
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/vesafb.rst b/Documentation/fb/vesafb.rst
index a0b658091b07..6821c87b7893 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/vesafb.rst
+++ b/Documentation/fb/vesafb.rst
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ How to use it?
==============
Switching modes is done using the vga=... boot parameter. Read
-Documentation/svga.rst for details.
+Documentation/admin-guide/svga.rst for details.
You should compile in both vgacon (for text mode) and vesafb (for
graphics mode). Which of them takes over the console depends on
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt
index cad797a8a39e..5ecbc03e6b2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ A memory policy with a valid NodeList will be saved, as specified, for
use at file creation time. When a task allocates a file in the file
system, the mount option memory policy will be applied with a NodeList,
if any, modified by the calling task's cpuset constraints
-[See Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst] and any optional flags, listed
+[See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst] and any optional flags, listed
below. If the resulting NodeLists is the empty set, the effective memory
policy for the file will revert to "default" policy.
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst
index 3391e86d810c..14a2f7bf63fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ Deadline Task Scheduling
-deadline tasks cannot have an affinity mask smaller that the entire
root_domain they are created on. However, affinities can be specified
- through the cpuset facility (Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst).
+ through the cpuset facility (Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst).
5.1 SCHED_DEADLINE and cpusets HOWTO
------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst
index 53b30d1967cf..a96c72651877 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ SCHED_BATCH) tasks.
These options need CONFIG_CGROUPS to be defined, and let the administrator
create arbitrary groups of tasks, using the "cgroup" pseudo filesystem. See
- Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst for more information about this filesystem.
+ Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst for more information about this filesystem.
When CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED is defined, a "cpu.shares" file is created for each
group created using the pseudo filesystem. See example steps below to create
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst
index d27d3f3712fd..655a096ec8fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ This uses the cgroup virtual file system and "<cgroup>/cpu.rt_runtime_us"
to control the CPU time reserved for each control group.
For more information on working with control groups, you should read
-Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst as well.
+Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst as well.
Group settings are checked against the following limits in order to keep the
configuration schedulable:
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
index 29a5bbca9bee..9324c3b1aa3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ when a hard lockup is detected.
0 - don't panic on hard lockup
1 - panic on hard lockup
-See Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst for more information. This can
+See Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst for more information. This can
also be set using the nmi_watchdog kernel parameter.
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/numa.rst b/Documentation/vm/numa.rst
index 130f3cfa1c19..99fdeca917ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/numa.rst
+++ b/Documentation/vm/numa.rst
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ nodes. Each emulated node will manage a fraction of the underlying cells'
physical memory. NUMA emluation is useful for testing NUMA kernel and
application features on non-NUMA platforms, and as a sort of memory resource
management mechanism when used together with cpusets.
-[see Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst]
+[see Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst]
For each node with memory, Linux constructs an independent memory management
subsystem, complete with its own free page lists, in-use page lists, usage
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ allocation behavior using Linux NUMA memory policy. [see
System administrators can restrict the CPUs and nodes' memories that a non-
privileged user can specify in the scheduling or NUMA commands and functions
-using control groups and CPUsets. [see Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst]
+using control groups and CPUsets. [see Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst]
On architectures that do not hide memoryless nodes, Linux will include only
zones [nodes] with memory in the zonelists. This means that for a memoryless
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst b/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst
index 35bba27d5fff..1d6cd7db4e43 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst
+++ b/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ locations.
Larger installations usually partition the system using cpusets into
sections of nodes. Paul Jackson has equipped cpusets with the ability to
move pages when a task is moved to another cpuset (See
-Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst).
+Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst).
Cpusets allows the automation of process locality. If a task is moved to
a new cpuset then also all its pages are moved with it so that the
performance of the process does not sink dramatically. Also the pages
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst
index 8ba656f37cd8..997dfbf13b99 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst
+++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.rst
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Memory Control Group Interaction
--------------------------------
The unevictable LRU facility interacts with the memory control group [aka
-memory controller; see Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.rst] by extending the
+memory controller; see Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst] by extending the
lru_list enum.
The memory controller data structure automatically gets a per-zone unevictable
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/topology.rst b/Documentation/x86/topology.rst
index b06d895becce..e29739904e37 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/topology.rst
+++ b/Documentation/x86/topology.rst
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ representation in the kernel. Update/change when doing changes to the
respective code.
The architecture-agnostic topology definitions are in
-Documentation/cputopology.rst. This file holds x86-specific
+Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst. This file holds x86-specific
differences/specialities which must not necessarily apply to the generic
definitions. Thus, the way to read up on Linux topology on x86 is to start
with the generic one and look at this one in parallel for the x86 specifics.
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets.rst b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets.rst
index 30108684ae87..ff9bcfd2cc14 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets.rst
+++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets.rst
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ assign them to cpusets and their attached tasks. This is a way of limiting the
amount of system memory that are available to a certain class of tasks.
For more information on the features of cpusets, see
-Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst.
+Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst.
There are a number of different configurations you can use for your needs. For
more information on the numa=fake command line option and its various ways of
configuring fake nodes, see Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.rst.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ A machine may be split as follows with "numa=fake=4*512," as reported by dmesg::
On node 3 totalpages: 131072
Now following the instructions for mounting the cpusets filesystem from
-Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst, you can assign fake nodes (i.e. contiguous memory
+Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst, you can assign fake nodes (i.e. contiguous memory
address spaces) to individual cpusets::
[root@xroads /]# mkdir exampleset
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index d850d7f15a38..98723afdbf0b 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ ATA OVER ETHERNET (AOE) DRIVER
M: "Justin Sanders" <justin@coraid.com>
W: http://www.openaoe.org/
S: Supported
-F: Documentation/aoe/
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/aoe/
F: drivers/block/aoe/
ATHEROS 71XX/9XXX GPIO DRIVER
@@ -4105,7 +4105,7 @@ L: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup.git
S: Maintained
F: Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
-F: Documentation/cgroup-v1/
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/
F: include/linux/cgroup*
F: kernel/cgroup/
@@ -4116,7 +4116,7 @@ W: http://www.bullopensource.org/cpuset/
W: http://oss.sgi.com/projects/cpusets/
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup.git
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
F: include/linux/cpuset.h
F: kernel/cgroup/cpuset.c
@@ -6038,7 +6038,7 @@ M: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
L: linux-efi@vger.kernel.org
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/efi/efi.git
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/efi-stub.rst
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst
F: arch/*/kernel/efi.c
F: arch/x86/boot/compressed/eboot.[ch]
F: arch/*/include/asm/efi.h
@@ -7006,7 +7006,7 @@ M: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
L: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
S: Odd fixes
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/
-F: Documentation/hw_random.rst
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst
F: drivers/char/hw_random/
F: include/linux/hw_random.h
@@ -9296,7 +9296,7 @@ M: "Richard Russon (FlatCap)" <ldm@flatcap.org>
L: linux-ntfs-dev@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://www.linux-ntfs.org/content/view/19/37/
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/ldm.rst
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/ldm.rst
F: block/partitions/ldm.*
LSILOGIC MPT FUSION DRIVERS (FC/SAS/SPI)
@@ -11935,7 +11935,7 @@ PARALLEL LCD/KEYPAD PANEL DRIVER
M: Willy Tarreau <willy@haproxy.com>
M: Ksenija Stanojevic <ksenija.stanojevic@gmail.com>
S: Odd Fixes
-F: Documentation/auxdisplay/lcd-panel-cgram.rst
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/lcd-panel-cgram.rst
F: drivers/auxdisplay/panel.c
PARALLEL PORT SUBSYSTEM
@@ -13354,7 +13354,7 @@ Q: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/rtc-linux/list/
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/abelloni/linux.git
S: Maintained
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/
-F: Documentation/rtc.rst
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/rtc.rst
F: drivers/rtc/
F: include/linux/rtc.h
F: include/uapi/linux/rtc.h
@@ -15174,7 +15174,7 @@ SVGA HANDLING
M: Martin Mares <mj@ucw.cz>
L: linux-video@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/svga.rst
+F: Documentation/admin-guide/svga.rst
F: arch/x86/boot/video*
SWIOTLB SUBSYSTEM
diff --git a/arch/arm/Kconfig b/arch/arm/Kconfig
index 2d0a14a4286c..ff0e247573d8 100644
--- a/arch/arm/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm/Kconfig
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ config SMP
will run faster if you say N here.
See also <file:Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.rst>,
- <file:Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO available at
+ <file:Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO available at
<http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SMP-HOWTO.html>.
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
diff --git a/arch/parisc/Kconfig b/arch/parisc/Kconfig
index 188fdf4f5080..071640ecafea 100644
--- a/arch/parisc/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/parisc/Kconfig
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ config SMP
machines, but will use only one CPU of a multiprocessor machine.
On a uniprocessor machine, the kernel will run faster if you say N.
- See also <file:Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO
+ See also <file:Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO
available at <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
diff --git a/arch/sh/Kconfig b/arch/sh/Kconfig
index 669adef94507..7440639510a0 100644
--- a/arch/sh/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/sh/Kconfig
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ config SMP
People using multiprocessor machines who say Y here should also say
Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below.
- See also <file:Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO
+ See also <file:Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO
available at <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
diff --git a/arch/sparc/Kconfig b/arch/sparc/Kconfig
index 04a3b2246a2a..6a31f240840d 100644
--- a/arch/sparc/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/sparc/Kconfig
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ config SMP
Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below. The "Advanced Power
Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here.
- See also <file:Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO
+ See also <file:Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO
available at <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
diff --git a/arch/x86/Kconfig b/arch/x86/Kconfig
index 0d5f0710347c..586dd3529d14 100644
--- a/arch/x86/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/x86/Kconfig
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ config SMP
Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here.
See also <file:Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.rst>,
- <file:Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO available at
+ <file:Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst> and the SMP-HOWTO available at
<http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>.
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
@@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ config EFI_STUB
This kernel feature allows a bzImage to be loaded directly
by EFI firmware without the use of a bootloader.
- See Documentation/efi-stub.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst for more information.
config EFI_MIXED
bool "EFI mixed-mode support"
diff --git a/block/Kconfig b/block/Kconfig
index b16b3e075d31..8b5f8e560eb4 100644
--- a/block/Kconfig
+++ b/block/Kconfig
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ config BLK_DEV_THROTTLING
one needs to mount and use blkio cgroup controller for creating
cgroups and specifying per device IO rate policies.
- See Documentation/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst for more information.
config BLK_DEV_THROTTLING_LOW
bool "Block throttling .low limit interface support (EXPERIMENTAL)"
diff --git a/block/partitions/Kconfig b/block/partitions/Kconfig
index 51b28e1e225d..702689a628f0 100644
--- a/block/partitions/Kconfig
+++ b/block/partitions/Kconfig
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ config LDM_PARTITION
Normal partitions are now called Basic Disks under Windows 2000, XP,
and Vista.
- For a fuller description read <file:Documentation/ldm.rst>.
+ For a fuller description read <file:Documentation/admin-guide/ldm.rst>.
If unsure, say N.
diff --git a/drivers/char/Kconfig b/drivers/char/Kconfig
index ba90034f5b8f..3a0f94929814 100644
--- a/drivers/char/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/char/Kconfig
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ config RTC
and set the RTC in an SMP compatible fashion.
If you think you have a use for such a device (such as periodic data
- sampling), then say Y here, and read <file:Documentation/rtc.rst>
+ sampling), then say Y here, and read <file:Documentation/admin-guide/rtc.rst>
for details.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ config JS_RTC
/dev/rtc.
If you think you have a use for such a device (such as periodic data
- sampling), then say Y here, and read <file:Documentation/rtc.rst>
+ sampling), then say Y here, and read <file:Documentation/admin-guide/rtc.rst>
for details.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
diff --git a/drivers/char/hw_random/core.c b/drivers/char/hw_random/core.c
index 41acde92bedc..9044d31ab1a1 100644
--- a/drivers/char/hw_random/core.c
+++ b/drivers/char/hw_random/core.c
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
* Copyright 2006 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
* Copyright 2005 (c) MontaVista Software, Inc.
*
- * Please read Documentation/hw_random.rst for details on use.
+ * Please read Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst for details on use.
*
* This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
* of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
diff --git a/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h b/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h
index c5311935239d..430e219e3aba 100644
--- a/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h
+++ b/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ struct cftype {
/*
* Control Group subsystem type.
- * See Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst for details
+ * See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cgroups.rst for details
*/
struct cgroup_subsys {
struct cgroup_subsys_state *(*css_alloc)(struct cgroup_subsys_state *parent_css);
diff --git a/include/linux/hw_random.h b/include/linux/hw_random.h
index e533eac9942b..8e6dd908da21 100644
--- a/include/linux/hw_random.h
+++ b/include/linux/hw_random.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
Hardware Random Number Generator
- Please read Documentation/hw_random.rst for details on use.
+ Please read Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst for details on use.
----------------------------------------------------------
This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h b/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
index 19d9ee7e0518..c2fa3dc1d167 100644
--- a/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
+++ b/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ union bpf_attr {
* based on a user-provided identifier for all traffic coming from
* the tasks belonging to the related cgroup. See also the related
* kernel documentation, available from the Linux sources in file
- * *Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst*.
+ * *Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst*.
*
* The Linux kernel has two versions for cgroups: there are
* cgroups v1 and cgroups v2. Both are available to users, who can
diff --git a/init/Kconfig b/init/Kconfig
index 501126df6336..e02cfae73ce5 100644
--- a/init/Kconfig
+++ b/init/Kconfig
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ menuconfig CGROUPS
controls or device isolation.
See
- Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst (CFS)
- - Documentation/cgroup-v1/ (features for grouping, isolation
+ - Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/ (features for grouping, isolation
and resource control)
Say N if unsure.
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ config BLK_CGROUP
CONFIG_CFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED=y; for enabling throttling policy, set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING=y.
- See Documentation/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst for more information.
config DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP
bool "IO controller debugging"
diff --git a/kernel/cgroup/cpuset.c b/kernel/cgroup/cpuset.c
index b3b02b9c4405..863e434a6020 100644
--- a/kernel/cgroup/cpuset.c
+++ b/kernel/cgroup/cpuset.c
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ static inline int nr_cpusets(void)
* load balancing domains (sched domains) as specified by that partial
* partition.
*
- * See "What is sched_load_balance" in Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
+ * See "What is sched_load_balance" in Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst
* for a background explanation of this.
*
* Does not return errors, on the theory that the callers of this
diff --git a/security/device_cgroup.c b/security/device_cgroup.c
index c07196502577..725674f3276d 100644
--- a/security/device_cgroup.c
+++ b/security/device_cgroup.c
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ static inline int may_allow_all(struct dev_cgroup *parent)
* This is one of the three key functions for hierarchy implementation.
* This function is responsible for re-evaluating all the cgroup's active
* exceptions due to a parent's exception change.
- * Refer to Documentation/cgroup-v1/devices.rst for more details.
+ * Refer to Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/devices.rst for more details.
*/
static void revalidate_active_exceptions(struct dev_cgroup *devcg)
{
diff --git a/tools/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h b/tools/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
index 19d9ee7e0518..c2fa3dc1d167 100644
--- a/tools/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
+++ b/tools/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ union bpf_attr {
* based on a user-provided identifier for all traffic coming from
* the tasks belonging to the related cgroup. See also the related
* kernel documentation, available from the Linux sources in file
- * *Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst*.
+ * *Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/net_cls.rst*.
*
* The Linux kernel has two versions for cgroups: there are
* cgroups v1 and cgroups v2. Both are available to users, who can
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 12/22] docs: driver-api: add .rst files from the main dir
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, linux-wireless, linux-pci, linux-arch,
platform-driver-x86, kernel-hardening, linux-remoteproc,
openipmi-developer, linux-crypto, linux-arm-kernel, netdev,
linux-pwm, dri-devel, kvm, linux-fbdev, linux-s390,
linux-watchdog, linaro-mm-sig, linux-gpio, linux-mm
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Those files belong to the driver-api guide. Add them to the
driver-api book.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
I had to remove the long list of maintainers got by
getpatch.pl, as it was too long. I opted to keep only the
mailing lists.
Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill | 2 +-
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill | 2 +-
.../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec | 2 +-
Documentation/PCI/pci.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst | 2 +-
.../admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 4 +-
.../admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst | 2 +-
.../{ => driver-api}/atomic_bitops.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/bt8xxgpio.rst | 2 -
.../bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst | 2 -
.../{connector => driver-api}/connector.rst | 2 -
.../{console => driver-api}/console.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/crc32.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/dcdbas.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/debugging-modules.rst | 2 -
.../debugging-via-ohci1394.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/dell_rbu.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/digsig.rst | 2 -
.../{EDID/howto.rst => driver-api/edid.rst} | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/eisa.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/futex-requeue-pi.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/gcc-plugins.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/hwspinlock.rst | 2 -
Documentation/driver-api/index.rst | 66 +++++++++++++++++++
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/io-mapping.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/io_ordering.rst | 2 -
.../{IPMI.rst => driver-api/ipmi.rst} | 2 -
.../irq-affinity.rst} | 2 -
.../irq-domain.rst} | 2 -
Documentation/{IRQ.rst => driver-api/irq.rst} | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/irqflags-tracing.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/isa.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/isapnp.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/kobject.rst | 4 +-
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/kprobes.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/kref.rst | 2 -
.../pblk.txt => driver-api/lightnvm-pblk.rst} | 0
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/lzo.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/mailbox.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/men-chameleon-bus.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/nommu-mmap.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/ntb.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{nvmem => driver-api}/nvmem.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/padata.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/parport-lowlevel.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/pi-futex.rst | 2 -
Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/preempt-locking.rst | 2 -
.../{pti => driver-api}/pti_intel_mid.rst | 2 -
Documentation/driver-api/ptp.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/pwm.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/rbtree.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/remoteproc.rst | 4 +-
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/rfkill.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/robust-futex-ABI.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/robust-futexes.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/rpmsg.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/sgi-ioc4.rst | 2 -
.../{SM501.rst => driver-api/sm501.rst} | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/smsc_ece1099.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/speculation.rst | 8 +--
.../{ => driver-api}/static-keys.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/switchtec.rst | 4 +-
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/sync_file.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/tee.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/this_cpu_ops.rst | 2 -
.../unaligned-memory-access.rst | 2 -
.../{ => driver-api}/vfio-mediated-device.rst | 4 +-
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/vfio.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/xillybus.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/xz.rst | 2 -
Documentation/{ => driver-api}/zorro.rst | 2 -
Documentation/driver-model/device.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst | 4 +-
Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt | 2 +-
Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/ia64/irq-redir.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst | 6 +-
Documentation/locking/rt-mutex.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/networking/scaling.rst | 4 +-
Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.rst | 6 +-
Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst | 2 +-
Documentation/translations/zh_CN/IRQ.txt | 4 +-
.../translations/zh_CN/filesystems/sysfs.txt | 2 +-
.../translations/zh_CN/io_ordering.txt | 4 +-
Documentation/w1/w1.netlink | 2 +-
Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst | 2 +-
MAINTAINERS | 46 ++++++-------
arch/Kconfig | 4 +-
arch/unicore32/include/asm/io.h | 2 +-
drivers/base/core.c | 2 +-
drivers/char/ipmi/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_hotmod.c | 2 +-
drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_intf.c | 2 +-
drivers/dma-buf/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/gpio/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/gpu/drm/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/pci/switch/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/platform/x86/Kconfig | 4 +-
drivers/platform/x86/dcdbas.c | 2 +-
drivers/platform/x86/dell_rbu.c | 2 +-
drivers/pnp/isapnp/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/tty/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/vfio/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/vfio/mdev/Kconfig | 2 +-
drivers/w1/Kconfig | 2 +-
include/asm-generic/bitops/atomic.h | 2 +-
include/linux/io-mapping.h | 2 +-
include/linux/jump_label.h | 2 +-
include/linux/kobject.h | 2 +-
include/linux/kobject_ns.h | 2 +-
include/linux/rbtree.h | 2 +-
include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h | 2 +-
init/Kconfig | 2 +-
kernel/padata.c | 2 +-
lib/Kconfig | 2 +-
lib/Kconfig.debug | 2 +-
lib/crc32.c | 2 +-
lib/kobject.c | 4 +-
lib/lzo/lzo1x_decompress_safe.c | 2 +-
lib/xz/Kconfig | 2 +-
mm/Kconfig | 2 +-
mm/nommu.c | 2 +-
samples/Kconfig | 2 +-
samples/kprobes/kprobe_example.c | 2 +-
samples/kprobes/kretprobe_example.c | 2 +-
scripts/gcc-plugins/Kconfig | 2 +-
tools/include/linux/rbtree.h | 2 +-
tools/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h | 2 +-
132 files changed, 173 insertions(+), 235 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/atomic_bitops.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/bt8xxgpio.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{connector => driver-api}/connector.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{console => driver-api}/console.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/crc32.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/dcdbas.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/debugging-modules.rst (98%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/dell_rbu.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/digsig.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{EDID/howto.rst => driver-api/edid.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/eisa.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/futex-requeue-pi.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/gcc-plugins.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/hwspinlock.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/io-mapping.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/io_ordering.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{IPMI.rst => driver-api/ipmi.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{IRQ-affinity.rst => driver-api/irq-affinity.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{IRQ-domain.rst => driver-api/irq-domain.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{IRQ.rst => driver-api/irq.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/irqflags-tracing.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/isa.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/isapnp.rst (98%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/kobject.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/kprobes.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/kref.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{lightnvm/pblk.txt => driver-api/lightnvm-pblk.rst} (100%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/lzo.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/mailbox.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/men-chameleon-bus.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/nommu-mmap.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/ntb.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{nvmem => driver-api}/nvmem.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/padata.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/parport-lowlevel.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/pi-futex.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/preempt-locking.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{pti => driver-api}/pti_intel_mid.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/pwm.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/rbtree.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/remoteproc.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/rfkill.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/robust-futex-ABI.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/robust-futexes.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/rpmsg.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/sgi-ioc4.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{SM501.rst => driver-api/sm501.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/smsc_ece1099.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/speculation.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/static-keys.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/switchtec.rst (97%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/sync_file.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/tee.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/this_cpu_ops.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/unaligned-memory-access.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/vfio-mediated-device.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/vfio.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/xillybus.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/xz.rst (99%)
rename Documentation/{ => driver-api}/zorro.rst (99%)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
index 1652b2381dda..9c08c7f98ffb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
-For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.rst.
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst.
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim
Date: 09-Jul-2007
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
index 68fd0afdad0d..5b154f922643 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
-For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.rst.
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst.
For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec
index c8d80db1e32c..76c7a661a595 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
switchtec - Microsemi Switchtec PCI Switch Management Endpoint
-For details on this subsystem look at Documentation/switchtec.rst.
+For details on this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst.
What: /sys/class/switchtec
Date: 05-Jan-2017
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.rst b/Documentation/PCI/pci.rst
index 840cbf5f37a7..0f52d172c9ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci.rst
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.rst
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ from the PCI device config space. Use the values in the pci_dev structure
as the PCI "bus address" might have been remapped to a "host physical"
address by the arch/chip-set specific kernel support.
-See Documentation/io-mapping.rst for how to access device registers
+See Documentation/driver-api/io-mapping.rst for how to access device registers
or device memory.
The device driver needs to call pci_request_region() to verify
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
index 9b1e6aafea1f..29449ba7773c 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Guest mitigation mechanisms
/proc/irq/$NR/smp_affinity[_list] files. Limited documentation is
available at:
- https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst
+ https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst
.. _smt_control:
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index 95885726778c..2f8751323f6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
edid/1680x1050.bin, or edid/1920x1080.bin is given
and no file with the same name exists. Details and
instructions how to build your own EDID data are
- available in Documentation/EDID/howto.rst. An EDID
+ available in Documentation/driver-api/edid.rst. An EDID
data set will only be used for a particular connector,
if its name and a colon are prepended to the EDID
name. Each connector may use a unique EDID data
@@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@
See Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst for details.
ohci1394_dma=early [HW] enable debugging via the ohci1394 driver.
- See Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst for more
+ See Documentation/driver-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst for more
info.
olpc_ec_timeout= [OLPC] ms delay when issuing EC commands
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst
index d430048a0307..942b7835b9f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-cpu-kthreads.rst
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ them to a "housekeeping" CPU dedicated to such work.
References
==========
-- Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst: Binding interrupts to sets of CPUs.
+- Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst: Binding interrupts to sets of CPUs.
- Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1: Using cgroups to bind tasks to sets of CPUs.
diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_bitops.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/atomic_bitops.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/atomic_bitops.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/atomic_bitops.rst
index b683bcb71185..7c7d33ee64f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/atomic_bitops.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/atomic_bitops.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============
Atomic bitops
=============
diff --git a/Documentation/bt8xxgpio.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/bt8xxgpio.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/bt8xxgpio.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/bt8xxgpio.rst
index 093875e1b0aa..4f937bead52c 100644
--- a/Documentation/bt8xxgpio.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/bt8xxgpio.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===================================================================
A driver for a selfmade cheap BT8xx based PCI GPIO-card (bt8xxgpio)
===================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst
index eefb0ae99ba8..80972916e88c 100644
--- a/Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/bus-virt-phys-mapping.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==========================================================
How to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers
==========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/connector/connector.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/connector.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/connector/connector.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/connector.rst
index 24e26dc22dbf..2cf9b5adfe2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/connector/connector.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/connector.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
================
Kernel Connector
================
diff --git a/Documentation/console/console.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/console.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/console/console.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/console.rst
index b374141b027e..8b0205d27a71 100644
--- a/Documentation/console/console.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/console.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============
Console Drivers
===============
diff --git a/Documentation/crc32.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/crc32.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/crc32.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/crc32.rst
index f7c73d713a35..8a6860f33b4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/crc32.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/crc32.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=================================
brief tutorial on CRC computation
=================================
diff --git a/Documentation/dcdbas.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/dcdbas.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst
index abbc2bfd58a7..309cc57a7c1c 100644
--- a/Documentation/dcdbas.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===================================
Dell Systems Management Base Driver
===================================
diff --git a/Documentation/debugging-modules.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/debugging-modules.rst
similarity index 98%
rename from Documentation/debugging-modules.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/debugging-modules.rst
index 994f4b021a81..172ad4aec493 100644
--- a/Documentation/debugging-modules.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/debugging-modules.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
Debugging Modules after 2.6.3
-----------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst
index ead0196d94b7..981ad4f89fd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================================================================
Using physical DMA provided by OHCI-1394 FireWire controllers for debugging
===========================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/dell_rbu.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dell_rbu.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/dell_rbu.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/dell_rbu.rst
index 45cd18abd98f..f3bfa1a17961 100644
--- a/Documentation/dell_rbu.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/dell_rbu.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============================================================
Usage of the new open sourced rbu (Remote BIOS Update) driver
=============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/digsig.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/digsig.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/digsig.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/digsig.rst
index 3597711d0df1..f6a8902d3ef7 100644
--- a/Documentation/digsig.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/digsig.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==================================
Digital Signature Verification API
==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/howto.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/edid.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/EDID/howto.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/edid.rst
index 725fd49a88ca..9a9b512e0ac9 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/howto.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/edid.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
====
EDID
====
diff --git a/Documentation/eisa.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/eisa.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/eisa.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/eisa.rst
index d98949908405..f388545a85a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/eisa.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/eisa.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
================
EISA bus support
================
diff --git a/Documentation/futex-requeue-pi.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/futex-requeue-pi.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/futex-requeue-pi.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/futex-requeue-pi.rst
index a90dbff26629..14ab5787b9a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/futex-requeue-pi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/futex-requeue-pi.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
================
Futex Requeue PI
================
diff --git a/Documentation/gcc-plugins.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gcc-plugins.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/gcc-plugins.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/gcc-plugins.rst
index e08d013c6de2..8502f24396fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/gcc-plugins.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gcc-plugins.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=========================
GCC plugin infrastructure
=========================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwspinlock.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/hwspinlock.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/hwspinlock.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/hwspinlock.rst
index 68297473647c..ed640a278185 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwspinlock.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/hwspinlock.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================
Hardware Spinlock Framework
===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
index c76a101c2a6b..bb2621b17212 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
@@ -60,6 +60,72 @@ available subsections can be seen below.
acpi/index
generic-counter
+ atomic_bitops
+ bt8xxgpio
+ bus-virt-phys-mapping
+ connector
+ console
+ crc32
+ dcdbas
+ debugging-modules
+ debugging-via-ohci1394
+ dell_rbu
+ digsig
+ edid
+ eisa
+ futex-requeue-pi
+ gcc-plugins
+ hwspinlock
+ io-mapping
+ io_ordering
+ ipmi
+ irq
+ irq-affinity
+ irq-domain
+ irqflags-tracing
+ isa
+ isapnp
+ kobject
+ kprobes
+ kref
+ lightnvm-pblk
+ lzo
+ mailbox
+ men-chameleon-bus
+ nommu-mmap
+ ntb
+ nvmem
+ padata
+ parport-lowlevel
+ percpu-rw-semaphore
+ pi-futex
+ pps
+ preempt-locking
+ pti_intel_mid
+ ptp
+ pwm
+ rbtree
+ remoteproc
+ rfkill
+ robust-futex-ABI
+ robust-futexes
+ rpmsg
+ sgi-ioc4
+ sm501
+ smsc_ece1099
+ speculation
+ static-keys
+ switchtec
+ sync_file
+ tee
+ this_cpu_ops
+ unaligned-memory-access
+ vfio
+ vfio-mediated-device
+ xillybus
+ xz
+ zorro
+
.. only:: subproject and html
Indices
diff --git a/Documentation/io-mapping.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/io-mapping.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/io-mapping.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/io-mapping.rst
index 82a2cacf9a29..a966239f04e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/io-mapping.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/io-mapping.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
========================
The io_mapping functions
========================
diff --git a/Documentation/io_ordering.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/io_ordering.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst
index 18ef889c100e..2ab303ce9a0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/io_ordering.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==============================================
Ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses
==============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/IPMI.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst
index f6c2d11710fe..5ef1047e2e66 100644
--- a/Documentation/IPMI.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=====================
The Linux IPMI Driver
=====================
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst
index 49ba271349d6..29da5000836a 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
================
SMP IRQ affinity
================
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/irq-domain.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/IRQ-domain.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/irq-domain.rst
index a610a8ea9a92..507775cce753 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/irq-domain.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============================================
The irq_domain interrupt number mapping library
===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/irq.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/IRQ.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/irq.rst
index a9f3e192c2cb..4273806a606b 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/irq.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============
What is an IRQ?
===============
diff --git a/Documentation/irqflags-tracing.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/irqflags-tracing.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/irqflags-tracing.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/irqflags-tracing.rst
index a2fbbb1a62b9..27d0d5a9d6b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/irqflags-tracing.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/irqflags-tracing.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=======================
IRQ-flags state tracing
=======================
diff --git a/Documentation/isa.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/isa.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/isa.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/isa.rst
index f3a412d266b0..def4a7b690b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/isa.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/isa.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========
ISA Drivers
===========
diff --git a/Documentation/isapnp.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst
similarity index 98%
rename from Documentation/isapnp.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst
index 136a5e92be27..8d0840ac847b 100644
--- a/Documentation/isapnp.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==========================================================
ISA Plug & Play support by Jaroslav Kysela <perex@suse.cz>
==========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/kobject.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/kobject.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst
index 6117192bf3e6..9f8c42b48867 100644
--- a/Documentation/kobject.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=====================================================================
Everything you never wanted to know about kobjects, ksets, and ktypes
=====================================================================
@@ -212,7 +210,7 @@ statically and will warn the developer of this improper usage.
If all that you want to use a kobject for is to provide a reference counter
for your structure, please use the struct kref instead; a kobject would be
overkill. For more information on how to use struct kref, please see the
-file Documentation/kref.rst in the Linux kernel source tree.
+file Documentation/driver-api/kref.rst in the Linux kernel source tree.
Creating "simple" kobjects
diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/kprobes.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/kprobes.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/kprobes.rst
index 6c0011755e68..a44cb5f49846 100644
--- a/Documentation/kprobes.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/kprobes.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=======================
Kernel Probes (Kprobes)
=======================
diff --git a/Documentation/kref.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/kref.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/kref.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/kref.rst
index 470e3c1bacdc..3af384156d7e 100644
--- a/Documentation/kref.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/kref.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===================================================
Adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects
===================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/lightnvm/pblk.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/lightnvm-pblk.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/lightnvm/pblk.txt
rename to Documentation/driver-api/lightnvm-pblk.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/lzo.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/lzo.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/lzo.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/lzo.rst
index 36965db785af..ca983328976b 100644
--- a/Documentation/lzo.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/lzo.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================================================
LZO stream format as understood by Linux's LZO decompressor
===========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/mailbox.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/mailbox.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/mailbox.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/mailbox.rst
index 02e754db3567..0ed95009cc30 100644
--- a/Documentation/mailbox.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/mailbox.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
============================
The Common Mailbox Framework
============================
diff --git a/Documentation/men-chameleon-bus.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/men-chameleon-bus.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst
index 2d6175229e58..1b1f048aa748 100644
--- a/Documentation/men-chameleon-bus.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=================
MEN Chameleon Bus
=================
diff --git a/Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst
index f7f75813dc9c..530fed08de2c 100644
--- a/Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============================
No-MMU memory mapping support
=============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ntb.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/ntb.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/ntb.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/ntb.rst
index a25e7814b898..87d1372da879 100644
--- a/Documentation/ntb.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/ntb.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========
NTB Drivers
===========
diff --git a/Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst
index 3866b6e066d5..c93a9c6cd878 100644
--- a/Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============
NVMEM Subsystem
===============
diff --git a/Documentation/padata.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/padata.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/padata.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/padata.rst
index f8369d18c846..b103d0c82000 100644
--- a/Documentation/padata.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/padata.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=======================================
The padata parallel execution mechanism
=======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/parport-lowlevel.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/parport-lowlevel.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/parport-lowlevel.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/parport-lowlevel.rst
index b8574d83d328..0633d70ffda7 100644
--- a/Documentation/parport-lowlevel.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/parport-lowlevel.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============================
PARPORT interface documentation
===============================
diff --git a/Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst
index 5c39c88d3719..247de6410855 100644
--- a/Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/percpu-rw-semaphore.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
====================
Percpu rw semaphores
====================
diff --git a/Documentation/pi-futex.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pi-futex.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/pi-futex.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/pi-futex.rst
index 884ba7f2aa10..c33ba2befbf8 100644
--- a/Documentation/pi-futex.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pi-futex.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
======================
Lightweight PI-futexes
======================
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst
index 1456d2c32ebd..262151a6dad5 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
======================
PPS - Pulse Per Second
======================
diff --git a/Documentation/preempt-locking.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/preempt-locking.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/preempt-locking.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/preempt-locking.rst
index 4dfa1512a75b..291c2a45b3e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/preempt-locking.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/preempt-locking.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================================================================
Proper Locking Under a Preemptible Kernel: Keeping Kernel Code Preempt-Safe
===========================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pti_intel_mid.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/pti_intel_mid.rst
index ea05725174cb..a674317790ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pti_intel_mid.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============
Intel MID PTI
=============
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/ptp.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/ptp.rst
index b6e65d66d37a..65c84a72e9fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/ptp.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/ptp.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========================================
PTP hardware clock infrastructure for Linux
===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/pwm.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/pwm.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst
index 78d06b7f5427..8fbf0aa3ba2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/pwm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
======================================
Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) interface
======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/rbtree.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/rbtree.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst
index c0cbda408050..8bbfcac8db46 100644
--- a/Documentation/rbtree.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=================================
Red-black Trees (rbtree) in Linux
=================================
diff --git a/Documentation/remoteproc.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/remoteproc.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/remoteproc.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/remoteproc.rst
index 71eb7728fcf3..2f525b00f8e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/remoteproc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/remoteproc.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==========================
Remote Processor Framework
==========================
@@ -24,7 +22,7 @@ for remote processors that supports this kind of communication. This way,
platform-specific remoteproc drivers only need to provide a few low-level
handlers, and then all rpmsg drivers will then just work
(for more information about the virtio-based rpmsg bus and its drivers,
-please read Documentation/rpmsg.rst).
+please read Documentation/driver-api/rpmsg.rst).
Registration of other types of virtio devices is now also possible. Firmwares
just need to publish what kind of virtio devices do they support, and then
remoteproc will add those devices. This makes it possible to reuse the
diff --git a/Documentation/rfkill.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/rfkill.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst
index 4da9994e9bb4..7d3684e81df6 100644
--- a/Documentation/rfkill.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============================
rfkill - RF kill switch support
===============================
diff --git a/Documentation/robust-futex-ABI.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/robust-futex-ABI.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/robust-futex-ABI.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/robust-futex-ABI.rst
index 6d359b46610c..8a5d34abf726 100644
--- a/Documentation/robust-futex-ABI.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/robust-futex-ABI.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
====================
The robust futex ABI
====================
diff --git a/Documentation/robust-futexes.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/robust-futexes.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/robust-futexes.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/robust-futexes.rst
index 20beef77597a..6361fb01c9c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/robust-futexes.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/robust-futexes.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
========================================
A description of what robust futexes are
========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/rpmsg.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/rpmsg.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/rpmsg.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/rpmsg.rst
index ad53931f3e43..24b7a9e1a5f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/rpmsg.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/rpmsg.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
============================================
Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework
============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/sgi-ioc4.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/sgi-ioc4.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/sgi-ioc4.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/sgi-ioc4.rst
index e6ed2e9b055b..72709222d3c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/sgi-ioc4.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/sgi-ioc4.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
====================================
SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device
====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/SM501.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/sm501.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/SM501.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/sm501.rst
index 772a9b5c7d49..882507453ba4 100644
--- a/Documentation/SM501.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/sm501.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
============
diff --git a/Documentation/smsc_ece1099.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/smsc_ece1099.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/smsc_ece1099.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/smsc_ece1099.rst
index a403fcd7c64d..079277421eaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/smsc_ece1099.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/smsc_ece1099.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=================================================
Msc Keyboard Scan Expansion/GPIO Expansion device
=================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/speculation.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/speculation.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/speculation.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/speculation.rst
index e240f01b0983..47f8ad300695 100644
--- a/Documentation/speculation.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/speculation.rst
@@ -1,12 +1,10 @@
-:orphan:
+===========
+Speculation
+===========
This document explains potential effects of speculation, and how undesirable
effects can be mitigated portably using common APIs.
-===========
-Speculation
-===========
-
To improve performance and minimize average latencies, many contemporary CPUs
employ speculative execution techniques such as branch prediction, performing
work which may be discarded at a later stage.
diff --git a/Documentation/static-keys.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/static-keys.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/static-keys.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/static-keys.rst
index bdf545e3a37f..9803e14639bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/static-keys.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/static-keys.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===========
Static Keys
===========
diff --git a/Documentation/switchtec.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst
similarity index 97%
rename from Documentation/switchtec.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst
index 6879c92de8e2..7611fdc53e19 100644
--- a/Documentation/switchtec.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
========================
Linux Switchtec Support
========================
@@ -99,6 +97,6 @@ the following configuration settings:
NT EP BAR 2 will be dynamically configured as a Direct Window, and
the configuration file does not need to configure it explicitly.
-Please refer to Documentation/ntb.rst in Linux source tree for an overall
+Please refer to Documentation/driver-api/ntb.rst in Linux source tree for an overall
understanding of the Linux NTB stack. ntb_hw_switchtec works as an NTB
Hardware Driver in this stack.
diff --git a/Documentation/sync_file.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/sync_file.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/sync_file.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/sync_file.rst
index a65a67cc06fa..496fb2c3b3e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/sync_file.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/sync_file.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===================
Sync File API Guide
===================
diff --git a/Documentation/tee.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/tee.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst
index 5eacffb823b5..afacdf2fd1de 100644
--- a/Documentation/tee.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============
TEE subsystem
=============
diff --git a/Documentation/this_cpu_ops.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/this_cpu_ops.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/this_cpu_ops.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/this_cpu_ops.rst
index a489d25ff549..5cb8b883ae83 100644
--- a/Documentation/this_cpu_ops.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/this_cpu_ops.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===================
this_cpu operations
===================
diff --git a/Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/unaligned-memory-access.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/unaligned-memory-access.rst
index 848013a8bc10..1ee82419d8aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/unaligned-memory-access.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=========================
Unaligned Memory Accesses
=========================
diff --git a/Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/vfio-mediated-device.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/vfio-mediated-device.rst
index 0ea57427e7e6..25eb7d5b834b 100644
--- a/Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/vfio-mediated-device.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
=====================
@@ -410,7 +408,7 @@ card.
References
==========
-1. See Documentation/vfio.rst for more information on VFIO.
+1. See Documentation/driver-api/vfio.rst for more information on VFIO.
2. struct mdev_driver in include/linux/mdev.h
3. struct mdev_parent_ops in include/linux/mdev.h
4. struct vfio_iommu_driver_ops in include/linux/vfio.h
diff --git a/Documentation/vfio.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/vfio.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/vfio.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/vfio.rst
index 8a3fbd7d96f0..f1a4d3c3ba0b 100644
--- a/Documentation/vfio.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/vfio.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==================================
VFIO - "Virtual Function I/O" [1]_
==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/xillybus.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/xillybus.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/xillybus.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/xillybus.rst
index d99f4a37e8b6..2446ee303c09 100644
--- a/Documentation/xillybus.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/xillybus.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
==========================================
Xillybus driver for generic FPGA interface
==========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/xz.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/xz.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/xz.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/xz.rst
index 205edc6646d5..b2220d03aa50 100644
--- a/Documentation/xz.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/xz.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
============================
XZ data compression in Linux
============================
diff --git a/Documentation/zorro.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/zorro.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/zorro.rst
rename to Documentation/driver-api/zorro.rst
index 7cd509f31d57..59fb1634d903 100644
--- a/Documentation/zorro.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/zorro.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
========================================
Writing Device Drivers for Zorro Devices
========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/device.rst b/Documentation/driver-model/device.rst
index 17bcc483c4b1..b0734caf6b8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/device.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/device.rst
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Attributes of devices can be exported by a device driver through sysfs.
Please see Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt for more information
on how sysfs works.
-As explained in Documentation/kobject.rst, device attributes must be
+As explained in Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst, device attributes must be
created before the KOBJ_ADD uevent is generated. The only way to realize
that is by defining an attribute group.
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst
index 22112718dd5d..b9aafb733db9 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst
+++ b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ the hardware. Thus, in a VGA console::
Assuming the VGA driver can be unloaded, one must first unbind the VGA driver
from the console layer before unloading the driver. The VGA driver cannot be
unloaded if it is still bound to the console layer. (See
-Documentation/console/console.rst for more information).
+Documentation/driver-api/console.rst for more information).
This is more complicated in the case of the framebuffer console (fbcon),
because fbcon is an intermediate layer between the console and the drivers::
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ fbcon. Thus, there is no need to explicitly unbind the fbdev drivers from
fbcon.
So, how do we unbind fbcon from the console? Part of the answer is in
-Documentation/console/console.rst. To summarize:
+Documentation/driver-api/console.rst. To summarize:
Echo a value to the bind file that represents the framebuffer console
driver. So assuming vtcon1 represents fbcon, then::
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index d159826c5cf3..20ab929c0e0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ a means to export kernel data structures, their attributes, and the
linkages between them to userspace.
sysfs is tied inherently to the kobject infrastructure. Please read
-Documentation/kobject.rst for more information concerning the kobject
+Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst for more information concerning the kobject
interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst
index fa30dfcfc3c8..b0f948d8733b 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ struct :c:type:`struct file_operations <file_operations>` get_unmapped_area
field with a pointer on :c:func:`drm_gem_cma_get_unmapped_area`.
More detailed information about get_unmapped_area can be found in
-Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst
+Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst
Memory Coherency
----------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/irq-redir.rst b/Documentation/ia64/irq-redir.rst
index 0abc7b35f6c0..0cd7ba1b0b08 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/irq-redir.rst
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/irq-redir.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ IRQ affinity on IA64 platforms
By writing to /proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity the interrupt routing can be
controlled. The behavior on IA64 platforms is slightly different from
-that described in Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst for i386 systems.
+that described in Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst for i386 systems.
Because of the usage of SAPIC mode and physical destination mode the
IRQ target is one particular CPU and cannot be a mask of several
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst
index d0f0d16c21b9..adea0bf2acc5 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ Sysfs notes
2010.
rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_bluetooth_sw": refer to
- Documentation/rfkill.rst for details.
+ Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst for details.
Video output control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/video
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ Sysfs notes
2010.
rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_wwan_sw": refer to
- Documentation/rfkill.rst for details.
+ Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst for details.
EXPERIMENTAL: UWB
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ Sysfs notes
^^^^^^^^^^^
rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_uwb_sw": refer to
- Documentation/rfkill.rst for details.
+ Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst for details.
Adaptive keyboard
-----------------
diff --git a/Documentation/locking/rt-mutex.rst b/Documentation/locking/rt-mutex.rst
index 6e3dcff802f9..18b5f0f0418e 100644
--- a/Documentation/locking/rt-mutex.rst
+++ b/Documentation/locking/rt-mutex.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ RT-mutex subsystem with PI support
RT-mutexes with priority inheritance are used to support PI-futexes,
which enable pthread_mutex_t priority inheritance attributes
-(PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT). [See Documentation/pi-futex.rst for more details
+(PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT). [See Documentation/driver-api/pi-futex.rst for more details
about PI-futexes.]
This technology was developed in the -rt tree and streamlined for
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst b/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst
index 05f0feb99320..a20325aa1330 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ of queues to IRQs can be determined from /proc/interrupts. By default,
an IRQ may be handled on any CPU. Because a non-negligible part of packet
processing takes place in receive interrupt handling, it is advantageous
to spread receive interrupts between CPUs. To manually adjust the IRQ
-affinity of each interrupt see Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst. Some systems
+affinity of each interrupt see Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst. Some systems
will be running irqbalance, a daemon that dynamically optimizes IRQ
assignments and as a result may override any manual settings.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ can be configured for each receive queue using a sysfs file entry::
This file implements a bitmap of CPUs. RPS is disabled when it is zero
(the default), in which case packets are processed on the interrupting
-CPU. Documentation/IRQ-affinity.rst explains how CPUs are assigned to
+CPU. Documentation/driver-api/irq-affinity.rst explains how CPUs are assigned to
the bitmap.
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.rst b/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.rst
index 87b5bb49b2f3..1e210c6afa88 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.rst
+++ b/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.rst
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ every detail. More information/reference could be found here:
qemu/hw/s390x/css.c
For vfio mediated device framework:
-- Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.rst
+- Documentation/driver-api/vfio-mediated-device.rst
Motivation of vfio-ccw
----------------------
@@ -322,5 +322,5 @@ Reference
2. ESA/390 Common I/O Device Commands manual (IBM Form. No. SA22-7204)
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Channel_I/O
4. Documentation/s390/cds.rst
-5. Documentation/vfio.rst
-6. Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.rst
+5. Documentation/driver-api/vfio.rst
+6. Documentation/driver-api/vfio-mediated-device.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
index 9324c3b1aa3e..6e9144bfba9c 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.rst
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel:
- kexec_load_disabled
- kptr_restrict
- l2cr [ PPC only ]
-- modprobe ==> Documentation/debugging-modules.rst
+- modprobe ==> Documentation/driver-api/debugging-modules.rst
- modules_disabled
- msg_next_id [ sysv ipc ]
- msgmax
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst
index 43d594877df7..4940ab610eb7 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.rst
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ trimming of allocations is initiated.
The default value is 1.
-See Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst for more information.
+See Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst for more information.
numa_zonelist_order
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst
index 74f698affea1..caa0a8ba081e 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.rst
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Synopsis of kprobe_events
MEMADDR : Address where the probe is inserted.
MAXACTIVE : Maximum number of instances of the specified function that
can be probed simultaneously, or 0 for the default value
- as defined in Documentation/kprobes.rst section 1.3.1.
+ as defined in Documentation/driver-api/kprobes.rst section 1.3.1.
FETCHARGS : Arguments. Each probe can have up to 128 args.
%REG : Fetch register REG
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/IRQ.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/IRQ.txt
index 0d9ec142e185..c6e77a1b14e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/IRQ.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/IRQ.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Chinese translated version of Documentation/IRQ.rst
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/driver-api/irq.rst
If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
Maintainer: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederman@xmission.com>
Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-Documentation/IRQ.rst 的中文翻译
+Documentation/driver-api/irq.rst 的中文翻译
如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index f5482e082399..0e0c6d3d4129 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ sysfs 是一个最初基于 ramfs 且位于内存的文件系统。它提供导
数据结构及其属性，以及它们之间的关联到用户空间的方法。
sysfs 始终与 kobject 的底层结构紧密相关。请阅读
-Documentation/kobject.rst 文档以获得更多关于 kobject 接口的
+Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst 文档以获得更多关于 kobject 接口的
信息。
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/io_ordering.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/io_ordering.txt
index 4e9727990c10..7bb3086227ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/io_ordering.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/io_ordering.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Chinese translated version of Documentation/io_ordering.rst
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst
If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
Chinese maintainer: Lin Yongting <linyongting@gmail.com>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-Documentation/io_ordering.rst 的中文翻译
+Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst 的中文翻译
如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink b/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink
index ef2727192d69..94ad4c420828 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink
+++ b/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ acknowledge number is set to seq+1.
Additional documantion, source code examples.
============================================
-1. Documentation/connector
+1. Documentation/driver-api/connector.rst
2. http://www.ioremap.net/archive/w1
This archive includes userspace application w1d.c which uses
read/write/search commands for all master/slave devices found on the bus.
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst
index f4ba329f011f..437456bd91a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst
+++ b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.rst
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Last reviewed: 08/20/2018
NOTE:
More information about watchdog drivers in general, including the ioctl
interface to /dev/watchdog can be found in
- Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.rst and Documentation/IPMI.rst.
+ Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.rst and Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst.
Due to limitations in the iLO hardware, the NMI pretimeout if enabled,
can only be set to 9 seconds. Attempts to set pretimeout to other
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index 98723afdbf0b..85a6f090ccc0 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -4588,7 +4588,7 @@ DELL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT BASE DRIVER (dcdbas)
M: Stuart Hayes <stuart.w.hayes@gmail.com>
L: platform-driver-x86@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/dcdbas.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst
F: drivers/platform/x86/dcdbas.*
DELL WMI NOTIFICATIONS DRIVER
@@ -4966,7 +4966,7 @@ M: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
R: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rafael@kernel.org>
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core.git
S: Supported
-F: Documentation/kobject.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst
F: drivers/base/
F: fs/debugfs/
F: fs/sysfs/
@@ -6584,7 +6584,7 @@ F: include/linux/futex.h
F: include/uapi/linux/futex.h
F: tools/testing/selftests/futex/
F: tools/perf/bench/futex*
-F: Documentation/*futex*
+F: Documentation/driver-api/*futex*
GCC PLUGINS
M: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
@@ -6594,7 +6594,7 @@ S: Maintained
F: scripts/gcc-plugins/
F: scripts/gcc-plugin.sh
F: scripts/Makefile.gcc-plugins
-F: Documentation/gcc-plugins.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/gcc-plugins.rst
GASKET DRIVER FRAMEWORK
M: Rob Springer <rspringer@google.com>
@@ -7022,7 +7022,7 @@ L: linux-remoteproc@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ohad/hwspinlock.git
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/
-F: Documentation/hwspinlock.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/hwspinlock.rst
F: drivers/hwspinlock/
F: include/linux/hwspinlock.h
@@ -8292,7 +8292,7 @@ L: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net (moderated for non-subscribers)
W: http://openipmi.sourceforge.net/
S: Supported
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/
-F: Documentation/IPMI.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst
F: drivers/char/ipmi/
F: include/linux/ipmi*
F: include/uapi/linux/ipmi*
@@ -8333,7 +8333,7 @@ IRQ DOMAINS (IRQ NUMBER MAPPING LIBRARY)
M: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
S: Maintained
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip.git irq/core
-F: Documentation/IRQ-domain.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/irq-domain.rst
F: include/linux/irqdomain.h
F: kernel/irq/irqdomain.c
F: kernel/irq/msi.c
@@ -8358,7 +8358,7 @@ F: drivers/irqchip/
ISA
M: William Breathitt Gray <vilhelm.gray@gmail.com>
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/isa.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/isa.rst
F: drivers/base/isa.c
F: include/linux/isa.h
@@ -8373,7 +8373,7 @@ F: drivers/media/radio/radio-isa*
ISAPNP
M: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/isapnp.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst
F: drivers/pnp/isapnp/
F: include/linux/isapnp.h
@@ -8823,7 +8823,7 @@ M: Anil S Keshavamurthy <anil.s.keshavamurthy@intel.com>
M: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
M: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@kernel.org>
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/kprobes.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/kprobes.rst
F: include/linux/kprobes.h
F: include/asm-generic/kprobes.h
F: kernel/kprobes.c
@@ -9182,7 +9182,7 @@ L: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulmck/linux-rcu.git dev
F: tools/memory-model/
-F: Documentation/atomic_bitops.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/atomic_bitops.rst
F: Documentation/atomic_t.txt
F: Documentation/core-api/atomic_ops.rst
F: Documentation/core-api/refcount-vs-atomic.rst
@@ -10240,7 +10240,7 @@ M: Johannes Thumshirn <morbidrsa@gmail.com>
S: Maintained
F: drivers/mcb/
F: include/linux/mcb.h
-F: Documentation/men-chameleon-bus.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst
MEN F21BMC (Board Management Controller)
M: Andreas Werner <andreas.werner@men.de>
@@ -11923,7 +11923,7 @@ L: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
F: kernel/padata.c
F: include/linux/padata.h
-F: Documentation/padata.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/padata.rst
PANASONIC LAPTOP ACPI EXTRAS DRIVER
M: Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org>
@@ -11947,7 +11947,7 @@ F: drivers/parport/
F: include/linux/parport*.h
F: drivers/char/ppdev.c
F: include/uapi/linux/ppdev.h
-F: Documentation/parport*.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/parport*.rst
PARAVIRT_OPS INTERFACE
M: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
@@ -12122,7 +12122,7 @@ M: Kurt Schwemmer <kurt.schwemmer@microsemi.com>
M: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
L: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/switchtec.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst
F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec
F: drivers/pci/switch/switchtec*
F: include/uapi/linux/switchtec_ioctl.h
@@ -12884,7 +12884,7 @@ M: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com>
L: linux-pwm@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/thierry.reding/linux-pwm.git
-F: Documentation/pwm.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/
F: include/linux/pwm.h
F: drivers/pwm/
@@ -13405,7 +13405,7 @@ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ohad/remoteproc.git
S: Maintained
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/
F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
-F: Documentation/remoteproc.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/remoteproc.rst
F: drivers/remoteproc/
F: include/linux/remoteproc.h
F: include/linux/remoteproc/
@@ -13417,7 +13417,7 @@ L: linux-remoteproc@vger.kernel.org
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ohad/rpmsg.git
S: Maintained
F: drivers/rpmsg/
-F: Documentation/rpmsg.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/rpmsg.rst
F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
F: include/linux/rpmsg.h
F: include/linux/rpmsg/
@@ -13503,7 +13503,7 @@ W: http://wireless.kernel.org/
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211.git
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next.git
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/rfkill.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst
F: Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
F: net/rfkill/
F: include/linux/rfkill.h
@@ -15211,7 +15211,7 @@ F: drivers/dma-buf/dma-fence*
F: drivers/dma-buf/sw_sync.c
F: include/linux/sync_file.h
F: include/uapi/linux/sync_file.h
-F: Documentation/sync_file.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/sync_file.rst
T: git git://anongit.freedesktop.org/drm/drm-misc
SYNOPSYS ARC ARCHITECTURE
@@ -15537,7 +15537,7 @@ S: Maintained
F: include/linux/tee_drv.h
F: include/uapi/linux/tee.h
F: drivers/tee/
-F: Documentation/tee.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst
TEGRA ARCHITECTURE SUPPORT
M: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com>
@@ -16706,7 +16706,7 @@ R: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
L: kvm@vger.kernel.org
T: git git://github.com/awilliam/linux-vfio.git
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/vfio.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/vfio.rst
F: drivers/vfio/
F: include/linux/vfio.h
F: include/uapi/linux/vfio.h
@@ -16715,7 +16715,7 @@ VFIO MEDIATED DEVICE DRIVERS
M: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
L: kvm@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
-F: Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.rst
+F: Documentation/driver-api/vfio-mediated-device.rst
F: drivers/vfio/mdev/
F: include/linux/mdev.h
F: samples/vfio-mdev/
diff --git a/arch/Kconfig b/arch/Kconfig
index c2f2bee5b17b..bfc372208609 100644
--- a/arch/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/Kconfig
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ config HAVE_64BIT_ALIGNED_ACCESS
accesses are required to be 64 bit aligned in this way even
though it is not a 64 bit architecture.
- See Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.rst for more
+ See Documentation/driver-api/unaligned-memory-access.rst for more
information on the topic of unaligned memory accesses.
config HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ config HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
problems with received packets if doing so would not help
much.
- See Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.rst for more
+ See Documentation/driver-api/unaligned-memory-access.rst for more
information on the topic of unaligned memory accesses.
config ARCH_USE_BUILTIN_BSWAP
diff --git a/arch/unicore32/include/asm/io.h b/arch/unicore32/include/asm/io.h
index 86877df4b1ee..e396d4f658f9 100644
--- a/arch/unicore32/include/asm/io.h
+++ b/arch/unicore32/include/asm/io.h
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ extern void __uc32_iounmap(volatile void __iomem *addr);
* ioremap and friends.
*
* ioremap takes a PCI memory address, as specified in
- * Documentation/io-mapping.rst.
+ * Documentation/driver-api/io-mapping.rst.
*
*/
#define ioremap(cookie, size) __uc32_ioremap(cookie, size)
diff --git a/drivers/base/core.c b/drivers/base/core.c
index f98b33e9ec19..e40e4a171cdd 100644
--- a/drivers/base/core.c
+++ b/drivers/base/core.c
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ static void device_release(struct kobject *kobj)
else if (dev->class && dev->class->dev_release)
dev->class->dev_release(dev);
else
- WARN(1, KERN_ERR "Device '%s' does not have a release() function, it is broken and must be fixed. See Documentation/kobject.rst.\n",
+ WARN(1, KERN_ERR "Device '%s' does not have a release() function, it is broken and must be fixed. See Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst.\n",
dev_name(dev));
kfree(p);
}
diff --git a/drivers/char/ipmi/Kconfig b/drivers/char/ipmi/Kconfig
index e59ee81bc22f..d7f89cce656f 100644
--- a/drivers/char/ipmi/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/char/ipmi/Kconfig
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ menuconfig IPMI_HANDLER
IPMI is a standard for managing sensors (temperature,
voltage, etc.) in a system.
- See <file:Documentation/IPMI.rst> for more details on the driver.
+ See <file:Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst> for more details on the driver.
If unsure, say N.
diff --git a/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_hotmod.c b/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_hotmod.c
index 2032f4ac52ac..4fbb4e18bae2 100644
--- a/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_hotmod.c
+++ b/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_hotmod.c
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ static int hotmod_handler(const char *val, const struct kernel_param *kp);
module_param_call(hotmod, hotmod_handler, NULL, NULL, 0200);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(hotmod, "Add and remove interfaces. See"
- " Documentation/IPMI.rst in the kernel sources for the"
+ " Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst in the kernel sources for the"
" gory details.");
/*
diff --git a/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_intf.c b/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_intf.c
index 7f729609979c..4a0258f886cf 100644
--- a/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_intf.c
+++ b/drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_intf.c
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ static inline int ipmi_thread_busy_wait(enum si_sm_result smi_result,
* that are not BT and do not have interrupts. It starts spinning
* when an operation is complete or until max_busy tells it to stop
* (if that is enabled). See the paragraph on kimid_max_busy_us in
- * Documentation/IPMI.rst for details.
+ * Documentation/driver-api/ipmi.rst for details.
*/
static int ipmi_thread(void *data)
{
diff --git a/drivers/dma-buf/Kconfig b/drivers/dma-buf/Kconfig
index 9afc7bb638c3..b6a9c2f1bc41 100644
--- a/drivers/dma-buf/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/dma-buf/Kconfig
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ config SYNC_FILE
associated with a buffer. When a job is submitted to the GPU a fence
is attached to the buffer and is transferred via userspace, using Sync
Files fds, to the DRM driver for example. More details at
- Documentation/sync_file.rst.
+ Documentation/driver-api/sync_file.rst.
config SW_SYNC
bool "Sync File Validation Framework"
diff --git a/drivers/gpio/Kconfig b/drivers/gpio/Kconfig
index 85cecf58bcf5..49f04621279c 100644
--- a/drivers/gpio/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/gpio/Kconfig
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ config GPIO_BT8XX
The card needs to be physically altered for using it as a
GPIO card. For more information on how to build a GPIO card
from a BT8xx TV card, see the documentation file at
- Documentation/bt8xxgpio.rst
+ Documentation/driver-api/bt8xxgpio.rst
If unsure, say N.
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/Kconfig b/drivers/gpu/drm/Kconfig
index c3a6dd284c91..3c2cd3bf9ffc 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/Kconfig
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ config DRM_LOAD_EDID_FIRMWARE
monitor are unable to provide appropriate EDID data. Since this
feature is provided as a workaround for broken hardware, the
default case is N. Details and instructions how to build your own
- EDID data are given in Documentation/EDID/howto.rst.
+ EDID data are given in Documentation/driver-api/edid.rst.
config DRM_DP_CEC
bool "Enable DisplayPort CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX HDMI support"
diff --git a/drivers/pci/switch/Kconfig b/drivers/pci/switch/Kconfig
index c1f5226cd0e5..d370f4ce0492 100644
--- a/drivers/pci/switch/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/pci/switch/Kconfig
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ config PCI_SW_SWITCHTEC
Enables support for the management interface for the MicroSemi
Switchtec series of PCIe switches. Supports userspace access
to submit MRPC commands to the switch via /dev/switchtecX
- devices. See <file:Documentation/switchtec.rst> for more
+ devices. See <file:Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst> for more
information.
endmenu
diff --git a/drivers/platform/x86/Kconfig b/drivers/platform/x86/Kconfig
index 6cd4a620115d..9d866b6753fe 100644
--- a/drivers/platform/x86/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/platform/x86/Kconfig
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ config DCDBAS
Interrupts (SMIs) and Host Control Actions (system power cycle or
power off after OS shutdown) on certain Dell systems.
- See <file:Documentation/dcdbas.rst> for more details on the driver
+ See <file:Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst> for more details on the driver
and the Dell systems on which Dell systems management software makes
use of this driver.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ config DELL_RBU
DELL system. Note you need a Dell OpenManage or Dell Update package (DUP)
supporting application to communicate with the BIOS regarding the new
image for the image update to take effect.
- See <file:Documentation/dell_rbu.rst> for more details on the driver.
+ See <file:Documentation/driver-api/dell_rbu.rst> for more details on the driver.
config FUJITSU_LAPTOP
diff --git a/drivers/platform/x86/dcdbas.c b/drivers/platform/x86/dcdbas.c
index ba8dff3511ec..84f4cc839cc3 100644
--- a/drivers/platform/x86/dcdbas.c
+++ b/drivers/platform/x86/dcdbas.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
* and Host Control Actions (power cycle or power off after OS shutdown) on
* Dell systems.
*
- * See Documentation/dcdbas.rst for more information.
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst for more information.
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Dell Inc.
*/
diff --git a/drivers/platform/x86/dell_rbu.c b/drivers/platform/x86/dell_rbu.c
index 18400bb38e09..3691391fea6b 100644
--- a/drivers/platform/x86/dell_rbu.c
+++ b/drivers/platform/x86/dell_rbu.c
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
* on every time the packet data is written. This driver requires an
* application to break the BIOS image in to fixed sized packet chunks.
*
- * See Documentation/dell_rbu.rst for more info.
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/dell_rbu.rst for more info.
*/
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
diff --git a/drivers/pnp/isapnp/Kconfig b/drivers/pnp/isapnp/Kconfig
index c4ddf41c7fb8..d0479a563123 100644
--- a/drivers/pnp/isapnp/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/pnp/isapnp/Kconfig
@@ -7,6 +7,6 @@ config ISAPNP
depends on ISA || COMPILE_TEST
help
Say Y here if you would like support for ISA Plug and Play devices.
- Some information is in <file:Documentation/isapnp.rst>.
+ Some information is in <file:Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst>.
If unsure, say Y.
diff --git a/drivers/tty/Kconfig b/drivers/tty/Kconfig
index 1cb50f19d58c..ee51b9514225 100644
--- a/drivers/tty/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/tty/Kconfig
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ config VT_HW_CONSOLE_BINDING
select the console driver that will serve as the backend for the
virtual terminals.
- See <file:Documentation/console/console.rst> for more
+ See <file:Documentation/driver-api/console.rst> for more
information. For framebuffer console users, please refer to
<file:Documentation/fb/fbcon.rst>.
diff --git a/drivers/vfio/Kconfig b/drivers/vfio/Kconfig
index 5d6151392571..fd17db9b432f 100644
--- a/drivers/vfio/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/vfio/Kconfig
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ menuconfig VFIO
select VFIO_IOMMU_TYPE1 if (X86 || S390 || ARM || ARM64)
help
VFIO provides a framework for secure userspace device drivers.
- See Documentation/vfio.rst for more details.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/vfio.rst for more details.
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
diff --git a/drivers/vfio/mdev/Kconfig b/drivers/vfio/mdev/Kconfig
index 10ec404acbfc..5da27f2100f9 100644
--- a/drivers/vfio/mdev/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/vfio/mdev/Kconfig
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ config VFIO_MDEV
default n
help
Provides a framework to virtualize devices.
- See Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.rst for more details.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/vfio-mediated-device.rst for more details.
If you don't know what do here, say N.
diff --git a/drivers/w1/Kconfig b/drivers/w1/Kconfig
index 160053c0baea..3e7ad7b232fe 100644
--- a/drivers/w1/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/w1/Kconfig
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ config W1_CON
default y
---help---
This allows to communicate with userspace using connector. For more
- information see <file:Documentation/connector/connector.rst>.
+ information see <file:Documentation/driver-api/connector.rst>.
There are three types of messages between w1 core and userspace:
1. Events. They are generated each time new master or slave device found
either due to automatic or requested search.
diff --git a/include/asm-generic/bitops/atomic.h b/include/asm-generic/bitops/atomic.h
index 6ee11717bb65..0afe930eec72 100644
--- a/include/asm-generic/bitops/atomic.h
+++ b/include/asm-generic/bitops/atomic.h
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
/*
* Implementation of atomic bitops using atomic-fetch ops.
- * See Documentation/atomic_bitops.rst for details.
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/atomic_bitops.rst for details.
*/
static inline void set_bit(unsigned int nr, volatile unsigned long *p)
diff --git a/include/linux/io-mapping.h b/include/linux/io-mapping.h
index b90c540696a4..c8bf4852b352 100644
--- a/include/linux/io-mapping.h
+++ b/include/linux/io-mapping.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
* The io_mapping mechanism provides an abstraction for mapping
* individual pages from an io device to the CPU in an efficient fashion.
*
- * See Documentation/io-mapping.rst
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/io-mapping.rst
*/
struct io_mapping {
diff --git a/include/linux/jump_label.h b/include/linux/jump_label.h
index c3947cab2d27..32bdce895487 100644
--- a/include/linux/jump_label.h
+++ b/include/linux/jump_label.h
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
* Lacking toolchain and or architecture support, static keys fall back to a
* simple conditional branch.
*
- * Additional babbling in: Documentation/static-keys.rst
+ * Additional babbling in: Documentation/driver-api/static-keys.rst
*/
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
diff --git a/include/linux/kobject.h b/include/linux/kobject.h
index 16f66fe28ec2..d32720743004 100644
--- a/include/linux/kobject.h
+++ b/include/linux/kobject.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
* Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Novell Inc.
*
- * Please read Documentation/kobject.rst before using the kobject
+ * Please read Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst before using the kobject
* interface, ESPECIALLY the parts about reference counts and object
* destructors.
*/
diff --git a/include/linux/kobject_ns.h b/include/linux/kobject_ns.h
index 8c86c4641739..b5b7d387d63d 100644
--- a/include/linux/kobject_ns.h
+++ b/include/linux/kobject_ns.h
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
*
* Split from kobject.h by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
*
- * Please read Documentation/kobject.rst before using the kobject
+ * Please read Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst before using the kobject
* interface, ESPECIALLY the parts about reference counts and object
* destructors.
*/
diff --git a/include/linux/rbtree.h b/include/linux/rbtree.h
index 2c579b6000a5..d49f78a8be37 100644
--- a/include/linux/rbtree.h
+++ b/include/linux/rbtree.h
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
I know it's not the cleaner way, but in C (not in C++) to get
performances and genericity...
- See Documentation/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
*/
#ifndef _LINUX_RBTREE_H
diff --git a/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h b/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h
index b3f64a2935ae..5f31af0da0a9 100644
--- a/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h
+++ b/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
* rb_insert_augmented() and rb_erase_augmented() are intended to be public.
* The rest are implementation details you are not expected to depend on.
*
- * See Documentation/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
*/
struct rb_augment_callbacks {
diff --git a/init/Kconfig b/init/Kconfig
index e02cfae73ce5..b9cfef1452e3 100644
--- a/init/Kconfig
+++ b/init/Kconfig
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ config MMAP_ALLOW_UNINITIALIZED
userspace. Since that isn't generally a problem on no-MMU systems,
it is normally safe to say Y here.
- See Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst for more information.
config SYSTEM_DATA_VERIFICATION
def_bool n
diff --git a/kernel/padata.c b/kernel/padata.c
index a567973bb1ba..fa3fb3b4705e 100644
--- a/kernel/padata.c
+++ b/kernel/padata.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
/*
* padata.c - generic interface to process data streams in parallel
*
- * See Documentation/padata.rst for an api documentation.
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/padata.rst for an api documentation.
*
* Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 secunet Security Networks AG
* Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
diff --git a/lib/Kconfig b/lib/Kconfig
index 58e9dae6f424..f4785afbfd10 100644
--- a/lib/Kconfig
+++ b/lib/Kconfig
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ config INTERVAL_TREE
See:
- Documentation/rbtree.rst
+ Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst
for more information.
diff --git a/lib/Kconfig.debug b/lib/Kconfig.debug
index ce47efa5f4e4..47072d67fca1 100644
--- a/lib/Kconfig.debug
+++ b/lib/Kconfig.debug
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ config PROVIDE_OHCI1394_DMA_INIT
This code (~1k) is freed after boot. By then, the firewire stack
in charge of the OHCI-1394 controllers should be used instead.
- See Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst for more information.
menuconfig RUNTIME_TESTING_MENU
bool "Runtime Testing"
diff --git a/lib/crc32.c b/lib/crc32.c
index 0de37ccc70dd..78d4cd8b709e 100644
--- a/lib/crc32.c
+++ b/lib/crc32.c
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
* Version 2. See the file COPYING for more details.
*/
-/* see: Documentation/crc32.rst for a description of algorithms */
+/* see: Documentation/driver-api/crc32.rst for a description of algorithms */
#include <linux/crc32.h>
#include <linux/crc32poly.h>
diff --git a/lib/kobject.c b/lib/kobject.c
index 03157ff88495..fe01ed0504e2 100644
--- a/lib/kobject.c
+++ b/lib/kobject.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Novell Inc.
*
- * Please see the file Documentation/kobject.rst for critical information
+ * Please see the file Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst for critical information
* about using the kobject interface.
*/
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ static void kobject_cleanup(struct kobject *kobj)
kobject_name(kobj), kobj, __func__, kobj->parent);
if (t && !t->release)
- pr_debug("kobject: '%s' (%p): does not have a release() function, it is broken and must be fixed. See Documentation/kobject.rst.\n",
+ pr_debug("kobject: '%s' (%p): does not have a release() function, it is broken and must be fixed. See Documentation/driver-api/kobject.rst.\n",
kobject_name(kobj), kobj);
/* send "remove" if the caller did not do it but sent "add" */
diff --git a/lib/lzo/lzo1x_decompress_safe.c b/lib/lzo/lzo1x_decompress_safe.c
index 1642c28e6627..27401806c355 100644
--- a/lib/lzo/lzo1x_decompress_safe.c
+++ b/lib/lzo/lzo1x_decompress_safe.c
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
* depending on the base count. Since the base count is taken from a u8
* and a few bits, it is safe to assume that it will always be lower than
* or equal to 2*255, thus we can always prevent any overflow by accepting
- * two less 255 steps. See Documentation/lzo.rst for more information.
+ * two less 255 steps. See Documentation/driver-api/lzo.rst for more information.
*/
#define MAX_255_COUNT ((((size_t)~0) / 255) - 2)
diff --git a/lib/xz/Kconfig b/lib/xz/Kconfig
index 314a89c13545..9d8a66fdea9b 100644
--- a/lib/xz/Kconfig
+++ b/lib/xz/Kconfig
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ config XZ_DEC
help
LZMA2 compression algorithm and BCJ filters are supported using
the .xz file format as the container. For integrity checking,
- CRC32 is supported. See Documentation/xz.rst for more information.
+ CRC32 is supported. See Documentation/driver-api/xz.rst for more information.
if XZ_DEC
diff --git a/mm/Kconfig b/mm/Kconfig
index ed5fe68590f4..9a0bbbeafb58 100644
--- a/mm/Kconfig
+++ b/mm/Kconfig
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ config NOMMU_INITIAL_TRIM_EXCESS
This option specifies the initial value of this option. The default
of 1 says that all excess pages should be trimmed.
- See Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst for more information.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst for more information.
config TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE
bool "Transparent Hugepage Support"
diff --git a/mm/nommu.c b/mm/nommu.c
index 30a071ba838d..d44944512f07 100644
--- a/mm/nommu.c
+++ b/mm/nommu.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
* Replacement code for mm functions to support CPU's that don't
* have any form of memory management unit (thus no virtual memory).
*
- * See Documentation/nommu-mmap.rst
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/nommu-mmap.rst
*
* Copyright (c) 2004-2008 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
* Copyright (c) 2000-2003 David McCullough <davidm@snapgear.com>
diff --git a/samples/Kconfig b/samples/Kconfig
index 9ec524b2e003..2b1b4d241e47 100644
--- a/samples/Kconfig
+++ b/samples/Kconfig
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ config SAMPLE_CONNECTOR
When enabled, this builds both a sample kernel module for
the connector interface and a user space tool to communicate
with it.
- See also Documentation/connector/connector.rst
+ See also Documentation/driver-api/connector.rst
config SAMPLE_SECCOMP
bool "Build seccomp sample code"
diff --git a/samples/kprobes/kprobe_example.c b/samples/kprobes/kprobe_example.c
index d76fd05304a5..1928cef27fd1 100644
--- a/samples/kprobes/kprobe_example.c
+++ b/samples/kprobes/kprobe_example.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
* stack trace and selected registers when _do_fork() is called.
*
* For more information on theory of operation of kprobes, see
- * Documentation/kprobes.rst
+ * Documentation/driver-api/kprobes.rst
*
* You will see the trace data in /var/log/messages and on the console
* whenever _do_fork() is invoked to create a new process.
diff --git a/samples/kprobes/kretprobe_example.c b/samples/kprobes/kretprobe_example.c
index 9a2234ae0286..d007feaa92d4 100644
--- a/samples/kprobes/kretprobe_example.c
+++ b/samples/kprobes/kretprobe_example.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
* If no func_name is specified, _do_fork is instrumented
*
* For more information on theory of operation of kretprobes, see
- * Documentation/kprobes.rst
+ * Documentation/driver-api/kprobes.rst
*
* Build and insert the kernel module as done in the kprobe example.
* You will see the trace data in /var/log/messages and on the console
diff --git a/scripts/gcc-plugins/Kconfig b/scripts/gcc-plugins/Kconfig
index b4dc5b116bfe..4a568069728d 100644
--- a/scripts/gcc-plugins/Kconfig
+++ b/scripts/gcc-plugins/Kconfig
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ config GCC_PLUGINS
GCC plugins are loadable modules that provide extra features to the
compiler. They are useful for runtime instrumentation and static analysis.
- See Documentation/gcc-plugins.rst for details.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/gcc-plugins.rst for details.
menu "GCC plugins"
depends on GCC_PLUGINS
diff --git a/tools/include/linux/rbtree.h b/tools/include/linux/rbtree.h
index e96d7120ce2b..0a36c807f65d 100644
--- a/tools/include/linux/rbtree.h
+++ b/tools/include/linux/rbtree.h
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
I know it's not the cleaner way, but in C (not in C++) to get
performances and genericity...
- See Documentation/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
+ See Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
*/
#ifndef __TOOLS_LINUX_PERF_RBTREE_H
diff --git a/tools/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h b/tools/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h
index c251bb16f2e9..201a873c2111 100644
--- a/tools/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h
+++ b/tools/include/linux/rbtree_augmented.h
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
* rb_insert_augmented() and rb_erase_augmented() are intended to be public.
* The rest are implementation details you are not expected to depend on.
*
- * See Documentation/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
+ * See Documentation/driver-api/rbtree.rst for documentation and samples.
*/
struct rb_augment_callbacks {
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 19/22] docs: driver-api: add remaining converted dirs to it
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Sudeep Dutt, Ashutosh Dixit, Kamil Debski,
Sylwester Nawrocki
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
There are a number of driver-specific descriptions that contain a
mix of userspace and kernelspace documentation. Just like we did
with other similar subsystems, add them at the driver-api
groupset, but don't move the directories.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/index.rst | 3 +++
Documentation/mic/index.rst | 2 --
Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.rst | 2 --
Documentation/scheduler/index.rst | 2 --
4 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst
index 82cd9528dff0..b4a48979e15a 100644
--- a/Documentation/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/index.rst
@@ -105,6 +105,9 @@ needed).
PCI/index
usb/index
misc-devices/index
+ mic/index
+ phy/samsung-usb2
+ scheduler/index
Architecture-specific documentation
-----------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/mic/index.rst b/Documentation/mic/index.rst
index 082fa8f6a260..3a8d06367ef1 100644
--- a/Documentation/mic/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/mic/index.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
=============================================
Intel Many Integrated Core (MIC) architecture
=============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.rst b/Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.rst
index 98b5952fcb97..c48c8b9797b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
====================================
Samsung USB 2.0 PHY adaptation layer
====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/index.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/index.rst
index 058be77a4c34..69074e5de9c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/index.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-:orphan:
-
===============
Linux Scheduler
===============
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 20/22] docs: extcon: move it to acpi dir and convert it to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, MyungJoo Ham, Chanwoo Choi, Rafael J. Wysocki,
Len Brown, linux-acpi
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
The intel-int3496.txt file is a documentation for an ACPI driver.
There's no reason to keep it on a separate directory.
So, instead of keeping it on some random location, move it
to a sub-directory inside the ACPI documentation dir.
For now, keep it with .txt extension, in order to avoid
Sphinx build noise. A later patch should change it to .rst
and movin it to be together with other acpi docs.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../acpi/extcon-intel-int3496.rst} | 14 ++++++++++----
Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst | 1 +
MAINTAINERS | 6 +++---
3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/{extcon/intel-int3496.txt => firmware-guide/acpi/extcon-intel-int3496.rst} (66%)
diff --git a/Documentation/extcon/intel-int3496.txt b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/extcon-intel-int3496.rst
similarity index 66%
rename from Documentation/extcon/intel-int3496.txt
rename to Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/extcon-intel-int3496.rst
index 8155dbc7fad3..5137ca834b54 100644
--- a/Documentation/extcon/intel-int3496.txt
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/extcon-intel-int3496.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+=====================================================
Intel INT3496 ACPI device extcon driver documentation
------------------------------------------------------
+=====================================================
The Intel INT3496 ACPI device extcon driver is a driver for ACPI
devices with an acpi-id of INT3496, such as found for example on
@@ -13,15 +14,20 @@ between an USB host and an USB peripheral controller.
The ACPI devices exposes this functionality by returning an array with up
to 3 gpio descriptors from its ACPI _CRS (Current Resource Settings) call:
-Index 0: The input gpio for the id-pin, this is always present and valid
-Index 1: The output gpio for enabling Vbus output from the device to the otg
+======= =====================================================================
+Index 0 The input gpio for the id-pin, this is always present and valid
+Index 1 The output gpio for enabling Vbus output from the device to the otg
port, write 1 to enable the Vbus output (this gpio descriptor may
be absent or invalid)
-Index 2: The output gpio for muxing of the data pins between the USB host and
+Index 2 The output gpio for muxing of the data pins between the USB host and
the USB peripheral controller, write 1 to mux to the peripheral
controller
+======= =====================================================================
There is a mapping between indices and GPIO connection IDs as follows
+
+ ======= =======
id index 0
vbus index 1
mux index 2
+ ======= =======
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst
index ae609eec4679..90c90d42d9ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst
@@ -24,3 +24,4 @@ ACPI Support
acpi-lid
lpit
video_extension
+ extcon-intel-int3496
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index e07cbd44d48a..b7c81bd0f8e8 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ F: drivers/pnp/pnpacpi/
F: include/linux/acpi.h
F: include/linux/fwnode.h
F: include/acpi/
-F: Documentation/acpi/
+F: Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/
F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
F: Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
F: drivers/pci/*acpi*
@@ -4881,7 +4881,7 @@ S: Maintained
F: Documentation/
F: scripts/kernel-doc
X: Documentation/ABI/
-X: Documentation/acpi/
+X: Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/
X: Documentation/devicetree/
X: Documentation/i2c/
X: Documentation/media/
@@ -6057,7 +6057,7 @@ S: Maintained
F: drivers/extcon/
F: include/linux/extcon/
F: include/linux/extcon.h
-F: Documentation/extcon/
+F: Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/extcon-intel-int3496.rst
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/
EXYNOS DP DRIVER
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 05/22] docs: rapidio: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Matt Porter, Alexandre Bounine
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the rapidio documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
Documentation/rapidio/index.rst | 15 +++++
.../{mport_cdev.txt => mport_cdev.rst} | 47 ++++++-------
.../rapidio/{rapidio.txt => rapidio.rst} | 39 +++++++----
.../rapidio/{rio_cm.txt => rio_cm.rst} | 66 ++++++++++++-------
.../rapidio/{sysfs.txt => sysfs.rst} | 4 ++
.../rapidio/{tsi721.txt => tsi721.rst} | 45 ++++++++-----
drivers/rapidio/Kconfig | 2 +-
7 files changed, 141 insertions(+), 77 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 Documentation/rapidio/index.rst
rename Documentation/rapidio/{mport_cdev.txt => mport_cdev.rst} (84%)
rename Documentation/rapidio/{rapidio.txt => rapidio.rst} (97%)
rename Documentation/rapidio/{rio_cm.txt => rio_cm.rst} (76%)
rename Documentation/rapidio/{sysfs.txt => sysfs.rst} (75%)
rename Documentation/rapidio/{tsi721.txt => tsi721.rst} (79%)
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/index.rst b/Documentation/rapidio/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ab7b5541b346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+:orphan:
+
+===========================
+The Linux RapidIO Subsystem
+===========================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ rapidio
+ sysfs
+
+ tsi721
+ mport_cdev
+ rio_cm
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.rst
similarity index 84%
rename from Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.txt
rename to Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.rst
index a53f786ee2e9..df77a7f7be7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.rst
@@ -1,13 +1,9 @@
+==================================================================
RapidIO subsystem mport character device driver (rio_mport_cdev.c)
==================================================================
-Version History:
-----------------
- 1.0.0 - Initial driver release.
-
-==================================================================
-
-I. Overview
+1. Overview
+===========
This device driver is the result of collaboration within the RapidIO.org
Software Task Group (STG) between Texas Instruments, Freescale,
@@ -29,40 +25,41 @@ Using available set of ioctl commands user-space applications can perform
following RapidIO bus and subsystem operations:
- Reads and writes from/to configuration registers of mport devices
- (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_LOCAL/RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_LOCAL)
+ (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_LOCAL/RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_LOCAL)
- Reads and writes from/to configuration registers of remote RapidIO devices.
This operations are defined as RapidIO Maintenance reads/writes in RIO spec.
- (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_REMOTE/RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_REMOTE)
+ (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_REMOTE/RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_REMOTE)
- Set RapidIO Destination ID for mport devices (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_HDID_SET)
- Set RapidIO Component Tag for mport devices (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_COMPTAG_SET)
- Query logical index of mport devices (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_PORT_IDX_GET)
- Query capabilities and RapidIO link configuration of mport devices
- (RIO_MPORT_GET_PROPERTIES)
+ (RIO_MPORT_GET_PROPERTIES)
- Enable/Disable reporting of RapidIO doorbell events to user-space applications
- (RIO_ENABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE/RIO_DISABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE)
+ (RIO_ENABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE/RIO_DISABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE)
- Enable/Disable reporting of RIO port-write events to user-space applications
- (RIO_ENABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE/RIO_DISABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE)
+ (RIO_ENABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE/RIO_DISABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE)
- Query/Control type of events reported through this driver: doorbells,
port-writes or both (RIO_SET_EVENT_MASK/RIO_GET_EVENT_MASK)
- Configure/Map mport's outbound requests window(s) for specific size,
RapidIO destination ID, hopcount and request type
- (RIO_MAP_OUTBOUND/RIO_UNMAP_OUTBOUND)
+ (RIO_MAP_OUTBOUND/RIO_UNMAP_OUTBOUND)
- Configure/Map mport's inbound requests window(s) for specific size,
RapidIO base address and local memory base address
- (RIO_MAP_INBOUND/RIO_UNMAP_INBOUND)
+ (RIO_MAP_INBOUND/RIO_UNMAP_INBOUND)
- Allocate/Free contiguous DMA coherent memory buffer for DMA data transfers
to/from remote RapidIO devices (RIO_ALLOC_DMA/RIO_FREE_DMA)
- Initiate DMA data transfers to/from remote RapidIO devices (RIO_TRANSFER).
Supports blocking, asynchronous and posted (a.k.a 'fire-and-forget') data
transfer modes.
- Check/Wait for completion of asynchronous DMA data transfer
- (RIO_WAIT_FOR_ASYNC)
+ (RIO_WAIT_FOR_ASYNC)
- Manage device objects supported by RapidIO subsystem (RIO_DEV_ADD/RIO_DEV_DEL).
This allows implementation of various RapidIO fabric enumeration algorithms
as user-space applications while using remaining functionality provided by
kernel RapidIO subsystem.
-II. Hardware Compatibility
+2. Hardware Compatibility
+=========================
This device driver uses standard interfaces defined by kernel RapidIO subsystem
and therefore it can be used with any mport device driver registered by RapidIO
@@ -78,29 +75,35 @@ functionality of their platform when planning to use this driver:
specific DMA engine support and therefore DMA data transfers mport_cdev driver
are not available.
-III. Module parameters
+3. Module parameters
+====================
-- 'dma_timeout' - DMA transfer completion timeout (in msec, default value 3000).
+- 'dma_timeout'
+ - DMA transfer completion timeout (in msec, default value 3000).
This parameter set a maximum completion wait time for SYNC mode DMA
transfer requests and for RIO_WAIT_FOR_ASYNC ioctl requests.
-- 'dbg_level' - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information
+- 'dbg_level'
+ - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information
generated by this device driver. This parameter is formed by set of
bit masks that correspond to the specific functional blocks.
For mask definitions see 'drivers/rapidio/devices/rio_mport_cdev.c'
This parameter can be changed dynamically.
Use CONFIG_RAPIDIO_DEBUG=y to enable debug output at the top level.
-IV. Known problems
+4. Known problems
+=================
None.
-V. User-space Applications and API
+5. User-space Applications and API
+==================================
API library and applications that use this device driver are available from
RapidIO.org.
-VI. TODO List
+6. TODO List
+============
- Add support for sending/receiving "raw" RapidIO messaging packets.
- Add memory mapped DMA data transfers as an option when RapidIO-specific DMA
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.rst
similarity index 97%
rename from Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt
rename to Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.rst
index 28fbd877f85a..fb8942d3ba85 100644
--- a/Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
- The Linux RapidIO Subsystem
-
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+============
+Introduction
+============
The RapidIO standard is a packet-based fabric interconnect standard designed for
use in embedded systems. Development of the RapidIO standard is directed by the
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ This document describes the basics of the Linux RapidIO subsystem and provides
information on its major components.
1 Overview
-----------
+==========
Because the RapidIO subsystem follows the Linux device model it is integrated
into the kernel similarly to other buses by defining RapidIO-specific device and
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ architecture-specific interfaces that provide support for common RapidIO
subsystem operations.
2. Core Components
-------------------
+==================
A typical RapidIO network is a combination of endpoints and switches.
Each of these components is represented in the subsystem by an associated data
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ structure. The core logical components of the RapidIO subsystem are defined
in include/linux/rio.h file.
2.1 Master Port
+---------------
A master port (or mport) is a RapidIO interface controller that is local to the
processor executing the Linux code. A master port generates and receives RapidIO
@@ -46,6 +47,7 @@ includes rio_ops data structure which contains pointers to hardware specific
implementations of RapidIO functions.
2.2 Device
+----------
A RapidIO device is any endpoint (other than mport) or switch in the network.
All devices are presented in the RapidIO subsystem by corresponding rio_dev data
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ structure. Devices form one global device list and per-network device lists
(depending on number of available mports and networks).
2.3 Switch
+----------
A RapidIO switch is a special class of device that routes packets between its
ports towards their final destination. The packet destination port within a
@@ -66,6 +69,7 @@ specific switch drivers that are designed to provide hardware-specific
implementation of common switch management routines.
2.4 Network
+-----------
A RapidIO network is a combination of interconnected endpoint and switch devices.
Each RapidIO network known to the system is represented by corresponding rio_net
@@ -74,11 +78,13 @@ ports that form the same network. It also contains a pointer to the default
master port that is used to communicate with devices within the network.
2.5 Device Drivers
+------------------
RapidIO device-specific drivers follow Linux Kernel Driver Model and are
intended to support specific RapidIO devices attached to the RapidIO network.
2.6 Subsystem Interfaces
+------------------------
RapidIO interconnect specification defines features that may be used to provide
one or more common service layers for all participating RapidIO devices. These
@@ -90,7 +96,7 @@ subsystem interfaces. This allows to have multiple common services attached to
the same device without blocking attachment of a device-specific driver.
3. Subsystem Initialization
----------------------------
+===========================
In order to initialize the RapidIO subsystem, a platform must initialize and
register at least one master port within the RapidIO network. To register mport
@@ -105,7 +111,7 @@ RapidIO subsystem can be configured to be built as a statically linked or
modular component of the kernel (see details below).
4. Enumeration and Discovery
-----------------------------
+============================
4.1 Overview
------------
@@ -168,14 +174,16 @@ on RapidIO subsystem build configuration:
(b) If the RapidIO subsystem core is built as a loadable module, in addition
to the method shown above, the host destination ID(s) can be specified using
traditional methods of passing module parameter "hdid=" during its loading:
+
- from command line: "modprobe rapidio hdid=-1,7", or
- from modprobe configuration file using configuration command "options",
like in this example: "options rapidio hdid=-1,7". An example of modprobe
configuration file is provided in the section below.
- NOTES:
+NOTES:
(i) if "hdid=" parameter is omitted all available mport will be assigned
destination ID = -1;
+
(ii) the "hdid=" parameter in systems with multiple mports can have
destination ID assignments omitted from the end of list (default = -1).
@@ -317,8 +325,7 @@ must ensure that they are loaded before the enumeration/discovery starts.
This process can be automated by specifying pre- or post- dependencies in the
RapidIO-specific modprobe configuration file as shown in the example below.
- File /etc/modprobe.d/rapidio.conf:
- ----------------------------------
+File /etc/modprobe.d/rapidio.conf::
# Configure RapidIO subsystem modules
@@ -335,17 +342,21 @@ RapidIO-specific modprobe configuration file as shown in the example below.
--------------------------
-NOTE: In the example above, one of "softdep" commands must be removed or
-commented out to keep required module loading sequence.
+NOTE:
+ In the example above, one of "softdep" commands must be removed or
+ commented out to keep required module loading sequence.
-A. References
--------------
+5. References
+=============
[1] RapidIO Trade Association. RapidIO Interconnect Specifications.
http://www.rapidio.org.
+
[2] Rapidio TA. Technology Comparisons.
http://www.rapidio.org/education/technology_comparisons/
+
[3] RapidIO support for Linux.
http://lwn.net/Articles/139118/
+
[4] Matt Porter. RapidIO for Linux. Ottawa Linux Symposium, 2005
http://www.kernel.org/doc/ols/2005/ols2005v2-pages-43-56.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.rst
similarity index 76%
rename from Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.txt
rename to Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.rst
index 27aa401f1126..5294430a7a74 100644
--- a/Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.rst
@@ -1,13 +1,10 @@
+==========================================================================
RapidIO subsystem Channelized Messaging character device driver (rio_cm.c)
==========================================================================
-Version History:
-----------------
- 1.0.0 - Initial driver release.
-==========================================================================
-
-I. Overview
+1. Overview
+===========
This device driver is the result of collaboration within the RapidIO.org
Software Task Group (STG) between Texas Instruments, Prodrive Technologies,
@@ -41,79 +38,98 @@ in /dev directory common for all registered RapidIO mport devices.
Following ioctl commands are available to user-space applications:
-- RIO_CM_MPORT_GET_LIST : Returns to caller list of local mport devices that
+- RIO_CM_MPORT_GET_LIST:
+ Returns to caller list of local mport devices that
support messaging operations (number of entries up to RIO_MAX_MPORTS).
Each list entry is combination of mport's index in the system and RapidIO
destination ID assigned to the port.
-- RIO_CM_EP_GET_LIST_SIZE : Returns number of messaging capable remote endpoints
+- RIO_CM_EP_GET_LIST_SIZE:
+ Returns number of messaging capable remote endpoints
in a RapidIO network associated with the specified mport device.
-- RIO_CM_EP_GET_LIST : Returns list of RapidIO destination IDs for messaging
+- RIO_CM_EP_GET_LIST:
+ Returns list of RapidIO destination IDs for messaging
capable remote endpoints (peers) available in a RapidIO network associated
with the specified mport device.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_CREATE : Creates RapidIO message exchange channel data structure
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_CREATE:
+ Creates RapidIO message exchange channel data structure
with channel ID assigned automatically or as requested by a caller.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_BIND : Binds the specified channel data structure to the specified
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_BIND:
+ Binds the specified channel data structure to the specified
mport device.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_LISTEN : Enables listening for connection requests on the specified
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_LISTEN:
+ Enables listening for connection requests on the specified
channel.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_ACCEPT : Accepts a connection request from peer on the specified
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_ACCEPT:
+ Accepts a connection request from peer on the specified
channel. If wait timeout for this request is specified by a caller it is
a blocking call. If timeout set to 0 this is non-blocking call - ioctl
handler checks for a pending connection request and if one is not available
exits with -EGAIN error status immediately.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_CONNECT : Sends a connection request to a remote peer/channel.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_SEND : Sends a data message through the specified channel.
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_CONNECT:
+ Sends a connection request to a remote peer/channel.
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_SEND:
+ Sends a data message through the specified channel.
The handler for this request assumes that message buffer specified by
a caller includes the reserved space for a packet header required by
this driver.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_RECEIVE : Receives a data message through a connected channel.
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_RECEIVE:
+ Receives a data message through a connected channel.
If the channel does not have an incoming message ready to return this ioctl
handler will wait for new message until timeout specified by a caller
expires. If timeout value is set to 0, ioctl handler uses a default value
defined by MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT.
-- RIO_CM_CHAN_CLOSE : Closes a specified channel and frees associated buffers.
+- RIO_CM_CHAN_CLOSE:
+ Closes a specified channel and frees associated buffers.
If the specified channel is in the CONNECTED state, sends close notification
to the remote peer.
The ioctl command codes and corresponding data structures intended for use by
user-space applications are defined in 'include/uapi/linux/rio_cm_cdev.h'.
-II. Hardware Compatibility
+2. Hardware Compatibility
+=========================
This device driver uses standard interfaces defined by kernel RapidIO subsystem
and therefore it can be used with any mport device driver registered by RapidIO
subsystem with limitations set by available mport HW implementation of messaging
mailboxes.
-III. Module parameters
+3. Module parameters
+====================
-- 'dbg_level' - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information
+- 'dbg_level'
+ - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information
generated by this device driver. This parameter is formed by set of
bit masks that correspond to the specific functional block.
For mask definitions see 'drivers/rapidio/devices/rio_cm.c'
This parameter can be changed dynamically.
Use CONFIG_RAPIDIO_DEBUG=y to enable debug output at the top level.
-- 'cmbox' - Number of RapidIO mailbox to use (default value is 1).
+- 'cmbox'
+ - Number of RapidIO mailbox to use (default value is 1).
This parameter allows to set messaging mailbox number that will be used
within entire RapidIO network. It can be used when default mailbox is
used by other device drivers or is not supported by some nodes in the
RapidIO network.
-- 'chstart' - Start channel number for dynamic assignment. Default value - 256.
+- 'chstart'
+ - Start channel number for dynamic assignment. Default value - 256.
Allows to exclude channel numbers below this parameter from dynamic
allocation to avoid conflicts with software components that use
reserved predefined channel numbers.
-IV. Known problems
+4. Known problems
+=================
None.
-V. User-space Applications and API Library
+5. User-space Applications and API Library
+==========================================
Messaging API library and applications that use this device driver are available
from RapidIO.org.
-VI. TODO List
+6. TODO List
+============
- Add support for system notification messages (reserved channel 0).
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.rst
similarity index 75%
rename from Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt
rename to Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.rst
index a1adac888e6e..540f72683496 100644
--- a/Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
+=============
+Sysfs entries
+=============
+
The RapidIO sysfs files have moved to:
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio and
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.rst
similarity index 79%
rename from Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt
rename to Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.rst
index cd2a2935d51d..42aea438cd20 100644
--- a/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.rst
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
+=========================================================================
RapidIO subsystem mport driver for IDT Tsi721 PCI Express-to-SRIO bridge.
=========================================================================
-I. Overview
+1. Overview
+===========
This driver implements all currently defined RapidIO mport callback functions.
It supports maintenance read and write operations, inbound and outbound RapidIO
@@ -17,7 +19,9 @@ into the corresponding message queue. Messaging callbacks are implemented to be
fully compatible with RIONET driver (Ethernet over RapidIO messaging services).
1. Module parameters:
-- 'dbg_level' - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information
+
+- 'dbg_level'
+ - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information
generated by this device driver. This parameter is formed by set of
This parameter can be changed bit masks that correspond to the specific
functional block.
@@ -25,37 +29,44 @@ fully compatible with RIONET driver (Ethernet over RapidIO messaging services).
This parameter can be changed dynamically.
Use CONFIG_RAPIDIO_DEBUG=y to enable debug output at the top level.
-- 'dma_desc_per_channel' - This parameter defines number of hardware buffer
+- 'dma_desc_per_channel'
+ - This parameter defines number of hardware buffer
descriptors allocated for each registered Tsi721 DMA channel.
Its default value is 128.
-- 'dma_txqueue_sz' - DMA transactions queue size. Defines number of pending
+- 'dma_txqueue_sz'
+ - DMA transactions queue size. Defines number of pending
transaction requests that can be accepted by each DMA channel.
Default value is 16.
-- 'dma_sel' - DMA channel selection mask. Bitmask that defines which hardware
+- 'dma_sel'
+ - DMA channel selection mask. Bitmask that defines which hardware
DMA channels (0 ... 6) will be registered with DmaEngine core.
If bit is set to 1, the corresponding DMA channel will be registered.
DMA channels not selected by this mask will not be used by this device
driver. Default value is 0x7f (use all channels).
-- 'pcie_mrrs' - override value for PCIe Maximum Read Request Size (MRRS).
+- 'pcie_mrrs'
+ - override value for PCIe Maximum Read Request Size (MRRS).
This parameter gives an ability to override MRRS value set during PCIe
configuration process. Tsi721 supports read request sizes up to 4096B.
Value for this parameter must be set as defined by PCIe specification:
0 = 128B, 1 = 256B, 2 = 512B, 3 = 1024B, 4 = 2048B and 5 = 4096B.
Default value is '-1' (= keep platform setting).
-- 'mbox_sel' - RIO messaging MBOX selection mask. This is a bitmask that defines
+- 'mbox_sel'
+ - RIO messaging MBOX selection mask. This is a bitmask that defines
messaging MBOXes are managed by this device driver. Mask bits 0 - 3
correspond to MBOX0 - MBOX3. MBOX is under driver's control if the
corresponding bit is set to '1'. Default value is 0x0f (= all).
-II. Known problems
+2. Known problems
+=================
None.
-III. DMA Engine Support
+3. DMA Engine Support
+=====================
Tsi721 mport driver supports DMA data transfers between local system memory and
remote RapidIO devices. This functionality is implemented according to SLAVE
@@ -68,17 +79,21 @@ One BDMA channel is reserved for generation of maintenance read/write requests.
If Tsi721 mport driver have been built with RAPIDIO_DMA_ENGINE support included,
this driver will accept DMA-specific module parameter:
- "dma_desc_per_channel" - defines number of hardware buffer descriptors used by
+
+ "dma_desc_per_channel"
+ - defines number of hardware buffer descriptors used by
each BDMA channel of Tsi721 (by default - 128).
-IV. Version History
+4. Version History
- 1.1.0 - DMA operations re-worked to support data scatter/gather lists larger
+ ===== ====================================================================
+ 1.1.0 DMA operations re-worked to support data scatter/gather lists larger
than hardware buffer descriptors ring.
- 1.0.0 - Initial driver release.
+ 1.0.0 Initial driver release.
+ ===== ====================================================================
-V. License
------------------------------------------------
+5. License
+===========
Copyright(c) 2011 Integrated Device Technology, Inc. All rights reserved.
diff --git a/drivers/rapidio/Kconfig b/drivers/rapidio/Kconfig
index fadafc64705f..467e8fa06904 100644
--- a/drivers/rapidio/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/rapidio/Kconfig
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ config RAPIDIO_CHMAN
This option includes RapidIO channelized messaging driver which
provides socket-like interface to allow sharing of single RapidIO
messaging mailbox between multiple user-space applications.
- See "Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.txt" for driver description.
+ See "Documentation/rapidio/rio_cm.rst" for driver description.
config RAPIDIO_MPORT_CDEV
tristate "RapidIO /dev mport device driver"
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 09/22] docs: block: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Paolo Valente, Jens Axboe, linux-block
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the block documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
.../admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 8 +-
.../{bfq-iosched.txt => bfq-iosched.rst} | 66 ++--
.../block/{biodoc.txt => biodoc.rst} | 364 +++++++++++-------
.../block/{biovecs.txt => biovecs.rst} | 20 +-
.../block/{capability.txt => capability.rst} | 17 +-
...ne-partition.txt => cmdline-partition.rst} | 13 +-
...{data-integrity.txt => data-integrity.rst} | 60 +--
...dline-iosched.txt => deadline-iosched.rst} | 21 +-
Documentation/block/index.rst | 25 ++
.../block/{ioprio.txt => ioprio.rst} | 95 +++--
.../{kyber-iosched.txt => kyber-iosched.rst} | 3 +-
.../block/{null_blk.txt => null_blk.rst} | 65 +++-
Documentation/block/{pr.txt => pr.rst} | 18 +-
.../{queue-sysfs.txt => queue-sysfs.rst} | 7 +-
.../block/{request.txt => request.rst} | 47 ++-
Documentation/block/{stat.txt => stat.rst} | 13 +-
...witching-sched.txt => switching-sched.rst} | 28 +-
...ontrol.txt => writeback_cache_control.rst} | 12 +-
Documentation/blockdev/zram.rst | 2 +-
MAINTAINERS | 2 +-
block/Kconfig | 2 +-
block/Kconfig.iosched | 2 +-
block/bfq-iosched.c | 2 +-
block/blk-integrity.c | 2 +-
block/ioprio.c | 2 +-
block/mq-deadline.c | 2 +-
block/partitions/cmdline.c | 2 +-
27 files changed, 550 insertions(+), 350 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/block/{bfq-iosched.txt => bfq-iosched.rst} (95%)
rename Documentation/block/{biodoc.txt => biodoc.rst} (83%)
rename Documentation/block/{biovecs.txt => biovecs.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/block/{capability.txt => capability.rst} (40%)
rename Documentation/block/{cmdline-partition.txt => cmdline-partition.rst} (92%)
rename Documentation/block/{data-integrity.txt => data-integrity.rst} (91%)
rename Documentation/block/{deadline-iosched.txt => deadline-iosched.rst} (89%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/block/index.rst
rename Documentation/block/{ioprio.txt => ioprio.rst} (75%)
rename Documentation/block/{kyber-iosched.txt => kyber-iosched.rst} (86%)
rename Documentation/block/{null_blk.txt => null_blk.rst} (60%)
rename Documentation/block/{pr.txt => pr.rst} (93%)
rename Documentation/block/{queue-sysfs.txt => queue-sysfs.rst} (99%)
rename Documentation/block/{request.txt => request.rst} (59%)
rename Documentation/block/{stat.txt => stat.rst} (89%)
rename Documentation/block/{switching-sched.txt => switching-sched.rst} (67%)
rename Documentation/block/{writeback_cache_control.txt => writeback_cache_control.rst} (94%)
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index a15295e180fe..d11b8a745897 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
blkdevparts= Manual partition parsing of block device(s) for
embedded devices based on command line input.
- See Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt
+ See Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.rst
boot_delay= Milliseconds to delay each printk during boot.
Values larger than 10 seconds (10000) are changed to
@@ -1199,9 +1199,9 @@
elevator= [IOSCHED]
Format: { "mq-deadline" | "kyber" | "bfq" }
- See Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt,
- Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt and
- Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt for details.
+ See Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.rst,
+ Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.rst and
+ Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst for details.
elfcorehdr=[size[KMG]@]offset[KMG] [IA64,PPC,SH,X86,S390]
Specifies physical address of start of kernel core
diff --git a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
similarity index 95%
rename from Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
rename to Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
index b2265cf6c9c3..3fd9e8029347 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
+==========================
BFQ (Budget Fair Queueing)
==========================
BFQ is a proportional-share I/O scheduler, with some extra
low-latency capabilities. In addition to cgroups support (blkio or io
controllers), BFQ's main features are:
+
- BFQ guarantees a high system and application responsiveness, and a
low latency for time-sensitive applications, such as audio or video
players;
@@ -55,18 +57,18 @@ sustainable throughputs, on the same systems as above:
BFQ works for multi-queue devices too.
-The table of contents follow. Impatients can just jump to Section 3.
+.. The table of contents follow. Impatients can just jump to Section 3.
-CONTENTS
+.. CONTENTS
-1. When may BFQ be useful?
- 1-1 Personal systems
- 1-2 Server systems
-2. How does BFQ work?
-3. What are BFQ's tunables and how to properly configure BFQ?
-4. BFQ group scheduling
- 4-1 Service guarantees provided
- 4-2 Interface
+ 1. When may BFQ be useful?
+ 1-1 Personal systems
+ 1-2 Server systems
+ 2. How does BFQ work?
+ 3. What are BFQ's tunables and how to properly configure BFQ?
+ 4. BFQ group scheduling
+ 4-1 Service guarantees provided
+ 4-2 Interface
1. When may BFQ be useful?
==========================
@@ -77,17 +79,20 @@ BFQ provides the following benefits on personal and server systems.
--------------------
Low latency for interactive applications
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Regardless of the actual background workload, BFQ guarantees that, for
interactive tasks, the storage device is virtually as responsive as if
it was idle. For example, even if one or more of the following
background workloads are being executed:
+
- one or more large files are being read, written or copied,
- a tree of source files is being compiled,
- one or more virtual machines are performing I/O,
- a software update is in progress,
- indexing daemons are scanning filesystems and updating their
databases,
+
starting an application or loading a file from within an application
takes about the same time as if the storage device was idle. As a
comparison, with CFQ, NOOP or DEADLINE, and in the same conditions,
@@ -95,13 +100,14 @@ applications experience high latencies, or even become unresponsive
until the background workload terminates (also on SSDs).
Low latency for soft real-time applications
-
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Also soft real-time applications, such as audio and video
players/streamers, enjoy a low latency and a low drop rate, regardless
of the background I/O workload. As a consequence, these applications
do not suffer from almost any glitch due to the background workload.
Higher speed for code-development tasks
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
If some additional workload happens to be executed in parallel, then
BFQ executes the I/O-related components of typical code-development
@@ -109,6 +115,7 @@ tasks (compilation, checkout, merge, ...) much more quickly than CFQ,
NOOP or DEADLINE.
High throughput
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
On hard disks, BFQ achieves up to 30% higher throughput than CFQ, and
up to 150% higher throughput than DEADLINE and NOOP, with all the
@@ -117,6 +124,7 @@ and with all the workloads on flash-based devices, BFQ achieves,
instead, about the same throughput as the other schedulers.
Strong fairness, bandwidth and delay guarantees
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BFQ distributes the device throughput, and not just the device time,
among I/O-bound applications in proportion their weights, with any
@@ -133,15 +141,15 @@ Most benefits for server systems follow from the same service
properties as above. In particular, regardless of whether additional,
possibly heavy workloads are being served, BFQ guarantees:
-. audio and video-streaming with zero or very low jitter and drop
+* audio and video-streaming with zero or very low jitter and drop
rate;
-. fast retrieval of WEB pages and embedded objects;
+* fast retrieval of WEB pages and embedded objects;
-. real-time recording of data in live-dumping applications (e.g.,
+* real-time recording of data in live-dumping applications (e.g.,
packet logging);
-. responsiveness in local and remote access to a server.
+* responsiveness in local and remote access to a server.
2. How does BFQ work?
@@ -151,7 +159,7 @@ BFQ is a proportional-share I/O scheduler, whose general structure,
plus a lot of code, are borrowed from CFQ.
- Each process doing I/O on a device is associated with a weight and a
- (bfq_)queue.
+ `(bfq_)queue`.
- BFQ grants exclusive access to the device, for a while, to one queue
(process) at a time, and implements this service model by
@@ -540,11 +548,12 @@ created, and kept up-to-date by bfq, depends on whether
CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is set. If it is set, then bfq creates all
the stat files documented in
Documentation/cgroup-v1/blkio-controller.rst. If, instead,
-CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is not set, then bfq creates only the files
-blkio.bfq.io_service_bytes
-blkio.bfq.io_service_bytes_recursive
-blkio.bfq.io_serviced
-blkio.bfq.io_serviced_recursive
+CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is not set, then bfq creates only the files::
+
+ blkio.bfq.io_service_bytes
+ blkio.bfq.io_service_bytes_recursive
+ blkio.bfq.io_serviced
+ blkio.bfq.io_serviced_recursive
The value of CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP greatly influences the maximum
throughput sustainable with bfq, because updating the blkio.bfq.*
@@ -567,17 +576,22 @@ weight of the queues associated with interactive and soft real-time
applications. Unset this tunable if you need/want to control weights.
-[1] P. Valente, A. Avanzini, "Evolution of the BFQ Storage I/O
+[1]
+ P. Valente, A. Avanzini, "Evolution of the BFQ Storage I/O
Scheduler", Proceedings of the First Workshop on Mobile System
Technologies (MST-2015), May 2015.
+
http://algogroup.unimore.it/people/paolo/disk_sched/mst-2015.pdf
-[2] P. Valente and M. Andreolini, "Improving Application
+[2]
+ P. Valente and M. Andreolini, "Improving Application
Responsiveness with the BFQ Disk I/O Scheduler", Proceedings of
the 5th Annual International Systems and Storage Conference
(SYSTOR '12), June 2012.
+
Slightly extended version:
- http://algogroup.unimore.it/people/paolo/disk_sched/bfq-v1-suite-
- results.pdf
-[3] https://github.com/Algodev-github/S
+ http://algogroup.unimore.it/people/paolo/disk_sched/bfq-v1-suite-results.pdf
+
+[3]
+ https://github.com/Algodev-github/S
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.rst
similarity index 83%
rename from Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
rename to Documentation/block/biodoc.rst
index ac504de0cb93..59bd93bec8fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.rst
@@ -1,15 +1,24 @@
- Notes on the Generic Block Layer Rewrite in Linux 2.5
- =====================================================
+=====================================================
+Notes on the Generic Block Layer Rewrite in Linux 2.5
+=====================================================
+
+.. note::
+
+ It seems that there are lot of outdated stuff here. This seems
+ to be written somewhat as a task list. Yet, eventually, something
+ here might still be useful.
Notes Written on Jan 15, 2002:
- Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
- Suparna Bhattacharya <suparna@in.ibm.com>
+ - Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
+ - Suparna Bhattacharya <suparna@in.ibm.com>
Last Updated May 2, 2002
+
September 2003: Updated I/O Scheduler portions
- Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
+ - Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
-Introduction:
+Introduction
+============
These are some notes describing some aspects of the 2.5 block layer in the
context of the bio rewrite. The idea is to bring out some of the key
@@ -17,11 +26,11 @@ changes and a glimpse of the rationale behind those changes.
Please mail corrections & suggestions to suparna@in.ibm.com.
-Credits:
----------
+Credits
+=======
2.5 bio rewrite:
- Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
+ - Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Many aspects of the generic block layer redesign were driven by and evolved
over discussions, prior patches and the collective experience of several
@@ -29,62 +38,63 @@ people. See sections 8 and 9 for a list of some related references.
The following people helped with review comments and inputs for this
document:
- Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
- Arjan van de Ven <arjanv@redhat.com>
- Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
- Andre Hedrick <andre@linux-ide.org>
+
+ - Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
+ - Arjan van de Ven <arjanv@redhat.com>
+ - Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
+ - Andre Hedrick <andre@linux-ide.org>
The following people helped with fixes/contributions to the bio patches
while it was still work-in-progress:
- David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com>
+ - David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com>
-Description of Contents:
-------------------------
-1. Scope for tuning of logic to various needs
- 1.1 Tuning based on device or low level driver capabilities
+.. Description of Contents:
+
+ 1. Scope for tuning of logic to various needs
+ 1.1 Tuning based on device or low level driver capabilities
- Per-queue parameters
- Highmem I/O support
- I/O scheduler modularization
- 1.2 Tuning based on high level requirements/capabilities
+ 1.2 Tuning based on high level requirements/capabilities
1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency
- 1.3 Direct access/bypass to lower layers for diagnostics and special
- device operations
+ 1.3 Direct access/bypass to lower layers for diagnostics and special
+ device operations
1.3.1 Pre-built commands
-2. New flexible and generic but minimalist i/o structure or descriptor
- (instead of using buffer heads at the i/o layer)
- 2.1 Requirements/Goals addressed
- 2.2 The bio struct in detail (multi-page io unit)
- 2.3 Changes in the request structure
-3. Using bios
- 3.1 Setup/teardown (allocation, splitting)
- 3.2 Generic bio helper routines
- 3.2.1 Traversing segments and completion units in a request
- 3.2.2 Setting up DMA scatterlists
- 3.2.3 I/O completion
- 3.2.4 Implications for drivers that do not interpret bios (don't handle
- multiple segments)
- 3.3 I/O submission
-4. The I/O scheduler
-5. Scalability related changes
- 5.1 Granular locking: Removal of io_request_lock
- 5.2 Prepare for transition to 64 bit sector_t
-6. Other Changes/Implications
- 6.1 Partition re-mapping handled by the generic block layer
-7. A few tips on migration of older drivers
-8. A list of prior/related/impacted patches/ideas
-9. Other References/Discussion Threads
+ 2. New flexible and generic but minimalist i/o structure or descriptor
+ (instead of using buffer heads at the i/o layer)
+ 2.1 Requirements/Goals addressed
+ 2.2 The bio struct in detail (multi-page io unit)
+ 2.3 Changes in the request structure
+ 3. Using bios
+ 3.1 Setup/teardown (allocation, splitting)
+ 3.2 Generic bio helper routines
+ 3.2.1 Traversing segments and completion units in a request
+ 3.2.2 Setting up DMA scatterlists
+ 3.2.3 I/O completion
+ 3.2.4 Implications for drivers that do not interpret bios (don't handle
+ multiple segments)
+ 3.3 I/O submission
+ 4. The I/O scheduler
+ 5. Scalability related changes
+ 5.1 Granular locking: Removal of io_request_lock
+ 5.2 Prepare for transition to 64 bit sector_t
+ 6. Other Changes/Implications
+ 6.1 Partition re-mapping handled by the generic block layer
+ 7. A few tips on migration of older drivers
+ 8. A list of prior/related/impacted patches/ideas
+ 9. Other References/Discussion Threads
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bio Notes
---------
+=========
Let us discuss the changes in the context of how some overall goals for the
block layer are addressed.
1. Scope for tuning the generic logic to satisfy various requirements
+=====================================================================
The block layer design supports adaptable abstractions to handle common
processing with the ability to tune the logic to an appropriate extent
@@ -97,6 +107,7 @@ and application/middleware software designed to take advantage of these
capabilities.
1.1 Tuning based on low level device / driver capabilities
+----------------------------------------------------------
Sophisticated devices with large built-in caches, intelligent i/o scheduling
optimizations, high memory DMA support, etc may find some of the
@@ -133,12 +144,12 @@ Some new queue property settings:
Sets two variables that limit the size of the request.
- The request queue's max_sectors, which is a soft size in
- units of 512 byte sectors, and could be dynamically varied
- by the core kernel.
+ units of 512 byte sectors, and could be dynamically varied
+ by the core kernel.
- The request queue's max_hw_sectors, which is a hard limit
- and reflects the maximum size request a driver can handle
- in units of 512 byte sectors.
+ and reflects the maximum size request a driver can handle
+ in units of 512 byte sectors.
The default for both max_sectors and max_hw_sectors is
255. The upper limit of max_sectors is 1024.
@@ -234,6 +245,7 @@ I/O scheduler wrappers are to be used instead of accessing the queue directly.
See section 4. The I/O scheduler for details.
1.2 Tuning Based on High level code capabilities
+------------------------------------------------
i. Application capabilities for raw i/o
@@ -258,9 +270,11 @@ would need an additional mechanism either via open flags or ioctls, or some
other upper level mechanism to communicate such settings to block.
1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-Todo/Under discussion:
-Arjan's proposed request priority scheme allows higher levels some broad
+Todo/Under discussion::
+
+ Arjan's proposed request priority scheme allows higher levels some broad
control (high/med/low) over the priority of an i/o request vs other pending
requests in the queue. For example it allows reads for bringing in an
executable page on demand to be given a higher priority over pending write
@@ -272,7 +286,9 @@ Arjan's proposed request priority scheme allows higher levels some broad
1.3 Direct Access to Low level Device/Driver Capabilities (Bypass mode)
- (e.g Diagnostics, Systems Management)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+(e.g Diagnostics, Systems Management)
There are situations where high-level code needs to have direct access to
the low level device capabilities or requires the ability to issue commands
@@ -308,28 +324,32 @@ involved. In the latter case, the driver would modify and manage the
request->buffer, request->sector and request->nr_sectors or
request->current_nr_sectors fields itself rather than using the block layer
end_request or end_that_request_first completion interfaces.
-(See 2.3 or Documentation/block/request.txt for a brief explanation of
+(See 2.3 or Documentation/block/request.rst for a brief explanation of
the request structure fields)
-[TBD: end_that_request_last should be usable even in this case;
-Perhaps an end_that_direct_request_first routine could be implemented to make
-handling direct requests easier for such drivers; Also for drivers that
-expect bios, a helper function could be provided for setting up a bio
-corresponding to a data buffer]
+::
-<JENS: I dont understand the above, why is end_that_request_first() not
-usable? Or _last for that matter. I must be missing something>
-<SUP: What I meant here was that if the request doesn't have a bio, then
- end_that_request_first doesn't modify nr_sectors or current_nr_sectors,
- and hence can't be used for advancing request state settings on the
- completion of partial transfers. The driver has to modify these fields
- directly by hand.
- This is because end_that_request_first only iterates over the bio list,
- and always returns 0 if there are none associated with the request.
- _last works OK in this case, and is not a problem, as I mentioned earlier
->
+ [TBD: end_that_request_last should be usable even in this case;
+ Perhaps an end_that_direct_request_first routine could be implemented to make
+ handling direct requests easier for such drivers; Also for drivers that
+ expect bios, a helper function could be provided for setting up a bio
+ corresponding to a data buffer]
+
+ <JENS: I dont understand the above, why is end_that_request_first() not
+ usable? Or _last for that matter. I must be missing something>
+
+ <SUP: What I meant here was that if the request doesn't have a bio, then
+ end_that_request_first doesn't modify nr_sectors or current_nr_sectors,
+ and hence can't be used for advancing request state settings on the
+ completion of partial transfers. The driver has to modify these fields
+ directly by hand.
+ This is because end_that_request_first only iterates over the bio list,
+ and always returns 0 if there are none associated with the request.
+ _last works OK in this case, and is not a problem, as I mentioned earlier
+ >
1.3.1 Pre-built Commands
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
A request can be created with a pre-built custom command to be sent directly
to the device. The cmd block in the request structure has room for filling
@@ -360,9 +380,11 @@ Aside:
the pre-builder hook can be invoked there.
-2. Flexible and generic but minimalist i/o structure/descriptor.
+2. Flexible and generic but minimalist i/o structure/descriptor
+===============================================================
2.1 Reason for a new structure and requirements addressed
+---------------------------------------------------------
Prior to 2.5, buffer heads were used as the unit of i/o at the generic block
layer, and the low level request structure was associated with a chain of
@@ -378,26 +400,26 @@ which were generated for each such chunk.
The following were some of the goals and expectations considered in the
redesign of the block i/o data structure in 2.5.
-i. Should be appropriate as a descriptor for both raw and buffered i/o -
+1. Should be appropriate as a descriptor for both raw and buffered i/o -
avoid cache related fields which are irrelevant in the direct/page i/o path,
or filesystem block size alignment restrictions which may not be relevant
for raw i/o.
-ii. Ability to represent high-memory buffers (which do not have a virtual
+2. Ability to represent high-memory buffers (which do not have a virtual
address mapping in kernel address space).
-iii.Ability to represent large i/os w/o unnecessarily breaking them up (i.e
+3. Ability to represent large i/os w/o unnecessarily breaking them up (i.e
greater than PAGE_SIZE chunks in one shot)
-iv. At the same time, ability to retain independent identity of i/os from
+4. At the same time, ability to retain independent identity of i/os from
different sources or i/o units requiring individual completion (e.g. for
latency reasons)
-v. Ability to represent an i/o involving multiple physical memory segments
+5. Ability to represent an i/o involving multiple physical memory segments
(including non-page aligned page fragments, as specified via readv/writev)
without unnecessarily breaking it up, if the underlying device is capable of
handling it.
-vi. Preferably should be based on a memory descriptor structure that can be
+6. Preferably should be based on a memory descriptor structure that can be
passed around different types of subsystems or layers, maybe even
networking, without duplication or extra copies of data/descriptor fields
themselves in the process
-vii.Ability to handle the possibility of splits/merges as the structure passes
+7. Ability to handle the possibility of splits/merges as the structure passes
through layered drivers (lvm, md, evms), with minimal overhead.
The solution was to define a new structure (bio) for the block layer,
@@ -408,6 +430,7 @@ bh structure for buffered i/o, and in the case of raw/direct i/o kiobufs are
mapped to bio structures.
2.2 The bio struct
+------------------
The bio structure uses a vector representation pointing to an array of tuples
of <page, offset, len> to describe the i/o buffer, and has various other
@@ -417,34 +440,36 @@ performing the i/o.
Notice that this representation means that a bio has no virtual address
mapping at all (unlike buffer heads).
-struct bio_vec {
- struct page *bv_page;
- unsigned short bv_len;
- unsigned short bv_offset;
-};
+::
-/*
- * main unit of I/O for the block layer and lower layers (ie drivers)
- */
-struct bio {
- struct bio *bi_next; /* request queue link */
- struct block_device *bi_bdev; /* target device */
- unsigned long bi_flags; /* status, command, etc */
- unsigned long bi_opf; /* low bits: r/w, high: priority */
+ struct bio_vec {
+ struct page *bv_page;
+ unsigned short bv_len;
+ unsigned short bv_offset;
+ };
- unsigned int bi_vcnt; /* how may bio_vec's */
- struct bvec_iter bi_iter; /* current index into bio_vec array */
+ /*
+ * main unit of I/O for the block layer and lower layers (ie drivers)
+ */
+ struct bio {
+ struct bio *bi_next; /* request queue link */
+ struct block_device *bi_bdev; /* target device */
+ unsigned long bi_flags; /* status, command, etc */
+ unsigned long bi_opf; /* low bits: r/w, high: priority */
- unsigned int bi_size; /* total size in bytes */
- unsigned short bi_phys_segments; /* segments after physaddr coalesce*/
- unsigned short bi_hw_segments; /* segments after DMA remapping */
- unsigned int bi_max; /* max bio_vecs we can hold
- used as index into pool */
- struct bio_vec *bi_io_vec; /* the actual vec list */
- bio_end_io_t *bi_end_io; /* bi_end_io (bio) */
- atomic_t bi_cnt; /* pin count: free when it hits zero */
- void *bi_private;
-};
+ unsigned int bi_vcnt; /* how may bio_vec's */
+ struct bvec_iter bi_iter; /* current index into bio_vec array */
+
+ unsigned int bi_size; /* total size in bytes */
+ unsigned short bi_phys_segments; /* segments after physaddr coalesce*/
+ unsigned short bi_hw_segments; /* segments after DMA remapping */
+ unsigned int bi_max; /* max bio_vecs we can hold
+ used as index into pool */
+ struct bio_vec *bi_io_vec; /* the actual vec list */
+ bio_end_io_t *bi_end_io; /* bi_end_io (bio) */
+ atomic_t bi_cnt; /* pin count: free when it hits zero */
+ void *bi_private;
+ };
With this multipage bio design:
@@ -454,7 +479,7 @@ With this multipage bio design:
- Splitting of an i/o request across multiple devices (as in the case of
lvm or raid) is achieved by cloning the bio (where the clone points to
the same bi_io_vec array, but with the index and size accordingly modified)
-- A linked list of bios is used as before for unrelated merges (*) - this
+- A linked list of bios is used as before for unrelated merges [*]_ - this
avoids reallocs and makes independent completions easier to handle.
- Code that traverses the req list can find all the segments of a bio
by using rq_for_each_segment. This handles the fact that a request
@@ -463,10 +488,12 @@ With this multipage bio design:
field to keep track of the next bio_vec entry to process.
(e.g a 1MB bio_vec needs to be handled in max 128kB chunks for IDE)
[TBD: Should preferably also have a bi_voffset and bi_vlen to avoid modifying
- bi_offset an len fields]
+ bi_offset an len fields]
-(*) unrelated merges -- a request ends up containing two or more bios that
- didn't originate from the same place.
+.. [*]
+
+ unrelated merges -- a request ends up containing two or more bios that
+ didn't originate from the same place.
bi_end_io() i/o callback gets called on i/o completion of the entire bio.
@@ -484,10 +511,11 @@ which in turn means that only raw I/O uses it (direct i/o may not work
right now). The intent however is to enable clustering of pages etc to
become possible. The pagebuf abstraction layer from SGI also uses multi-page
bios, but that is currently not included in the stock development kernels.
-The same is true of Andrew Morton's work-in-progress multipage bio writeout
+The same is true of Andrew Morton's work-in-progress multipage bio writeout
and readahead patches.
2.3 Changes in the Request Structure
+------------------------------------
The request structure is the structure that gets passed down to low level
drivers. The block layer make_request function builds up a request structure,
@@ -500,11 +528,11 @@ request structure.
Only some relevant fields (mainly those which changed or may be referred
to in some of the discussion here) are listed below, not necessarily in
the order in which they occur in the structure (see include/linux/blkdev.h)
-Refer to Documentation/block/request.txt for details about all the request
+Refer to Documentation/block/request.rst for details about all the request
structure fields and a quick reference about the layers which are
-supposed to use or modify those fields.
+supposed to use or modify those fields::
-struct request {
+ struct request {
struct list_head queuelist; /* Not meant to be directly accessed by
the driver.
Used by q->elv_next_request_fn
@@ -549,11 +577,11 @@ struct request {
.
struct bio *bio, *biotail; /* bio list instead of bh */
struct request_list *rl;
-}
-
+ }
+
See the req_ops and req_flag_bits definitions for an explanation of the various
flags available. Some bits are used by the block layer or i/o scheduler.
-
+
The behaviour of the various sector counts are almost the same as before,
except that since we have multi-segment bios, current_nr_sectors refers
to the numbers of sectors in the current segment being processed which could
@@ -579,8 +607,10 @@ a driver needs to be careful about interoperation with the block layer helper
functions which the driver uses. (Section 1.3)
3. Using bios
+=============
3.1 Setup/Teardown
+------------------
There are routines for managing the allocation, and reference counting, and
freeing of bios (bio_alloc, bio_get, bio_put).
@@ -607,10 +637,13 @@ case of bio, these routines make use of the standard slab allocator.
The caller of bio_alloc is expected to taken certain steps to avoid
deadlocks, e.g. avoid trying to allocate more memory from the pool while
already holding memory obtained from the pool.
-[TBD: This is a potential issue, though a rare possibility
- in the bounce bio allocation that happens in the current code, since
- it ends up allocating a second bio from the same pool while
- holding the original bio ]
+
+::
+
+ [TBD: This is a potential issue, though a rare possibility
+ in the bounce bio allocation that happens in the current code, since
+ it ends up allocating a second bio from the same pool while
+ holding the original bio ]
Memory allocated from the pool should be released back within a limited
amount of time (in the case of bio, that would be after the i/o is completed).
@@ -636,14 +669,18 @@ same bio_vec_list). This would typically be used for splitting i/o requests
in lvm or md.
3.2 Generic bio helper Routines
+-------------------------------
3.2.1 Traversing segments and completion units in a request
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The macro rq_for_each_segment() should be used for traversing the bios
in the request list (drivers should avoid directly trying to do it
themselves). Using these helpers should also make it easier to cope
with block changes in the future.
+::
+
struct req_iterator iter;
rq_for_each_segment(bio_vec, rq, iter)
/* bio_vec is now current segment */
@@ -654,6 +691,7 @@ which don't make a distinction between segments and completion units would
need to be reorganized to support multi-segment bios.
3.2.2 Setting up DMA scatterlists
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The blk_rq_map_sg() helper routine would be used for setting up scatter
gather lists from a request, so a driver need not do it on its own.
@@ -684,6 +722,7 @@ of physical data segments in a request (i.e. the largest sized scatter list
a driver could handle)
3.2.3 I/O completion
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The existing generic block layer helper routines end_request,
end_that_request_first and end_that_request_last can be used for i/o
@@ -692,8 +731,10 @@ request can be kicked of) as before. With the introduction of multi-page
bio support, end_that_request_first requires an additional argument indicating
the number of sectors completed.
-3.2.4 Implications for drivers that do not interpret bios (don't handle
- multiple segments)
+3.2.4 Implications for drivers that do not interpret bios
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+(don't handle multiple segments)
Drivers that do not interpret bios e.g those which do not handle multiple
segments and do not support i/o into high memory addresses (require bounce
@@ -708,15 +749,18 @@ be used if only if the request has come down from block/bio path, not for
direct access requests which only specify rq->buffer without a valid rq->bio)
3.3 I/O Submission
+------------------
The routine submit_bio() is used to submit a single io. Higher level i/o
routines make use of this:
(a) Buffered i/o:
+
The routine submit_bh() invokes submit_bio() on a bio corresponding to the
bh, allocating the bio if required. ll_rw_block() uses submit_bh() as before.
(b) Kiobuf i/o (for raw/direct i/o):
+
The ll_rw_kio() routine breaks up the kiobuf into page sized chunks and
maps the array to one or more multi-page bios, issuing submit_bio() to
perform the i/o on each of these.
@@ -739,6 +783,7 @@ Todo/Observation:
(c) Page i/o:
+
Todo/Under discussion:
Andrew Morton's multi-page bio patches attempt to issue multi-page
@@ -754,6 +799,7 @@ Todo/Under discussion:
abstraction, but intended to be as lightweight as possible).
(d) Direct access i/o:
+
Direct access requests that do not contain bios would be submitted differently
as discussed earlier in section 1.3.
@@ -781,11 +827,13 @@ Aside:
4. The I/O scheduler
+====================
+
I/O scheduler, a.k.a. elevator, is implemented in two layers. Generic dispatch
queue and specific I/O schedulers. Unless stated otherwise, elevator is used
to refer to both parts and I/O scheduler to specific I/O schedulers.
-Block layer implements generic dispatch queue in block/*.c.
+Block layer implements generic dispatch queue in `block/*.c`.
The generic dispatch queue is responsible for requeueing, handling non-fs
requests and all other subtleties.
@@ -803,8 +851,11 @@ doesn't implement a function, the switch does nothing or some minimal house
keeping work.
4.1. I/O scheduler API
+----------------------
The functions an elevator may implement are: (* are mandatory)
+
+=============================== ================================================
elevator_merge_fn called to query requests for merge with a bio
elevator_merge_req_fn called when two requests get merged. the one
@@ -863,8 +914,11 @@ elevator_deactivate_req_fn Called when device driver decides to delay
elevator_init_fn*
elevator_exit_fn Allocate and free any elevator specific storage
for a queue.
+=============================== ================================================
4.2 Request flows seen by I/O schedulers
+----------------------------------------
+
All requests seen by I/O schedulers strictly follow one of the following three
flows.
@@ -878,9 +932,12 @@ flows.
-> put_req_fn
4.3 I/O scheduler implementation
+--------------------------------
+
The generic i/o scheduler algorithm attempts to sort/merge/batch requests for
optimal disk scan and request servicing performance (based on generic
principles and device capabilities), optimized for:
+
i. improved throughput
ii. improved latency
iii. better utilization of h/w & CPU time
@@ -934,15 +991,19 @@ Aside:
a big request from the broken up pieces coming by.
4.4 I/O contexts
+----------------
+
I/O contexts provide a dynamically allocated per process data area. They may
be used in I/O schedulers, and in the block layer (could be used for IO statis,
-priorities for example). See *io_context in block/ll_rw_blk.c, and as-iosched.c
+priorities for example). See `*io_context` in block/ll_rw_blk.c, and as-iosched.c
for an example of usage in an i/o scheduler.
5. Scalability related changes
+==============================
5.1 Granular Locking: io_request_lock replaced by a per-queue lock
+------------------------------------------------------------------
The global io_request_lock has been removed as of 2.5, to avoid
the scalability bottleneck it was causing, and has been replaced by more
@@ -957,20 +1018,23 @@ request_fn execution which it means that lots of older drivers
should still be SMP safe. Drivers are free to drop the queue
lock themselves, if required. Drivers that explicitly used the
io_request_lock for serialization need to be modified accordingly.
-Usually it's as easy as adding a global lock:
+Usually it's as easy as adding a global lock::
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(my_driver_lock);
and passing the address to that lock to blk_init_queue().
5.2 64 bit sector numbers (sector_t prepares for 64 bit support)
+----------------------------------------------------------------
The sector number used in the bio structure has been changed to sector_t,
which could be defined as 64 bit in preparation for 64 bit sector support.
6. Other Changes/Implications
+=============================
6.1 Partition re-mapping handled by the generic block layer
+-----------------------------------------------------------
In 2.5 some of the gendisk/partition related code has been reorganized.
Now the generic block layer performs partition-remapping early and thus
@@ -985,6 +1049,7 @@ sent are offset from the beginning of the device.
7. A Few Tips on Migration of older drivers
+===========================================
Old-style drivers that just use CURRENT and ignores clustered requests,
may not need much change. The generic layer will automatically handle
@@ -1018,12 +1083,12 @@ blk_init_queue time.
Drivers no longer have to map a {partition, sector offset} into the
correct absolute location anymore, this is done by the block layer, so
-where a driver received a request ala this before:
+where a driver received a request ala this before::
rq->rq_dev = mk_kdev(3, 5); /* /dev/hda5 */
rq->sector = 0; /* first sector on hda5 */
- it will now see
+it will now see::
rq->rq_dev = mk_kdev(3, 0); /* /dev/hda */
rq->sector = 123128; /* offset from start of disk */
@@ -1040,38 +1105,65 @@ a bio into the virtual address space.
8. Prior/Related/Impacted patches
+=================================
8.1. Earlier kiobuf patches (sct/axboe/chait/hch/mkp)
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
- orig kiobuf & raw i/o patches (now in 2.4 tree)
- direct kiobuf based i/o to devices (no intermediate bh's)
- page i/o using kiobuf
- kiobuf splitting for lvm (mkp)
- elevator support for kiobuf request merging (axboe)
+
8.2. Zero-copy networking (Dave Miller)
+---------------------------------------
+
8.3. SGI XFS - pagebuf patches - use of kiobufs
+-----------------------------------------------
8.4. Multi-page pioent patch for bio (Christoph Hellwig)
+--------------------------------------------------------
8.5. Direct i/o implementation (Andrea Arcangeli) since 2.4.10-pre11
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
8.6. Async i/o implementation patch (Ben LaHaise)
+-------------------------------------------------
8.7. EVMS layering design (IBM EVMS team)
-8.8. Larger page cache size patch (Ben LaHaise) and
- Large page size (Daniel Phillips)
+-----------------------------------------
+8.8. Larger page cache size patch (Ben LaHaise) and Large page size (Daniel Phillips)
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
=> larger contiguous physical memory buffers
+
8.9. VM reservations patch (Ben LaHaise)
+----------------------------------------
8.10. Write clustering patches ? (Marcelo/Quintela/Riel ?)
+----------------------------------------------------------
8.11. Block device in page cache patch (Andrea Archangeli) - now in 2.4.10+
-8.12. Multiple block-size transfers for faster raw i/o (Shailabh Nagar,
- Badari)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+8.12. Multiple block-size transfers for faster raw i/o (Shailabh Nagar, Badari)
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.13 Priority based i/o scheduler - prepatches (Arjan van de Ven)
+------------------------------------------------------------------
8.14 IDE Taskfile i/o patch (Andre Hedrick)
+--------------------------------------------
8.15 Multi-page writeout and readahead patches (Andrew Morton)
+---------------------------------------------------------------
8.16 Direct i/o patches for 2.5 using kvec and bio (Badari Pulavarthy)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-9. Other References:
+9. Other References
+===================
+
+9.1 The Splice I/O Model
+------------------------
+
+Larry McVoy (and subsequent discussions on lkml, and Linus' comments - Jan 2001
+
+9.2 Discussions about kiobuf and bh design
+------------------------------------------
+
+On lkml between sct, linus, alan et al - Feb-March 2001 (many of the
+initial thoughts that led to bio were brought up in this discussion thread)
-9.1 The Splice I/O Model - Larry McVoy (and subsequent discussions on lkml,
-and Linus' comments - Jan 2001)
-9.2 Discussions about kiobuf and bh design on lkml between sct, linus, alan
-et al - Feb-March 2001 (many of the initial thoughts that led to bio were
-brought up in this discussion thread)
9.3 Discussions on mempool on lkml - Dec 2001.
-
+----------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt b/Documentation/block/biovecs.rst
similarity index 92%
rename from Documentation/block/biovecs.txt
rename to Documentation/block/biovecs.rst
index ce6eccaf5df7..86fa66c87172 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biovecs.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-
-Immutable biovecs and biovec iterators:
-=======================================
+======================================
+Immutable biovecs and biovec iterators
+======================================
Kent Overstreet <kmo@daterainc.com>
@@ -121,10 +121,12 @@ Other implications:
Usage of helpers:
=================
-* The following helpers whose names have the suffix of "_all" can only be used
-on non-BIO_CLONED bio. They are usually used by filesystem code. Drivers
-shouldn't use them because the bio may have been split before it reached the
-driver.
+* The following helpers whose names have the suffix of `_all` can only be used
+ on non-BIO_CLONED bio. They are usually used by filesystem code. Drivers
+ shouldn't use them because the bio may have been split before it reached the
+ driver.
+
+::
bio_for_each_segment_all()
bio_first_bvec_all()
@@ -132,13 +134,13 @@ driver.
bio_last_bvec_all()
* The following helpers iterate over single-page segment. The passed 'struct
-bio_vec' will contain a single-page IO vector during the iteration
+ bio_vec' will contain a single-page IO vector during the iteration::
bio_for_each_segment()
bio_for_each_segment_all()
* The following helpers iterate over multi-page bvec. The passed 'struct
-bio_vec' will contain a multi-page IO vector during the iteration
+ bio_vec' will contain a multi-page IO vector during the iteration::
bio_for_each_bvec()
rq_for_each_bvec()
diff --git a/Documentation/block/capability.txt b/Documentation/block/capability.rst
similarity index 40%
rename from Documentation/block/capability.txt
rename to Documentation/block/capability.rst
index 2f1729424ef4..2cf258d64bbe 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/capability.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/capability.rst
@@ -1,15 +1,18 @@
+===============================
Generic Block Device Capability
-===============================================================================
+===============================
+
This file documents the sysfs file block/<disk>/capability
capability is a hex word indicating which capabilities a specific disk
supports. For more information on bits not listed here, see
include/linux/genhd.h
-Capability Value
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-GENHD_FL_MEDIA_CHANGE_NOTIFY 4
- When this bit is set, the disk supports Asynchronous Notification
- of media change events. These events will be broadcast to user
- space via kernel uevent.
+GENHD_FL_MEDIA_CHANGE_NOTIFY
+----------------------------
+Value: 4
+
+When this bit is set, the disk supports Asynchronous Notification
+of media change events. These events will be broadcast to user
+space via kernel uevent.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt b/Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.rst
similarity index 92%
rename from Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt
rename to Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.rst
index 760a3f7c3ed4..530bedff548a 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+==============================================
Embedded device command line partition parsing
-=====================================================================
+==============================================
The "blkdevparts" command line option adds support for reading the
block device partition table from the kernel command line.
@@ -22,12 +23,15 @@ blkdevparts=<blkdev-def>[;<blkdev-def>]
<size>
partition size, in bytes, such as: 512, 1m, 1G.
size may contain an optional suffix of (upper or lower case):
+
K, M, G, T, P, E.
+
"-" is used to denote all remaining space.
<offset>
partition start address, in bytes.
offset may contain an optional suffix of (upper or lower case):
+
K, M, G, T, P, E.
(part-name)
@@ -36,11 +40,14 @@ blkdevparts=<blkdev-def>[;<blkdev-def>]
User space application can access partition by partition name.
Example:
+
eMMC disk names are "mmcblk0" and "mmcblk0boot0".
- bootargs:
+ bootargs::
+
'blkdevparts=mmcblk0:1G(data0),1G(data1),-;mmcblk0boot0:1m(boot),-(kernel)'
- dmesg:
+ dmesg::
+
mmcblk0: p1(data0) p2(data1) p3()
mmcblk0boot0: p1(boot) p2(kernel)
diff --git a/Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt b/Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst
similarity index 91%
rename from Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt
rename to Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst
index 934c44ea0c57..4f2452a95c43 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-1. INTRODUCTION
+==============
+Data Integrity
+==============
+
+1. Introduction
+===============
Modern filesystems feature checksumming of data and metadata to
protect against data corruption. However, the detection of the
@@ -28,8 +32,8 @@ integrity of the I/O and reject it if corruption is detected. This
allows not only corruption prevention but also isolation of the point
of failure.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-2. THE DATA INTEGRITY EXTENSIONS
+2. The Data Integrity Extensions
+================================
As written, the protocol extensions only protect the path between
controller and storage device. However, many controllers actually
@@ -75,8 +79,8 @@ Extensions. As these extensions are outside the scope of the protocol
bodies (T10, T13), Oracle and its partners are trying to standardize
them within the Storage Networking Industry Association.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-3. KERNEL CHANGES
+3. Kernel Changes
+=================
The data integrity framework in Linux enables protection information
to be pinned to I/Os and sent to/received from controllers that
@@ -123,10 +127,11 @@ access to manipulate the tags from user space. A passthrough
interface for this is being worked on.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-4. BLOCK LAYER IMPLEMENTATION DETAILS
+4. Block Layer Implementation Details
+=====================================
-4.1 BIO
+4.1 Bio
+-------
The data integrity patches add a new field to struct bio when
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INTEGRITY is enabled. bio_integrity(bio) returns a
@@ -145,7 +150,8 @@ attached using bio_integrity_add_page().
bio_free() will automatically free the bip.
-4.2 BLOCK DEVICE
+4.2 Block Device
+----------------
Because the format of the protection data is tied to the physical
disk, each block device has been extended with a block integrity
@@ -163,10 +169,11 @@ and MD linear, RAID0 and RAID1 are currently supported. RAID4/5/6
will require extra work due to the application tag.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.0 BLOCK LAYER INTEGRITY API
+5.0 Block Layer Integrity API
+=============================
-5.1 NORMAL FILESYSTEM
+5.1 Normal Filesystem
+---------------------
The normal filesystem is unaware that the underlying block device
is capable of sending/receiving integrity metadata. The IMD will
@@ -174,25 +181,26 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
in case of a WRITE. A READ request will cause the I/O integrity
to be verified upon completion.
- IMD generation and verification can be toggled using the
+ IMD generation and verification can be toggled using the::
/sys/block/<bdev>/integrity/write_generate
- and
+ and::
/sys/block/<bdev>/integrity/read_verify
flags.
-5.2 INTEGRITY-AWARE FILESYSTEM
+5.2 Integrity-Aware Filesystem
+------------------------------
A filesystem that is integrity-aware can prepare I/Os with IMD
attached. It can also use the application tag space if this is
supported by the block device.
- bool bio_integrity_prep(bio);
+ `bool bio_integrity_prep(bio);`
To generate IMD for WRITE and to set up buffers for READ, the
filesystem must call bio_integrity_prep(bio).
@@ -204,14 +212,15 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
Complete bio with error if prepare failed for some reson.
-5.3 PASSING EXISTING INTEGRITY METADATA
+5.3 Passing Existing Integrity Metadata
+---------------------------------------
Filesystems that either generate their own integrity metadata or
are capable of transferring IMD from user space can use the
following calls:
- struct bip * bio_integrity_alloc(bio, gfp_mask, nr_pages);
+ `struct bip * bio_integrity_alloc(bio, gfp_mask, nr_pages);`
Allocates the bio integrity payload and hangs it off of the bio.
nr_pages indicate how many pages of protection data need to be
@@ -220,7 +229,7 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
The integrity payload will be freed at bio_free() time.
- int bio_integrity_add_page(bio, page, len, offset);
+ `int bio_integrity_add_page(bio, page, len, offset);`
Attaches a page containing integrity metadata to an existing
bio. The bio must have an existing bip,
@@ -241,21 +250,21 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
integrity upon completion.
-5.4 REGISTERING A BLOCK DEVICE AS CAPABLE OF EXCHANGING INTEGRITY
- METADATA
+5.4 Registering A Block Device As Capable Of Exchanging Integrity Metadata
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
To enable integrity exchange on a block device the gendisk must be
registered as capable:
- int blk_integrity_register(gendisk, blk_integrity);
+ `int blk_integrity_register(gendisk, blk_integrity);`
The blk_integrity struct is a template and should contain the
- following:
+ following::
static struct blk_integrity my_profile = {
.name = "STANDARDSBODY-TYPE-VARIANT-CSUM",
.generate_fn = my_generate_fn,
- .verify_fn = my_verify_fn,
+ .verify_fn = my_verify_fn,
.tuple_size = sizeof(struct my_tuple_size),
.tag_size = <tag bytes per hw sector>,
};
@@ -278,4 +287,5 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
0 depending on the value of the Control Mode Page ATO bit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
2007-12-24 Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.rst
similarity index 89%
rename from Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt
rename to Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.rst
index 2d82c80322cb..9f5c5a4c370e 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+==============================
Deadline IO scheduler tunables
==============================
@@ -7,15 +8,13 @@ of interest to power users.
Selecting IO schedulers
-----------------------
-Refer to Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt for information on
+Refer to Documentation/block/switching-sched.rst for information on
selecting an io scheduler on a per-device basis.
-
-********************************************************************************
-
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
read_expire (in ms)
------------
+-----------------------
The goal of the deadline io scheduler is to attempt to guarantee a start
service time for a request. As we focus mainly on read latencies, this is
@@ -25,15 +24,15 @@ milliseconds.
write_expire (in ms)
------------
+-----------------------
Similar to read_expire mentioned above, but for writes.
fifo_batch (number of requests)
-----------
+------------------------------------
-Requests are grouped into ``batches'' of a particular data direction (read or
+Requests are grouped into ``batches`` of a particular data direction (read or
write) which are serviced in increasing sector order. To limit extra seeking,
deadline expiries are only checked between batches. fifo_batch controls the
maximum number of requests per batch.
@@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ generally improves throughput, at the cost of latency variation.
writes_starved (number of dispatches)
---------------
+--------------------------------------
When we have to move requests from the io scheduler queue to the block
device dispatch queue, we always give a preference to reads. However, we
@@ -56,7 +55,7 @@ same criteria as reads.
front_merges (bool)
-------------
+----------------------
Sometimes it happens that a request enters the io scheduler that is contiguous
with a request that is already on the queue. Either it fits in the back of that
@@ -71,5 +70,3 @@ rbtree front sector lookup when the io scheduler merge function is called.
Nov 11 2002, Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
-
-
diff --git a/Documentation/block/index.rst b/Documentation/block/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8cd226a0e86e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/block/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+:orphan:
+
+=====
+Block
+=====
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ bfq-iosched
+ biodoc
+ biovecs
+ capability
+ cmdline-partition
+ data-integrity
+ deadline-iosched
+ ioprio
+ kyber-iosched
+ null_blk
+ pr
+ queue-sysfs
+ request
+ stat
+ switching-sched
+ writeback_cache_control
diff --git a/Documentation/block/ioprio.txt b/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst
similarity index 75%
rename from Documentation/block/ioprio.txt
rename to Documentation/block/ioprio.rst
index 8ed8c59380b4..f72b0de65af7 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/ioprio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+===================
Block io priorities
===================
@@ -40,81 +41,81 @@ class data, since it doesn't really apply here.
Tools
-----
-See below for a sample ionice tool. Usage:
+See below for a sample ionice tool. Usage::
-# ionice -c<class> -n<level> -p<pid>
+ # ionice -c<class> -n<level> -p<pid>
If pid isn't given, the current process is assumed. IO priority settings
are inherited on fork, so you can use ionice to start the process at a given
-level:
+level::
-# ionice -c2 -n0 /bin/ls
+ # ionice -c2 -n0 /bin/ls
will run ls at the best-effort scheduling class at the highest priority.
-For a running process, you can give the pid instead:
+For a running process, you can give the pid instead::
-# ionice -c1 -n2 -p100
+ # ionice -c1 -n2 -p100
will change pid 100 to run at the realtime scheduling class, at priority 2.
----> snip ionice.c tool <---
+ionice.c tool::
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <getopt.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/ptrace.h>
-#include <asm/unistd.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <errno.h>
+ #include <getopt.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ #include <sys/ptrace.h>
+ #include <asm/unistd.h>
-extern int sys_ioprio_set(int, int, int);
-extern int sys_ioprio_get(int, int);
+ extern int sys_ioprio_set(int, int, int);
+ extern int sys_ioprio_get(int, int);
-#if defined(__i386__)
-#define __NR_ioprio_set 289
-#define __NR_ioprio_get 290
-#elif defined(__ppc__)
-#define __NR_ioprio_set 273
-#define __NR_ioprio_get 274
-#elif defined(__x86_64__)
-#define __NR_ioprio_set 251
-#define __NR_ioprio_get 252
-#elif defined(__ia64__)
-#define __NR_ioprio_set 1274
-#define __NR_ioprio_get 1275
-#else
-#error "Unsupported arch"
-#endif
+ #if defined(__i386__)
+ #define __NR_ioprio_set 289
+ #define __NR_ioprio_get 290
+ #elif defined(__ppc__)
+ #define __NR_ioprio_set 273
+ #define __NR_ioprio_get 274
+ #elif defined(__x86_64__)
+ #define __NR_ioprio_set 251
+ #define __NR_ioprio_get 252
+ #elif defined(__ia64__)
+ #define __NR_ioprio_set 1274
+ #define __NR_ioprio_get 1275
+ #else
+ #error "Unsupported arch"
+ #endif
-static inline int ioprio_set(int which, int who, int ioprio)
-{
+ static inline int ioprio_set(int which, int who, int ioprio)
+ {
return syscall(__NR_ioprio_set, which, who, ioprio);
-}
+ }
-static inline int ioprio_get(int which, int who)
-{
+ static inline int ioprio_get(int which, int who)
+ {
return syscall(__NR_ioprio_get, which, who);
-}
+ }
-enum {
+ enum {
IOPRIO_CLASS_NONE,
IOPRIO_CLASS_RT,
IOPRIO_CLASS_BE,
IOPRIO_CLASS_IDLE,
-};
+ };
-enum {
+ enum {
IOPRIO_WHO_PROCESS = 1,
IOPRIO_WHO_PGRP,
IOPRIO_WHO_USER,
-};
+ };
-#define IOPRIO_CLASS_SHIFT 13
+ #define IOPRIO_CLASS_SHIFT 13
-const char *to_prio[] = { "none", "realtime", "best-effort", "idle", };
+ const char *to_prio[] = { "none", "realtime", "best-effort", "idle", };
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
+ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+ {
int ioprio = 4, set = 0, ioprio_class = IOPRIO_CLASS_BE;
int c, pid = 0;
@@ -175,9 +176,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
}
return 0;
-}
-
----> snip ionice.c tool <---
+ }
March 11 2005, Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.rst
similarity index 86%
rename from Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt
rename to Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.rst
index e94feacd7edc..3e164dd0617c 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+============================
Kyber I/O scheduler tunables
-===========================
+============================
The only two tunables for the Kyber scheduler are the target latencies for
reads and synchronous writes. Kyber will throttle requests in order to meet
diff --git a/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt b/Documentation/block/null_blk.rst
similarity index 60%
rename from Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
rename to Documentation/block/null_blk.rst
index 41f0a3d33bbd..31451d80783c 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/null_blk.rst
@@ -1,33 +1,43 @@
+========================
Null block device driver
-================================================================================
+========================
-I. Overview
+1. Overview
+===========
The null block device (/dev/nullb*) is used for benchmarking the various
block-layer implementations. It emulates a block device of X gigabytes in size.
The following instances are possible:
Single-queue block-layer
+
- Request-based.
- Single submission queue per device.
- Implements IO scheduling algorithms (CFQ, Deadline, noop).
+
Multi-queue block-layer
+
- Request-based.
- Configurable submission queues per device.
+
No block-layer (Known as bio-based)
+
- Bio-based. IO requests are submitted directly to the device driver.
- Directly accepts bio data structure and returns them.
All of them have a completion queue for each core in the system.
-II. Module parameters applicable for all instances:
+2. Module parameters applicable for all instances
+=================================================
queue_mode=[0-2]: Default: 2-Multi-queue
Selects which block-layer the module should instantiate with.
- 0: Bio-based.
- 1: Single-queue.
- 2: Multi-queue.
+ = ============
+ 0 Bio-based
+ 1 Single-queue
+ 2 Multi-queue
+ = ============
home_node=[0--nr_nodes]: Default: NUMA_NO_NODE
Selects what CPU node the data structures are allocated from.
@@ -45,12 +55,14 @@ nr_devices=[Number of devices]: Default: 1
irqmode=[0-2]: Default: 1-Soft-irq
The completion mode used for completing IOs to the block-layer.
- 0: None.
- 1: Soft-irq. Uses IPI to complete IOs across CPU nodes. Simulates the overhead
+ = ===========================================================================
+ 0 None.
+ 1 Soft-irq. Uses IPI to complete IOs across CPU nodes. Simulates the overhead
when IOs are issued from another CPU node than the home the device is
connected to.
- 2: Timer: Waits a specific period (completion_nsec) for each IO before
+ 2 Timer: Waits a specific period (completion_nsec) for each IO before
completion.
+ = ===========================================================================
completion_nsec=[ns]: Default: 10,000ns
Combined with irqmode=2 (timer). The time each completion event must wait.
@@ -66,30 +78,45 @@ hw_queue_depth=[0..qdepth]: Default: 64
III: Multi-queue specific parameters
use_per_node_hctx=[0/1]: Default: 0
- 0: The number of submit queues are set to the value of the submit_queues
+
+ = =====================================================================
+ 0 The number of submit queues are set to the value of the submit_queues
parameter.
- 1: The multi-queue block layer is instantiated with a hardware dispatch
+ 1 The multi-queue block layer is instantiated with a hardware dispatch
queue for each CPU node in the system.
+ = =====================================================================
no_sched=[0/1]: Default: 0
- 0: nullb* use default blk-mq io scheduler.
- 1: nullb* doesn't use io scheduler.
+
+ = ======================================
+ 0 nullb* use default blk-mq io scheduler
+ 1 nullb* doesn't use io scheduler
+ = ======================================
blocking=[0/1]: Default: 0
- 0: Register as a non-blocking blk-mq driver device.
- 1: Register as a blocking blk-mq driver device, null_blk will set
+
+ = ===============================================================
+ 0 Register as a non-blocking blk-mq driver device.
+ 1 Register as a blocking blk-mq driver device, null_blk will set
the BLK_MQ_F_BLOCKING flag, indicating that it sometimes/always
needs to block in its ->queue_rq() function.
+ = ===============================================================
shared_tags=[0/1]: Default: 0
- 0: Tag set is not shared.
- 1: Tag set shared between devices for blk-mq. Only makes sense with
+
+ = ================================================================
+ 0 Tag set is not shared.
+ 1 Tag set shared between devices for blk-mq. Only makes sense with
nr_devices > 1, otherwise there's no tag set to share.
+ = ================================================================
zoned=[0/1]: Default: 0
- 0: Block device is exposed as a random-access block device.
- 1: Block device is exposed as a host-managed zoned block device. Requires
+
+ = ======================================================================
+ 0 Block device is exposed as a random-access block device.
+ 1 Block device is exposed as a host-managed zoned block device. Requires
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ZONED.
+ = ======================================================================
zone_size=[MB]: Default: 256
Per zone size when exposed as a zoned block device. Must be a power of two.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/pr.txt b/Documentation/block/pr.rst
similarity index 93%
rename from Documentation/block/pr.txt
rename to Documentation/block/pr.rst
index ac9b8e70e64b..30ea1c2e39eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/pr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/pr.rst
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-
+===============================================
Block layer support for Persistent Reservations
===============================================
@@ -23,22 +23,18 @@ The following types of reservations are supported:
--------------------------------------------------
- PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE
-
Only the initiator that owns the reservation can write to the
device. Any initiator can read from the device.
- PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS
-
Only the initiator that owns the reservation can access the
device.
- PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE_REG_ONLY
-
Only initiators with a registered key can write to the device,
Any initiator can read from the device.
- PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS_REG_ONLY
-
Only initiators with a registered key can access the device.
- PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE_ALL_REGS
@@ -48,21 +44,21 @@ The following types of reservations are supported:
All initiators with a registered key are considered reservation
holders.
Please reference the SPC spec on the meaning of a reservation
- holder if you want to use this type.
+ holder if you want to use this type.
- PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS_ALL_REGS
-
Only initiators with a registered key can access the device.
All initiators with a registered key are considered reservation
holders.
Please reference the SPC spec on the meaning of a reservation
- holder if you want to use this type.
+ holder if you want to use this type.
The following ioctl are supported:
----------------------------------
1. IOC_PR_REGISTER
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
This ioctl command registers a new reservation if the new_key argument
is non-null. If no existing reservation exists old_key must be zero,
@@ -74,6 +70,7 @@ in old_key.
2. IOC_PR_RESERVE
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
This ioctl command reserves the device and thus restricts access for other
devices based on the type argument. The key argument must be the existing
@@ -82,12 +79,14 @@ IOC_PR_REGISTER_IGNORE, IOC_PR_PREEMPT or IOC_PR_PREEMPT_ABORT commands.
3. IOC_PR_RELEASE
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
This ioctl command releases the reservation specified by key and flags
and thus removes any access restriction implied by it.
4. IOC_PR_PREEMPT
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
This ioctl command releases the existing reservation referred to by
old_key and replaces it with a new reservation of type for the
@@ -95,11 +94,13 @@ reservation key new_key.
5. IOC_PR_PREEMPT_ABORT
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
This ioctl command works like IOC_PR_PREEMPT except that it also aborts
any outstanding command sent over a connection identified by old_key.
6. IOC_PR_CLEAR
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
This ioctl command unregisters both key and any other reservation key
registered with the device and drops any existing reservation.
@@ -111,7 +112,6 @@ Flags
All the ioctls have a flag field. Currently only one flag is supported:
- PR_FL_IGNORE_KEY
-
Ignore the existing reservation key. This is commonly supported for
IOC_PR_REGISTER, and some implementation may support the flag for
IOC_PR_RESERVE.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt
rename to Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.rst
index 83b457e24bba..9022249208b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+=================
Queue sysfs files
=================
@@ -10,7 +11,7 @@ Files denoted with a RO postfix are readonly and the RW postfix means
read-write.
add_random (RW)
-----------------
+---------------
This file allows to turn off the disk entropy contribution. Default
value of this file is '1'(on).
@@ -21,13 +22,13 @@ used by CPU-addressable storage to bypass the pagecache. It shows '1'
if true, '0' if not.
discard_granularity (RO)
------------------------
+------------------------
This shows the size of internal allocation of the device in bytes, if
reported by the device. A value of '0' means device does not support
the discard functionality.
discard_max_hw_bytes (RO)
-----------------------
+-------------------------
Devices that support discard functionality may have internal limits on
the number of bytes that can be trimmed or unmapped in a single operation.
The discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver to the maximum
diff --git a/Documentation/block/request.txt b/Documentation/block/request.rst
similarity index 59%
rename from Documentation/block/request.txt
rename to Documentation/block/request.rst
index 754e104ed369..747021e1ffdb 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/request.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/request.rst
@@ -1,26 +1,37 @@
-
+============================
struct request documentation
+============================
Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> 27/05/02
-1.0
-Index
-2.0 Struct request members classification
+.. FIXME:
+ No idea about what does mean - seems just some noise, so comment it
- 2.1 struct request members explanation
+ 1.0
+ Index
+
+ 2.0 Struct request members classification
+
+ 2.1 struct request members explanation
+
+ 3.0
+
+
+ 2.0
-3.0
-2.0
Short explanation of request members
+====================================
Classification flags:
+ = ====================
D driver member
B block layer member
I I/O scheduler member
+ = ====================
Unless an entry contains a D classification, a device driver must not access
this member. Some members may contain D classifications, but should only be
@@ -28,14 +39,13 @@ access through certain macros or functions (eg ->flags).
<linux/blkdev.h>
-2.1
+=============================== ======= =======================================
Member Flag Comment
------- ---- -------
-
+=============================== ======= =======================================
struct list_head queuelist BI Organization on various internal
queues
-void *elevator_private I I/O scheduler private data
+``void *elevator_private`` I I/O scheduler private data
unsigned char cmd[16] D Driver can use this for setting up
a cdb before execution, see
@@ -71,18 +81,19 @@ unsigned int hard_cur_sectors B Used to keep current_nr_sectors sane
int tag DB TCQ tag, if assigned
-void *special D Free to be used by driver
+``void *special`` D Free to be used by driver
-char *buffer D Map of first segment, also see
+``char *buffer`` D Map of first segment, also see
section on bouncing SECTION
-struct completion *waiting D Can be used by driver to get signalled
+``struct completion *waiting`` D Can be used by driver to get signalled
on request completion
-struct bio *bio DBI First bio in request
+``struct bio *bio`` DBI First bio in request
-struct bio *biotail DBI Last bio in request
+``struct bio *biotail`` DBI Last bio in request
-struct request_queue *q DB Request queue this request belongs to
+``struct request_queue *q`` DB Request queue this request belongs to
-struct request_list *rl B Request list this request came from
+``struct request_list *rl`` B Request list this request came from
+=============================== ======= =======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/block/stat.txt b/Documentation/block/stat.rst
similarity index 89%
rename from Documentation/block/stat.txt
rename to Documentation/block/stat.rst
index 0aace9cc536c..9c07bc22b0bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/stat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/stat.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+===============================================
Block layer statistics in /sys/block/<dev>/stat
===============================================
@@ -6,9 +7,12 @@ This file documents the contents of the /sys/block/<dev>/stat file.
The stat file provides several statistics about the state of block
device <dev>.
-Q. Why are there multiple statistics in a single file? Doesn't sysfs
+Q.
+ Why are there multiple statistics in a single file? Doesn't sysfs
normally contain a single value per file?
-A. By having a single file, the kernel can guarantee that the statistics
+
+A.
+ By having a single file, the kernel can guarantee that the statistics
represent a consistent snapshot of the state of the device. If the
statistics were exported as multiple files containing one statistic
each, it would be impossible to guarantee that a set of readings
@@ -18,8 +22,10 @@ The stat file consists of a single line of text containing 11 decimal
values separated by whitespace. The fields are summarized in the
following table, and described in more detail below.
+
+=============== ============= =================================================
Name units description
----- ----- -----------
+=============== ============= =================================================
read I/Os requests number of read I/Os processed
read merges requests number of read I/Os merged with in-queue I/O
read sectors sectors number of sectors read
@@ -35,6 +41,7 @@ discard I/Os requests number of discard I/Os processed
discard merges requests number of discard I/Os merged with in-queue I/O
discard sectors sectors number of sectors discarded
discard ticks milliseconds total wait time for discard requests
+=============== ============= =================================================
read I/Os, write I/Os, discard I/0s
===================================
diff --git a/Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt b/Documentation/block/switching-sched.rst
similarity index 67%
rename from Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt
rename to Documentation/block/switching-sched.rst
index 7977f6fb8b20..42042417380e 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/switching-sched.rst
@@ -1,35 +1,39 @@
+===================
+Switching Scheduler
+===================
+
To choose IO schedulers at boot time, use the argument 'elevator=deadline'.
'noop' and 'cfq' (the default) are also available. IO schedulers are assigned
globally at boot time only presently.
Each io queue has a set of io scheduler tunables associated with it. These
tunables control how the io scheduler works. You can find these entries
-in:
+in::
-/sys/block/<device>/queue/iosched
+ /sys/block/<device>/queue/iosched
assuming that you have sysfs mounted on /sys. If you don't have sysfs mounted,
-you can do so by typing:
+you can do so by typing::
-# mount none /sys -t sysfs
+ # mount none /sys -t sysfs
It is possible to change the IO scheduler for a given block device on
the fly to select one of mq-deadline, none, bfq, or kyber schedulers -
which can improve that device's throughput.
-To set a specific scheduler, simply do this:
+To set a specific scheduler, simply do this::
-echo SCHEDNAME > /sys/block/DEV/queue/scheduler
+ echo SCHEDNAME > /sys/block/DEV/queue/scheduler
where SCHEDNAME is the name of a defined IO scheduler, and DEV is the
device name (hda, hdb, sga, or whatever you happen to have).
The list of defined schedulers can be found by simply doing
a "cat /sys/block/DEV/queue/scheduler" - the list of valid names
-will be displayed, with the currently selected scheduler in brackets:
+will be displayed, with the currently selected scheduler in brackets::
-# cat /sys/block/sda/queue/scheduler
-[mq-deadline] kyber bfq none
-# echo none >/sys/block/sda/queue/scheduler
-# cat /sys/block/sda/queue/scheduler
-[none] mq-deadline kyber bfq
+ # cat /sys/block/sda/queue/scheduler
+ [mq-deadline] kyber bfq none
+ # echo none >/sys/block/sda/queue/scheduler
+ # cat /sys/block/sda/queue/scheduler
+ [none] mq-deadline kyber bfq
diff --git a/Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.txt b/Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.rst
similarity index 94%
rename from Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.txt
rename to Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.rst
index 8a6bdada5f6b..2c752c57c14c 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-
+==========================================
Explicit volatile write back cache control
-=====================================
+==========================================
Introduction
------------
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the blkdev_issue_flush() helper for a pure cache flush.
Forced Unit Access
------------------
+------------------
The REQ_FUA flag can be OR ed into the r/w flags of a bio submitted from the
filesystem and will make sure that I/O completion for this request is only
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ flags themselves without any help from the block layer.
Implementation details for request_fn based block drivers
---------------------------------------------------------------
+---------------------------------------------------------
For devices that do not support volatile write caches there is no driver
support required, the block layer completes empty REQ_PREFLUSH requests before
entering the driver and strips off the REQ_PREFLUSH and REQ_FUA bits from
requests that have a payload. For devices with volatile write caches the
driver needs to tell the block layer that it supports flushing caches by
-doing:
+doing::
blk_queue_write_cache(sdkp->disk->queue, true, false);
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ and handle empty REQ_OP_FLUSH requests in its prep_fn/request_fn. Note that
REQ_PREFLUSH requests with a payload are automatically turned into a sequence
of an empty REQ_OP_FLUSH request followed by the actual write by the block
layer. For devices that also support the FUA bit the block layer needs
-to be told to pass through the REQ_FUA bit using:
+to be told to pass through the REQ_FUA bit using::
blk_queue_write_cache(sdkp->disk->queue, true, true);
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.rst b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.rst
index 2111231c9c0f..6eccf13219ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.rst
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.rst
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ User space is advised to use the following files to read the device statistics.
File /sys/block/zram<id>/stat
-Represents block layer statistics. Read Documentation/block/stat.txt for
+Represents block layer statistics. Read Documentation/block/stat.rst for
details.
File /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index 2f8e1543caff..d850d7f15a38 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@ M: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
L: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
F: block/bfq-*
-F: Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
+F: Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
BFS FILE SYSTEM
M: "Tigran A. Aivazian" <aivazian.tigran@gmail.com>
diff --git a/block/Kconfig b/block/Kconfig
index 56cb1695cd87..b16b3e075d31 100644
--- a/block/Kconfig
+++ b/block/Kconfig
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ config BLK_CMDLINE_PARSER
which don't otherwise have any standardized method for listing the
partitions on a block device.
- See Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt for more information.
+ See Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.rst for more information.
config BLK_WBT
bool "Enable support for block device writeback throttling"
diff --git a/block/Kconfig.iosched b/block/Kconfig.iosched
index 4626b88b2d5a..eabd4328b228 100644
--- a/block/Kconfig.iosched
+++ b/block/Kconfig.iosched
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ config IOSCHED_BFQ
regardless of the device parameters and with any workload. It
also guarantees a low latency to interactive and soft
real-time applications. Details in
- Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
+ Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst
config BFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED
bool "BFQ hierarchical scheduling support"
diff --git a/block/bfq-iosched.c b/block/bfq-iosched.c
index f8d430f88d25..37996013a301 100644
--- a/block/bfq-iosched.c
+++ b/block/bfq-iosched.c
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
* low-latency capabilities. BFQ also supports full hierarchical
* scheduling through cgroups. Next paragraphs provide an introduction
* on BFQ inner workings. Details on BFQ benefits, usage and
- * limitations can be found in Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt.
+ * limitations can be found in Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst.
*
* BFQ is a proportional-share storage-I/O scheduling algorithm based
* on the slice-by-slice service scheme of CFQ. But BFQ assigns
diff --git a/block/blk-integrity.c b/block/blk-integrity.c
index 825c9c070458..ca39b4624cf8 100644
--- a/block/blk-integrity.c
+++ b/block/blk-integrity.c
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ static const struct blk_integrity_profile nop_profile = {
* send/receive integrity metadata it must use this function to register
* the capability with the block layer. The template is a blk_integrity
* struct with values appropriate for the underlying hardware. See
- * Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt.
+ * Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst.
*/
void blk_integrity_register(struct gendisk *disk, struct blk_integrity *template)
{
diff --git a/block/ioprio.c b/block/ioprio.c
index 2e0559f157c8..77bcab11dce5 100644
--- a/block/ioprio.c
+++ b/block/ioprio.c
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
*
* ioprio_set(PRIO_PROCESS, pid, prio);
*
- * See also Documentation/block/ioprio.txt
+ * See also Documentation/block/ioprio.rst
*
*/
#include <linux/gfp.h>
diff --git a/block/mq-deadline.c b/block/mq-deadline.c
index 1876f5712bfd..4fa0ae242880 100644
--- a/block/mq-deadline.c
+++ b/block/mq-deadline.c
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#include "blk-mq-sched.h"
/*
- * See Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt
+ * See Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.rst
*/
static const int read_expire = HZ / 2; /* max time before a read is submitted. */
static const int write_expire = 5 * HZ; /* ditto for writes, these limits are SOFT! */
diff --git a/block/partitions/cmdline.c b/block/partitions/cmdline.c
index 60fb3df9897c..f1edd5452249 100644
--- a/block/partitions/cmdline.c
+++ b/block/partitions/cmdline.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
*
* The format for the command line is just like mtdparts.
*
- * For further information, see "Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt"
+ * For further information, see "Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.rst"
*
*/
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
* [PATCH v1 04/22] docs: thermal: convert to ReST
From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab @ 2019-06-18 21:05 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Linux Doc Mailing List
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, linux-kernel,
Jonathan Corbet, Amit Daniel Kachhap, Viresh Kumar, Javi Merino,
Kukjin Kim, Krzysztof Kozlowski, Zhang Rui, Eduardo Valentin,
Daniel Lezcano, linux-pm, linux-arm-kernel, linux-samsung-soc,
Arjan van de Ven
In-Reply-To: <cover.1560891322.git.mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Rename the thermal documentation files to ReST, add an
index for them and adjust in order to produce a nice html
output via the Sphinx build system.
At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to
the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
---
...pu-cooling-api.txt => cpu-cooling-api.rst} | 39 +-
.../{exynos_thermal => exynos_thermal.rst} | 47 +-
...emulation => exynos_thermal_emulation.rst} | 66 +--
Documentation/thermal/index.rst | 18 +
...el_powerclamp.txt => intel_powerclamp.rst} | 177 +++----
.../{nouveau_thermal => nouveau_thermal.rst} | 54 +-
...ower_allocator.txt => power_allocator.rst} | 140 ++---
.../thermal/{sysfs-api.txt => sysfs-api.rst} | 490 ++++++++++++------
...hermal => x86_pkg_temperature_thermal.rst} | 28 +-
MAINTAINERS | 2 +-
include/linux/thermal.h | 4 +-
11 files changed, 665 insertions(+), 400 deletions(-)
rename Documentation/thermal/{cpu-cooling-api.txt => cpu-cooling-api.rst} (82%)
rename Documentation/thermal/{exynos_thermal => exynos_thermal.rst} (67%)
rename Documentation/thermal/{exynos_thermal_emulation => exynos_thermal_emulation.rst} (36%)
create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/index.rst
rename Documentation/thermal/{intel_powerclamp.txt => intel_powerclamp.rst} (76%)
rename Documentation/thermal/{nouveau_thermal => nouveau_thermal.rst} (64%)
rename Documentation/thermal/{power_allocator.txt => power_allocator.rst} (74%)
rename Documentation/thermal/{sysfs-api.txt => sysfs-api.rst} (66%)
rename Documentation/thermal/{x86_pkg_temperature_thermal => x86_pkg_temperature_thermal.rst} (80%)
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.rst
similarity index 82%
rename from Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt
rename to Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.rst
index 7df567eaea1a..645d914c45a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+=======================
CPU cooling APIs How To
-===================================
+=======================
Written by Amit Daniel Kachhap <amit.kachhap@linaro.org>
@@ -8,40 +9,54 @@ Updated: 6 Jan 2015
Copyright (c) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd(http://www.samsung.com)
0. Introduction
+===============
The generic cpu cooling(freq clipping) provides registration/unregistration APIs
to the caller. The binding of the cooling devices to the trip point is left for
the user. The registration APIs returns the cooling device pointer.
1. cpu cooling APIs
+===================
1.1 cpufreq registration/unregistration APIs
-1.1.1 struct thermal_cooling_device *cpufreq_cooling_register(
- struct cpumask *clip_cpus)
+--------------------------------------------
+
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_cooling_device
+ *cpufreq_cooling_register(struct cpumask *clip_cpus)
This interface function registers the cpufreq cooling device with the name
"thermal-cpufreq-%x". This api can support multiple instances of cpufreq
cooling devices.
- clip_cpus: cpumask of cpus where the frequency constraints will happen.
+ clip_cpus:
+ cpumask of cpus where the frequency constraints will happen.
-1.1.2 struct thermal_cooling_device *of_cpufreq_cooling_register(
- struct cpufreq_policy *policy)
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_cooling_device
+ *of_cpufreq_cooling_register(struct cpufreq_policy *policy)
This interface function registers the cpufreq cooling device with
the name "thermal-cpufreq-%x" linking it with a device tree node, in
order to bind it via the thermal DT code. This api can support multiple
instances of cpufreq cooling devices.
- policy: CPUFreq policy.
+ policy:
+ CPUFreq policy.
-1.1.3 void cpufreq_cooling_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev)
+
+ ::
+
+ void cpufreq_cooling_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev)
This interface function unregisters the "thermal-cpufreq-%x" cooling device.
cdev: Cooling device pointer which has to be unregistered.
2. Power models
+===============
The power API registration functions provide a simple power model for
CPUs. The current power is calculated as dynamic power (static power isn't
@@ -65,9 +80,9 @@ For a given processor implementation the primary factors are:
variation. In pathological cases this variation can be significant,
but typically it is of a much lesser impact than the factors above.
-A high level dynamic power consumption model may then be represented as:
+A high level dynamic power consumption model may then be represented as::
-Pdyn = f(run) * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation
+ Pdyn = f(run) * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation
f(run) here represents the described execution behaviour and its
result has a units of Watts/Hz/Volt^2 (this often expressed in
@@ -80,9 +95,9 @@ factors. Therefore, in initial implementation that contribution is
represented as a constant coefficient. This is a simplification
consistent with the relative contribution to overall power variation.
-In this simplified representation our model becomes:
+In this simplified representation our model becomes::
-Pdyn = Capacitance * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation
+ Pdyn = Capacitance * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation
Where `capacitance` is a constant that represents an indicative
running time dynamic power coefficient in fundamental units of
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal.rst
similarity index 67%
rename from Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal
rename to Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal.rst
index 9010c4416967..5bd556566c70 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
+========================
Kernel driver exynos_tmu
-=================
+========================
Supported chips:
+
* ARM SAMSUNG EXYNOS4, EXYNOS5 series of SoC
+
Datasheet: Not publicly available
Authors: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
@@ -19,32 +22,39 @@ Temperature can be taken from the temperature code.
There are three equations converting from temperature to temperature code.
The three equations are:
- 1. Two point trimming
+ 1. Two point trimming::
+
Tc = (T - 25) * (TI2 - TI1) / (85 - 25) + TI1
- 2. One point trimming
+ 2. One point trimming::
+
Tc = T + TI1 - 25
- 3. No trimming
+ 3. No trimming::
+
Tc = T + 50
- Tc: Temperature code, T: Temperature,
- TI1: Trimming info for 25 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
+ Tc:
+ Temperature code, T: Temperature,
+ TI1:
+ Trimming info for 25 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
Temperature code measured at 25 degree Celsius which is unchanged
- TI2: Trimming info for 85 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
+ TI2:
+ Trimming info for 85 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
Temperature code measured at 85 degree Celsius which is unchanged
TMU(Thermal Management Unit) in EXYNOS4/5 generates interrupt
when temperature exceeds pre-defined levels.
The maximum number of configurable threshold is five.
-The threshold levels are defined as follows:
+The threshold levels are defined as follows::
+
Level_0: current temperature > trigger_level_0 + threshold
Level_1: current temperature > trigger_level_1 + threshold
Level_2: current temperature > trigger_level_2 + threshold
Level_3: current temperature > trigger_level_3 + threshold
- The threshold and each trigger_level are set
- through the corresponding registers.
+The threshold and each trigger_level are set
+through the corresponding registers.
When an interrupt occurs, this driver notify kernel thermal framework
with the function exynos_report_trigger.
@@ -54,24 +64,27 @@ it can be used to synchronize the cooling action.
TMU driver description:
-----------------------
-The exynos thermal driver is structured as,
+The exynos thermal driver is structured as::
Kernel Core thermal framework
(thermal_core.c, step_wise.c, cpu_cooling.c)
^
|
|
-TMU configuration data -------> TMU Driver <------> Exynos Core thermal wrapper
-(exynos_tmu_data.c) (exynos_tmu.c) (exynos_thermal_common.c)
-(exynos_tmu_data.h) (exynos_tmu.h) (exynos_thermal_common.h)
+ TMU configuration data -----> TMU Driver <----> Exynos Core thermal wrapper
+ (exynos_tmu_data.c) (exynos_tmu.c) (exynos_thermal_common.c)
+ (exynos_tmu_data.h) (exynos_tmu.h) (exynos_thermal_common.h)
-a) TMU configuration data: This consist of TMU register offsets/bitfields
+a) TMU configuration data:
+ This consist of TMU register offsets/bitfields
described through structure exynos_tmu_registers. Also several
other platform data (struct exynos_tmu_platform_data) members
are used to configure the TMU.
-b) TMU driver: This component initialises the TMU controller and sets different
+b) TMU driver:
+ This component initialises the TMU controller and sets different
thresholds. It invokes core thermal implementation with the call
exynos_report_trigger.
-c) Exynos Core thermal wrapper: This provides 3 wrapper function to use the
+c) Exynos Core thermal wrapper:
+ This provides 3 wrapper function to use the
Kernel core thermal framework. They are exynos_unregister_thermal,
exynos_register_thermal and exynos_report_trigger.
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation.rst
similarity index 36%
rename from Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation
rename to Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation.rst
index b15efec6ca28..c21d10838bc5 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-EXYNOS EMULATION MODE
-========================
+=====================
+Exynos Emulation Mode
+=====================
Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics
@@ -8,46 +9,53 @@ Written by Jonghwa Lee <jonghwa3.lee@samsung.com>
Description
-----------
-Exynos 4x12 (4212, 4412) and 5 series provide emulation mode for thermal management unit.
-Thermal emulation mode supports software debug for TMU's operation. User can set temperature
-manually with software code and TMU will read current temperature from user value not from
-sensor's value.
+Exynos 4x12 (4212, 4412) and 5 series provide emulation mode for thermal
+management unit. Thermal emulation mode supports software debug for
+TMU's operation. User can set temperature manually with software code
+and TMU will read current temperature from user value not from sensor's
+value.
-Enabling CONFIG_THERMAL_EMULATION option will make this support available.
-When it's enabled, sysfs node will be created as
+Enabling CONFIG_THERMAL_EMULATION option will make this support
+available. When it's enabled, sysfs node will be created as
/sys/devices/virtual/thermal/thermal_zone'zone id'/emul_temp.
-The sysfs node, 'emul_node', will contain value 0 for the initial state. When you input any
-temperature you want to update to sysfs node, it automatically enable emulation mode and
-current temperature will be changed into it.
-(Exynos also supports user changeable delay time which would be used to delay of
- changing temperature. However, this node only uses same delay of real sensing time, 938us.)
+The sysfs node, 'emul_node', will contain value 0 for the initial state.
+When you input any temperature you want to update to sysfs node, it
+automatically enable emulation mode and current temperature will be
+changed into it.
-Exynos emulation mode requires synchronous of value changing and enabling. It means when you
-want to update the any value of delay or next temperature, then you have to enable emulation
-mode at the same time. (Or you have to keep the mode enabling.) If you don't, it fails to
-change the value to updated one and just use last succeessful value repeatedly. That's why
-this node gives users the right to change termerpature only. Just one interface makes it more
-simply to use.
+(Exynos also supports user changeable delay time which would be used to
+delay of changing temperature. However, this node only uses same delay
+of real sensing time, 938us.)
+
+Exynos emulation mode requires synchronous of value changing and
+enabling. It means when you want to update the any value of delay or
+next temperature, then you have to enable emulation mode at the same
+time. (Or you have to keep the mode enabling.) If you don't, it fails to
+change the value to updated one and just use last succeessful value
+repeatedly. That's why this node gives users the right to change
+termerpature only. Just one interface makes it more simply to use.
Disabling emulation mode only requires writing value 0 to sysfs node.
+::
-TEMP 120 |
+
+ TEMP 120 |
|
100 |
|
80 |
- | +-----------
- 60 | | |
- | +-------------| |
+ | +-----------
+ 60 | | |
+ | +-------------| |
40 | | | |
- | | | |
- 20 | | | +----------
- | | | | |
+ | | | |
+ 20 | | | +----------
+ | | | | |
0 |______________|_____________|__________|__________|_________
- A A A A TIME
+ A A A A TIME
|<----->| |<----->| |<----->| |
| 938us | | | | | |
-emulation : 0 50 | 70 | 20 | 0
-current temp : sensor 50 70 20 sensor
+ emulation : 0 50 | 70 | 20 | 0
+ current temp: sensor 50 70 20 sensor
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/index.rst b/Documentation/thermal/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8c1c00146cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+:orphan:
+
+=======
+Thermal
+=======
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ cpu-cooling-api
+ sysfs-api
+ power_allocator
+
+ exynos_thermal
+ exynos_thermal_emulation
+ intel_powerclamp
+ nouveau_thermal
+ x86_pkg_temperature_thermal
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt b/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.rst
similarity index 76%
rename from Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt
rename to Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.rst
index b5df21168fbc..3f6dfb0b3ea6 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.rst
@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
- =======================
- INTEL POWERCLAMP DRIVER
- =======================
-By: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
- Jacob Pan <jacob.jun.pan@linux.intel.com>
+=======================
+Intel Powerclamp Driver
+=======================
+
+By:
+ - Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
+ - Jacob Pan <jacob.jun.pan@linux.intel.com>
+
+.. Contents:
-Contents:
(*) Introduction
- Goals and Objectives
@@ -23,7 +26,6 @@ Contents:
- Generic Thermal Layer (sysfs)
- Kernel APIs (TBD)
-============
INTRODUCTION
============
@@ -47,7 +49,6 @@ scalability, and user experience. In many cases, clear advantage is
shown over taking the CPU offline or modulating the CPU clock.
-===================
THEORY OF OPERATION
===================
@@ -57,11 +58,12 @@ Idle Injection
On modern Intel processors (Nehalem or later), package level C-state
residency is available in MSRs, thus also available to the kernel.
-These MSRs are:
- #define MSR_PKG_C2_RESIDENCY 0x60D
- #define MSR_PKG_C3_RESIDENCY 0x3F8
- #define MSR_PKG_C6_RESIDENCY 0x3F9
- #define MSR_PKG_C7_RESIDENCY 0x3FA
+These MSRs are::
+
+ #define MSR_PKG_C2_RESIDENCY 0x60D
+ #define MSR_PKG_C3_RESIDENCY 0x3F8
+ #define MSR_PKG_C6_RESIDENCY 0x3F9
+ #define MSR_PKG_C7_RESIDENCY 0x3FA
If the kernel can also inject idle time to the system, then a
closed-loop control system can be established that manages package
@@ -96,19 +98,21 @@ are not masked. Tests show that the extra wakeups from scheduler tick
have a dramatic impact on the effectiveness of the powerclamp driver
on large scale systems (Westmere system with 80 processors).
-CPU0
- ____________ ____________
-kidle_inject/0 | sleep | mwait | sleep |
- _________| |________| |_______
- duration
-CPU1
- ____________ ____________
-kidle_inject/1 | sleep | mwait | sleep |
- _________| |________| |_______
- ^
- |
- |
- roundup(jiffies, interval)
+::
+
+ CPU0
+ ____________ ____________
+ kidle_inject/0 | sleep | mwait | sleep |
+ _________| |________| |_______
+ duration
+ CPU1
+ ____________ ____________
+ kidle_inject/1 | sleep | mwait | sleep |
+ _________| |________| |_______
+ ^
+ |
+ |
+ roundup(jiffies, interval)
Only one CPU is allowed to collect statistics and update global
control parameters. This CPU is referred to as the controlling CPU in
@@ -148,7 +152,7 @@ b) determine the amount of compensation needed at each target ratio
Compensation to each target ratio consists of two parts:
- a) steady state error compensation
+ a) steady state error compensation
This is to offset the error occurring when the system can
enter idle without extra wakeups (such as external interrupts).
@@ -158,41 +162,42 @@ Compensation to each target ratio consists of two parts:
slowing down CPU activities.
A debugfs file is provided for the user to examine compensation
-progress and results, such as on a Westmere system.
-[jacob@nex01 ~]$ cat
-/sys/kernel/debug/intel_powerclamp/powerclamp_calib
-controlling cpu: 0
-pct confidence steady dynamic (compensation)
-0 0 0 0
-1 1 0 0
-2 1 1 0
-3 3 1 0
-4 3 1 0
-5 3 1 0
-6 3 1 0
-7 3 1 0
-8 3 1 0
-...
-30 3 2 0
-31 3 2 0
-32 3 1 0
-33 3 2 0
-34 3 1 0
-35 3 2 0
-36 3 1 0
-37 3 2 0
-38 3 1 0
-39 3 2 0
-40 3 3 0
-41 3 1 0
-42 3 2 0
-43 3 1 0
-44 3 1 0
-45 3 2 0
-46 3 3 0
-47 3 0 0
-48 3 2 0
-49 3 3 0
+progress and results, such as on a Westmere system::
+
+ [jacob@nex01 ~]$ cat
+ /sys/kernel/debug/intel_powerclamp/powerclamp_calib
+ controlling cpu: 0
+ pct confidence steady dynamic (compensation)
+ 0 0 0 0
+ 1 1 0 0
+ 2 1 1 0
+ 3 3 1 0
+ 4 3 1 0
+ 5 3 1 0
+ 6 3 1 0
+ 7 3 1 0
+ 8 3 1 0
+ ...
+ 30 3 2 0
+ 31 3 2 0
+ 32 3 1 0
+ 33 3 2 0
+ 34 3 1 0
+ 35 3 2 0
+ 36 3 1 0
+ 37 3 2 0
+ 38 3 1 0
+ 39 3 2 0
+ 40 3 3 0
+ 41 3 1 0
+ 42 3 2 0
+ 43 3 1 0
+ 44 3 1 0
+ 45 3 2 0
+ 46 3 3 0
+ 47 3 0 0
+ 48 3 2 0
+ 49 3 3 0
Calibration occurs during runtime. No offline method is available.
Steady state compensation is used only when confidence levels of all
@@ -217,9 +222,8 @@ keeps track of clamping kernel threads, even after they are migrated
to other CPUs, after a CPU offline event.
-=====================
Performance Analysis
-=====================
+====================
This section describes the general performance data collected on
multiple systems, including Westmere (80P) and Ivy Bridge (4P, 8P).
@@ -257,16 +261,15 @@ achieve up to 40% better performance per watt. (measured by a spin
counter summed over per CPU counting threads spawned for all running
CPUs).
-====================
Usage and Interfaces
====================
The powerclamp driver is registered to the generic thermal layer as a
-cooling device. Currently, it’s not bound to any thermal zones.
+cooling device. Currently, it’s not bound to any thermal zones::
-jacob@chromoly:/sys/class/thermal/cooling_device14$ grep . *
-cur_state:0
-max_state:50
-type:intel_powerclamp
+ jacob@chromoly:/sys/class/thermal/cooling_device14$ grep . *
+ cur_state:0
+ max_state:50
+ type:intel_powerclamp
cur_state allows user to set the desired idle percentage. Writing 0 to
cur_state will stop idle injection. Writing a value between 1 and
@@ -278,9 +281,9 @@ cur_state returns value -1 instead of 0 which is to avoid confusing
100% busy state with the disabled state.
Example usage:
-- To inject 25% idle time
-$ sudo sh -c "echo 25 > /sys/class/thermal/cooling_device80/cur_state
-"
+- To inject 25% idle time::
+
+ $ sudo sh -c "echo 25 > /sys/class/thermal/cooling_device80/cur_state
If the system is not busy and has more than 25% idle time already,
then the powerclamp driver will not start idle injection. Using Top
@@ -292,23 +295,23 @@ idle time is accounted as normal idle in that common code path is
taken as the idle task.
In this example, 24.1% idle is shown. This helps the system admin or
-user determine the cause of slowdown, when a powerclamp driver is in action.
+user determine the cause of slowdown, when a powerclamp driver is in action::
-Tasks: 197 total, 1 running, 196 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie
-Cpu(s): 71.2%us, 4.7%sy, 0.0%ni, 24.1%id, 0.0%wa, 0.0%hi, 0.0%si, 0.0%st
-Mem: 3943228k total, 1689632k used, 2253596k free, 74960k buffers
-Swap: 4087804k total, 0k used, 4087804k free, 945336k cached
+ Tasks: 197 total, 1 running, 196 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie
+ Cpu(s): 71.2%us, 4.7%sy, 0.0%ni, 24.1%id, 0.0%wa, 0.0%hi, 0.0%si, 0.0%st
+ Mem: 3943228k total, 1689632k used, 2253596k free, 74960k buffers
+ Swap: 4087804k total, 0k used, 4087804k free, 945336k cached
- PID USER PR NI VIRT RES SHR S %CPU %MEM TIME+ COMMAND
- 3352 jacob 20 0 262m 644 428 S 286 0.0 0:17.16 spin
- 3341 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.62 kidle_inject/0
- 3344 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.60 kidle_inject/3
- 3342 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.61 kidle_inject/1
- 3343 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.60 kidle_inject/2
- 2935 jacob 20 0 696m 125m 35m S 5 3.3 0:31.11 firefox
- 1546 root 20 0 158m 20m 6640 S 3 0.5 0:26.97 Xorg
- 2100 jacob 20 0 1223m 88m 30m S 3 2.3 0:23.68 compiz
+ PID USER PR NI VIRT RES SHR S %CPU %MEM TIME+ COMMAND
+ 3352 jacob 20 0 262m 644 428 S 286 0.0 0:17.16 spin
+ 3341 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.62 kidle_inject/0
+ 3344 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.60 kidle_inject/3
+ 3342 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.61 kidle_inject/1
+ 3343 root -51 0 0 0 0 D 25 0.0 0:01.60 kidle_inject/2
+ 2935 jacob 20 0 696m 125m 35m S 5 3.3 0:31.11 firefox
+ 1546 root 20 0 158m 20m 6640 S 3 0.5 0:26.97 Xorg
+ 2100 jacob 20 0 1223m 88m 30m S 3 2.3 0:23.68 compiz
Tests have shown that by using the powerclamp driver as a cooling
device, a PID based userspace thermal controller can manage to
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal b/Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal.rst
similarity index 64%
rename from Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal
rename to Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal.rst
index 6e17a11efcb0..37255fd6735d 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal.rst
@@ -1,13 +1,15 @@
+=====================
Kernel driver nouveau
-===================
+=====================
Supported chips:
+
* NV43+
Authors: Martin Peres (mupuf) <martin.peres@free.fr>
Description
----------
+-----------
This driver allows to read the GPU core temperature, drive the GPU fan and
set temperature alarms.
@@ -19,20 +21,25 @@ interface is likely not to work. This document may then not cover your situation
entirely.
Temperature management
---------------------
+----------------------
Temperature is exposed under as a read-only HWMON attribute temp1_input.
In order to protect the GPU from overheating, Nouveau supports 4 configurable
temperature thresholds:
- * Fan_boost: Fan speed is set to 100% when reaching this temperature;
- * Downclock: The GPU will be downclocked to reduce its power dissipation;
- * Critical: The GPU is put on hold to further lower power dissipation;
- * Shutdown: Shut the computer down to protect your GPU.
+ * Fan_boost:
+ Fan speed is set to 100% when reaching this temperature;
+ * Downclock:
+ The GPU will be downclocked to reduce its power dissipation;
+ * Critical:
+ The GPU is put on hold to further lower power dissipation;
+ * Shutdown:
+ Shut the computer down to protect your GPU.
-WARNING: Some of these thresholds may not be used by Nouveau depending
-on your chipset.
+WARNING:
+ Some of these thresholds may not be used by Nouveau depending
+ on your chipset.
The default value for these thresholds comes from the GPU's vbios. These
thresholds can be configured thanks to the following HWMON attributes:
@@ -46,19 +53,24 @@ NOTE: Remember that the values are stored as milli degrees Celsius. Don't forget
to multiply!
Fan management
-------------
+--------------
Not all cards have a drivable fan. If you do, then the following HWMON
attributes should be available:
- * pwm1_enable: Current fan management mode (NONE, MANUAL or AUTO);
- * pwm1: Current PWM value (power percentage);
- * pwm1_min: The minimum PWM speed allowed;
- * pwm1_max: The maximum PWM speed allowed (bypassed when hitting Fan_boost);
+ * pwm1_enable:
+ Current fan management mode (NONE, MANUAL or AUTO);
+ * pwm1:
+ Current PWM value (power percentage);
+ * pwm1_min:
+ The minimum PWM speed allowed;
+ * pwm1_max:
+ The maximum PWM speed allowed (bypassed when hitting Fan_boost);
You may also have the following attribute:
- * fan1_input: Speed in RPM of your fan.
+ * fan1_input:
+ Speed in RPM of your fan.
Your fan can be driven in different modes:
@@ -66,14 +78,16 @@ Your fan can be driven in different modes:
* 1: The fan can be driven in manual (use pwm1 to change the speed);
* 2; The fan is driven automatically depending on the temperature.
-NOTE: Be sure to use the manual mode if you want to drive the fan speed manually
+NOTE:
+ Be sure to use the manual mode if you want to drive the fan speed manually
-NOTE2: When operating in manual mode outside the vbios-defined
-[PWM_min, PWM_max] range, the reported fan speed (RPM) may not be accurate
-depending on your hardware.
+NOTE2:
+ When operating in manual mode outside the vbios-defined
+ [PWM_min, PWM_max] range, the reported fan speed (RPM) may not be accurate
+ depending on your hardware.
Bug reports
----------
+-----------
Thermal management on Nouveau is new and may not work on all cards. If you have
inquiries, please ping mupuf on IRC (#nouveau, freenode).
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
similarity index 74%
rename from Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
rename to Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
index 9fb0ff06dca9..67b6a3297238 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+=================================
Power allocator governor tunables
=================================
@@ -25,36 +26,36 @@ temperature as the control input and power as the controlled output:
P_max = k_p * e + k_i * err_integral + k_d * diff_err + sustainable_power
where
- e = desired_temperature - current_temperature
- err_integral is the sum of previous errors
- diff_err = e - previous_error
+ - e = desired_temperature - current_temperature
+ - err_integral is the sum of previous errors
+ - diff_err = e - previous_error
-It is similar to the one depicted below:
+It is similar to the one depicted below::
- k_d
- |
-current_temp |
- | v
- | +----------+ +---+
- | +----->| diff_err |-->| X |------+
- | | +----------+ +---+ |
- | | | tdp actor
- | | k_i | | get_requested_power()
- | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | | ...
- v | v v v v v
- +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ +----------+
- | S |-------+----->| sum e |----->| X |--->| S |-->| S |-->|power |
- +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ |allocation|
- ^ | ^ +----------+
- | | | | |
- | | +---+ | | |
- | +------->| X |-------------------+ v v
- | +---+ granted performance
-desired_temperature ^
- |
- |
- k_po/k_pu
+ k_d
+ |
+ current_temp |
+ | v
+ | +----------+ +---+
+ | +----->| diff_err |-->| X |------+
+ | | +----------+ +---+ |
+ | | | tdp actor
+ | | k_i | | get_requested_power()
+ | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | ...
+ v | v v v v v
+ +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ +----------+
+ | S |-----+----->| sum e |----->| X |--->| S |-->| S |-->|power |
+ +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ |allocation|
+ ^ | ^ +----------+
+ | | | | |
+ | | +---+ | | |
+ | +------->| X |-------------------+ v v
+ | +---+ granted performance
+ desired_temperature ^
+ |
+ |
+ k_po/k_pu
Sustainable power
-----------------
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ is typically 2000mW, while on a 10" tablet is around 4500mW (may vary
depending on screen size).
If you are using device tree, do add it as a property of the
-thermal-zone. For example:
+thermal-zone. For example::
thermal-zones {
soc_thermal {
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ thermal-zone. For example:
Instead, if the thermal zone is registered from the platform code, pass a
`thermal_zone_params` that has a `sustainable_power`. If no
`thermal_zone_params` were being passed, then something like below
-will suffice:
+will suffice::
static const struct thermal_zone_params tz_params = {
.sustainable_power = 3500,
@@ -112,18 +113,18 @@ available capacity at a low temperature. On the other hand, a high
value of `k_pu` will result in the governor granting very high power
while temperature is low, and may lead to temperature overshooting.
-The default value for `k_pu` is:
+The default value for `k_pu` is::
2 * sustainable_power / (desired_temperature - switch_on_temp)
This means that at `switch_on_temp` the output of the controller's
proportional term will be 2 * `sustainable_power`. The default value
-for `k_po` is:
+for `k_po` is::
sustainable_power / (desired_temperature - switch_on_temp)
Focusing on the proportional and feed forward values of the PID
-controller equation we have:
+controller equation we have::
P_max = k_p * e + sustainable_power
@@ -134,21 +135,23 @@ is the desired one, then the proportional component is zero and
thermal equilibrium under constant load. `sustainable_power` is only
an estimate, which is the reason for closed-loop control such as this.
-Expanding `k_pu` we get:
+Expanding `k_pu` we get::
+
P_max = 2 * sustainable_power * (T_set - T) / (T_set - T_on) +
- sustainable_power
+ sustainable_power
-where
- T_set is the desired temperature
- T is the current temperature
- T_on is the switch on temperature
+where:
+
+ - T_set is the desired temperature
+ - T is the current temperature
+ - T_on is the switch on temperature
When the current temperature is the switch_on temperature, the above
-formula becomes:
+formula becomes::
P_max = 2 * sustainable_power * (T_set - T_on) / (T_set - T_on) +
- sustainable_power = 2 * sustainable_power + sustainable_power =
- 3 * sustainable_power
+ sustainable_power = 2 * sustainable_power + sustainable_power =
+ 3 * sustainable_power
Therefore, the proportional term alone linearly decreases power from
3 * `sustainable_power` to `sustainable_power` as the temperature
@@ -178,11 +181,18 @@ Cooling device power API
Cooling devices controlled by this governor must supply the additional
"power" API in their `cooling_device_ops`. It consists on three ops:
-1. int get_requested_power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev,
- struct thermal_zone_device *tz, u32 *power);
-@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer
-@tz: thermal zone in which we are currently operating
-@power: pointer in which to store the calculated power
+1. ::
+
+ int get_requested_power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev,
+ struct thermal_zone_device *tz, u32 *power);
+
+
+@cdev:
+ The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer
+@tz:
+ thermal zone in which we are currently operating
+@power:
+ pointer in which to store the calculated power
`get_requested_power()` calculates the power requested by the device
in milliwatts and stores it in @power . It should return 0 on
@@ -190,23 +200,37 @@ success, -E* on failure. This is currently used by the power
allocator governor to calculate how much power to give to each cooling
device.
-2. int state2power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, struct
- thermal_zone_device *tz, unsigned long state, u32 *power);
-@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer
-@tz: thermal zone in which we are currently operating
-@state: A cooling device state
-@power: pointer in which to store the equivalent power
+2. ::
+
+ int state2power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, struct
+ thermal_zone_device *tz, unsigned long state,
+ u32 *power);
+
+@cdev:
+ The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer
+@tz:
+ thermal zone in which we are currently operating
+@state:
+ A cooling device state
+@power:
+ pointer in which to store the equivalent power
Convert cooling device state @state into power consumption in
milliwatts and store it in @power. It should return 0 on success, -E*
on failure. This is currently used by thermal core to calculate the
maximum power that an actor can consume.
-3. int power2state(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, u32 power,
- unsigned long *state);
-@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer
-@power: power in milliwatts
-@state: pointer in which to store the resulting state
+3. ::
+
+ int power2state(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, u32 power,
+ unsigned long *state);
+
+@cdev:
+ The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer
+@power:
+ power in milliwatts
+@state:
+ pointer in which to store the resulting state
Calculate a cooling device state that would make the device consume at
most @power mW and store it in @state. It should return 0 on success,
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.rst
similarity index 66%
rename from Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
rename to Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.rst
index c3fa500df92c..e4930761d3e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+===================================
Generic Thermal Sysfs driver How To
===================================
@@ -9,6 +10,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2008 Intel Corporation
0. Introduction
+===============
The generic thermal sysfs provides a set of interfaces for thermal zone
devices (sensors) and thermal cooling devices (fan, processor...) to register
@@ -25,59 +27,90 @@ An intelligent thermal management application can make decisions based on
inputs from thermal zone attributes (the current temperature and trip point
temperature) and throttle appropriate devices.
-[0-*] denotes any positive number starting from 0
-[1-*] denotes any positive number starting from 1
+- `[0-*]` denotes any positive number starting from 0
+- `[1-*]` denotes any positive number starting from 1
1. thermal sysfs driver interface functions
+===========================================
1.1 thermal zone device interface
-1.1.1 struct thermal_zone_device *thermal_zone_device_register(char *type,
- int trips, int mask, void *devdata,
- struct thermal_zone_device_ops *ops,
- const struct thermal_zone_params *tzp,
- int passive_delay, int polling_delay))
+---------------------------------
+
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_zone_device
+ *thermal_zone_device_register(char *type,
+ int trips, int mask, void *devdata,
+ struct thermal_zone_device_ops *ops,
+ const struct thermal_zone_params *tzp,
+ int passive_delay, int polling_delay))
This interface function adds a new thermal zone device (sensor) to
- /sys/class/thermal folder as thermal_zone[0-*]. It tries to bind all the
+ /sys/class/thermal folder as `thermal_zone[0-*]`. It tries to bind all the
thermal cooling devices registered at the same time.
- type: the thermal zone type.
- trips: the total number of trip points this thermal zone supports.
- mask: Bit string: If 'n'th bit is set, then trip point 'n' is writeable.
- devdata: device private data
- ops: thermal zone device call-backs.
- .bind: bind the thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device.
- .unbind: unbind the thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device.
- .get_temp: get the current temperature of the thermal zone.
- .set_trips: set the trip points window. Whenever the current temperature
+ type:
+ the thermal zone type.
+ trips:
+ the total number of trip points this thermal zone supports.
+ mask:
+ Bit string: If 'n'th bit is set, then trip point 'n' is writeable.
+ devdata:
+ device private data
+ ops:
+ thermal zone device call-backs.
+
+ .bind:
+ bind the thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device.
+ .unbind:
+ unbind the thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device.
+ .get_temp:
+ get the current temperature of the thermal zone.
+ .set_trips:
+ set the trip points window. Whenever the current temperature
is updated, the trip points immediately below and above the
current temperature are found.
- .get_mode: get the current mode (enabled/disabled) of the thermal zone.
- - "enabled" means the kernel thermal management is enabled.
- - "disabled" will prevent kernel thermal driver action upon trip points
- so that user applications can take charge of thermal management.
- .set_mode: set the mode (enabled/disabled) of the thermal zone.
- .get_trip_type: get the type of certain trip point.
- .get_trip_temp: get the temperature above which the certain trip point
+ .get_mode:
+ get the current mode (enabled/disabled) of the thermal zone.
+
+ - "enabled" means the kernel thermal management is
+ enabled.
+ - "disabled" will prevent kernel thermal driver action
+ upon trip points so that user applications can take
+ charge of thermal management.
+ .set_mode:
+ set the mode (enabled/disabled) of the thermal zone.
+ .get_trip_type:
+ get the type of certain trip point.
+ .get_trip_temp:
+ get the temperature above which the certain trip point
will be fired.
- .set_emul_temp: set the emulation temperature which helps in debugging
+ .set_emul_temp:
+ set the emulation temperature which helps in debugging
different threshold temperature points.
- tzp: thermal zone platform parameters.
- passive_delay: number of milliseconds to wait between polls when
+ tzp:
+ thermal zone platform parameters.
+ passive_delay:
+ number of milliseconds to wait between polls when
performing passive cooling.
- polling_delay: number of milliseconds to wait between polls when checking
+ polling_delay:
+ number of milliseconds to wait between polls when checking
whether trip points have been crossed (0 for interrupt driven systems).
+ ::
-1.1.2 void thermal_zone_device_unregister(struct thermal_zone_device *tz)
+ void thermal_zone_device_unregister(struct thermal_zone_device *tz)
This interface function removes the thermal zone device.
It deletes the corresponding entry from /sys/class/thermal folder and
unbinds all the thermal cooling devices it uses.
-1.1.3 struct thermal_zone_device *thermal_zone_of_sensor_register(
- struct device *dev, int sensor_id, void *data,
- const struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *ops)
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_zone_device
+ *thermal_zone_of_sensor_register(struct device *dev, int sensor_id,
+ void *data,
+ const struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *ops)
This interface adds a new sensor to a DT thermal zone.
This function will search the list of thermal zones described in
@@ -87,25 +120,33 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices.
thermal zone device.
The parameters for this interface are:
- dev: Device node of sensor containing valid node pointer in
+
+ dev:
+ Device node of sensor containing valid node pointer in
dev->of_node.
- sensor_id: a sensor identifier, in case the sensor IP has more
+ sensor_id:
+ a sensor identifier, in case the sensor IP has more
than one sensors
- data: a private pointer (owned by the caller) that will be
+ data:
+ a private pointer (owned by the caller) that will be
passed back, when a temperature reading is needed.
- ops: struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *.
+ ops:
+ `struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *`.
- get_temp: a pointer to a function that reads the
+ ============== =======================================
+ get_temp a pointer to a function that reads the
sensor temperature. This is mandatory
callback provided by sensor driver.
- set_trips: a pointer to a function that sets a
+ set_trips a pointer to a function that sets a
temperature window. When this window is
left the driver must inform the thermal
core via thermal_zone_device_update.
- get_trend: a pointer to a function that reads the
+ get_trend a pointer to a function that reads the
sensor temperature trend.
- set_emul_temp: a pointer to a function that sets
+ set_emul_temp a pointer to a function that sets
sensor emulated temperature.
+ ============== =======================================
+
The thermal zone temperature is provided by the get_temp() function
pointer of thermal_zone_of_device_ops. When called, it will
have the private pointer @data back.
@@ -114,8 +155,10 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices.
handle. Caller should check the return handle with IS_ERR() for finding
whether success or not.
-1.1.4 void thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister(struct device *dev,
- struct thermal_zone_device *tzd)
+ ::
+
+ void thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister(struct device *dev,
+ struct thermal_zone_device *tzd)
This interface unregisters a sensor from a DT thermal zone which was
successfully added by interface thermal_zone_of_sensor_register().
@@ -124,21 +167,29 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices.
interface. It will also silent the zone by remove the .get_temp() and
get_trend() thermal zone device callbacks.
-1.1.5 struct thermal_zone_device *devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_register(
- struct device *dev, int sensor_id,
- void *data, const struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *ops)
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_zone_device
+ *devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_register(struct device *dev,
+ int sensor_id,
+ void *data,
+ const struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *ops)
This interface is resource managed version of
thermal_zone_of_sensor_register().
+
All details of thermal_zone_of_sensor_register() described in
section 1.1.3 is applicable here.
+
The benefit of using this interface to register sensor is that it
is not require to explicitly call thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister()
in error path or during driver unbinding as this is done by driver
resource manager.
-1.1.6 void devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister(struct device *dev,
- struct thermal_zone_device *tzd)
+ ::
+
+ void devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister(struct device *dev,
+ struct thermal_zone_device *tzd)
This interface is resource managed version of
thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister().
@@ -147,123 +198,186 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices.
Normally this function will not need to be called and the resource
management code will ensure that the resource is freed.
-1.1.7 int thermal_zone_get_slope(struct thermal_zone_device *tz)
+ ::
+
+ int thermal_zone_get_slope(struct thermal_zone_device *tz)
This interface is used to read the slope attribute value
for the thermal zone device, which might be useful for platform
drivers for temperature calculations.
-1.1.8 int thermal_zone_get_offset(struct thermal_zone_device *tz)
+ ::
+
+ int thermal_zone_get_offset(struct thermal_zone_device *tz)
This interface is used to read the offset attribute value
for the thermal zone device, which might be useful for platform
drivers for temperature calculations.
1.2 thermal cooling device interface
-1.2.1 struct thermal_cooling_device *thermal_cooling_device_register(char *name,
- void *devdata, struct thermal_cooling_device_ops *)
+------------------------------------
+
+
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_cooling_device
+ *thermal_cooling_device_register(char *name,
+ void *devdata, struct thermal_cooling_device_ops *)
This interface function adds a new thermal cooling device (fan/processor/...)
- to /sys/class/thermal/ folder as cooling_device[0-*]. It tries to bind itself
+ to /sys/class/thermal/ folder as `cooling_device[0-*]`. It tries to bind itself
to all the thermal zone devices registered at the same time.
- name: the cooling device name.
- devdata: device private data.
- ops: thermal cooling devices call-backs.
- .get_max_state: get the Maximum throttle state of the cooling device.
- .get_cur_state: get the Currently requested throttle state of the cooling device.
- .set_cur_state: set the Current throttle state of the cooling device.
-
-1.2.2 void thermal_cooling_device_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev)
+
+ name:
+ the cooling device name.
+ devdata:
+ device private data.
+ ops:
+ thermal cooling devices call-backs.
+
+ .get_max_state:
+ get the Maximum throttle state of the cooling device.
+ .get_cur_state:
+ get the Currently requested throttle state of the
+ cooling device.
+ .set_cur_state:
+ set the Current throttle state of the cooling device.
+
+ ::
+
+ void thermal_cooling_device_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev)
This interface function removes the thermal cooling device.
It deletes the corresponding entry from /sys/class/thermal folder and
unbinds itself from all the thermal zone devices using it.
1.3 interface for binding a thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device
-1.3.1 int thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz,
- int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev,
- unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower, unsigned int weight);
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ::
+
+ int thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz,
+ int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev,
+ unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower, unsigned int weight);
This interface function binds a thermal cooling device to a particular trip
point of a thermal zone device.
+
This function is usually called in the thermal zone device .bind callback.
- tz: the thermal zone device
- cdev: thermal cooling device
- trip: indicates which trip point in this thermal zone the cooling device
- is associated with.
- upper:the Maximum cooling state for this trip point.
- THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no upper limit,
+
+ tz:
+ the thermal zone device
+ cdev:
+ thermal cooling device
+ trip:
+ indicates which trip point in this thermal zone the cooling device
+ is associated with.
+ upper:
+ the Maximum cooling state for this trip point.
+ THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no upper limit,
and the cooling device can be in max_state.
- lower:the Minimum cooling state can be used for this trip point.
- THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no lower limit,
+ lower:
+ the Minimum cooling state can be used for this trip point.
+ THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no lower limit,
and the cooling device can be in cooling state 0.
- weight: the influence of this cooling device in this thermal
- zone. See 1.4.1 below for more information.
+ weight:
+ the influence of this cooling device in this thermal
+ zone. See 1.4.1 below for more information.
-1.3.2 int thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz,
- int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev);
+ ::
+
+ int thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz,
+ int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev);
This interface function unbinds a thermal cooling device from a particular
trip point of a thermal zone device. This function is usually called in
the thermal zone device .unbind callback.
- tz: the thermal zone device
- cdev: thermal cooling device
- trip: indicates which trip point in this thermal zone the cooling device
- is associated with.
+
+ tz:
+ the thermal zone device
+ cdev:
+ thermal cooling device
+ trip:
+ indicates which trip point in this thermal zone the cooling device
+ is associated with.
1.4 Thermal Zone Parameters
-1.4.1 struct thermal_bind_params
+---------------------------
+
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_bind_params
+
This structure defines the following parameters that are used to bind
a zone with a cooling device for a particular trip point.
- .cdev: The cooling device pointer
- .weight: The 'influence' of a particular cooling device on this
- zone. This is relative to the rest of the cooling
- devices. For example, if all cooling devices have a
- weight of 1, then they all contribute the same. You can
- use percentages if you want, but it's not mandatory. A
- weight of 0 means that this cooling device doesn't
- contribute to the cooling of this zone unless all cooling
- devices have a weight of 0. If all weights are 0, then
- they all contribute the same.
- .trip_mask:This is a bit mask that gives the binding relation between
- this thermal zone and cdev, for a particular trip point.
- If nth bit is set, then the cdev and thermal zone are bound
- for trip point n.
- .binding_limits: This is an array of cooling state limits. Must have
- exactly 2 * thermal_zone.number_of_trip_points. It is an
- array consisting of tuples <lower-state upper-state> of
- state limits. Each trip will be associated with one state
- limit tuple when binding. A NULL pointer means
- <THERMAL_NO_LIMITS THERMAL_NO_LIMITS> on all trips.
- These limits are used when binding a cdev to a trip point.
- .match: This call back returns success(0) if the 'tz and cdev' need to
+
+ .cdev:
+ The cooling device pointer
+ .weight:
+ The 'influence' of a particular cooling device on this
+ zone. This is relative to the rest of the cooling
+ devices. For example, if all cooling devices have a
+ weight of 1, then they all contribute the same. You can
+ use percentages if you want, but it's not mandatory. A
+ weight of 0 means that this cooling device doesn't
+ contribute to the cooling of this zone unless all cooling
+ devices have a weight of 0. If all weights are 0, then
+ they all contribute the same.
+ .trip_mask:
+ This is a bit mask that gives the binding relation between
+ this thermal zone and cdev, for a particular trip point.
+ If nth bit is set, then the cdev and thermal zone are bound
+ for trip point n.
+ .binding_limits:
+ This is an array of cooling state limits. Must have
+ exactly 2 * thermal_zone.number_of_trip_points. It is an
+ array consisting of tuples <lower-state upper-state> of
+ state limits. Each trip will be associated with one state
+ limit tuple when binding. A NULL pointer means
+ <THERMAL_NO_LIMITS THERMAL_NO_LIMITS> on all trips.
+ These limits are used when binding a cdev to a trip point.
+ .match:
+ This call back returns success(0) if the 'tz and cdev' need to
be bound, as per platform data.
-1.4.2 struct thermal_zone_params
+
+ ::
+
+ struct thermal_zone_params
+
This structure defines the platform level parameters for a thermal zone.
This data, for each thermal zone should come from the platform layer.
This is an optional feature where some platforms can choose not to
provide this data.
- .governor_name: Name of the thermal governor used for this zone
- .no_hwmon: a boolean to indicate if the thermal to hwmon sysfs interface
- is required. when no_hwmon == false, a hwmon sysfs interface
- will be created. when no_hwmon == true, nothing will be done.
- In case the thermal_zone_params is NULL, the hwmon interface
- will be created (for backward compatibility).
- .num_tbps: Number of thermal_bind_params entries for this zone
- .tbp: thermal_bind_params entries
+
+ .governor_name:
+ Name of the thermal governor used for this zone
+ .no_hwmon:
+ a boolean to indicate if the thermal to hwmon sysfs interface
+ is required. when no_hwmon == false, a hwmon sysfs interface
+ will be created. when no_hwmon == true, nothing will be done.
+ In case the thermal_zone_params is NULL, the hwmon interface
+ will be created (for backward compatibility).
+ .num_tbps:
+ Number of thermal_bind_params entries for this zone
+ .tbp:
+ thermal_bind_params entries
2. sysfs attributes structure
+=============================
+== ================
RO read only value
WO write only value
RW read/write value
+== ================
Thermal sysfs attributes will be represented under /sys/class/thermal.
Hwmon sysfs I/F extension is also available under /sys/class/hwmon
if hwmon is compiled in or built as a module.
-Thermal zone device sys I/F, created once it's registered:
-/sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone[0-*]:
+Thermal zone device sys I/F, created once it's registered::
+
+ /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone[0-*]:
|---type: Type of the thermal zone
|---temp: Current temperature
|---mode: Working mode of the thermal zone
@@ -282,8 +396,9 @@ Thermal zone device sys I/F, created once it's registered:
|---slope: Slope constant applied as linear extrapolation
|---offset: Offset constant applied as linear extrapolation
-Thermal cooling device sys I/F, created once it's registered:
-/sys/class/thermal/cooling_device[0-*]:
+Thermal cooling device sys I/F, created once it's registered::
+
+ /sys/class/thermal/cooling_device[0-*]:
|---type: Type of the cooling device(processor/fan/...)
|---max_state: Maximum cooling state of the cooling device
|---cur_state: Current cooling state of the cooling device
@@ -299,11 +414,13 @@ the relationship between a thermal zone and its associated cooling device.
They are created/removed for each successful execution of
thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device/thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device.
-/sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone[0-*]:
+::
+
+ /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone[0-*]:
|---cdev[0-*]: [0-*]th cooling device in current thermal zone
|---cdev[0-*]_trip_point: Trip point that cdev[0-*] is associated with
|---cdev[0-*]_weight: Influence of the cooling device in
- this thermal zone
+ this thermal zone
Besides the thermal zone device sysfs I/F and cooling device sysfs I/F,
the generic thermal driver also creates a hwmon sysfs I/F for each _type_
@@ -311,16 +428,17 @@ of thermal zone device. E.g. the generic thermal driver registers one hwmon
class device and build the associated hwmon sysfs I/F for all the registered
ACPI thermal zones.
-/sys/class/hwmon/hwmon[0-*]:
+::
+
+ /sys/class/hwmon/hwmon[0-*]:
|---name: The type of the thermal zone devices
|---temp[1-*]_input: The current temperature of thermal zone [1-*]
|---temp[1-*]_critical: The critical trip point of thermal zone [1-*]
Please read Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.rst for additional information.
-***************************
-* Thermal zone attributes *
-***************************
+Thermal zone attributes
+-----------------------
type
Strings which represent the thermal zone type.
@@ -340,54 +458,67 @@ mode
This file gives information about the algorithm that is currently
managing the thermal zone. It can be either default kernel based
algorithm or user space application.
- enabled = enable Kernel Thermal management.
- disabled = Preventing kernel thermal zone driver actions upon
+
+ enabled
+ enable Kernel Thermal management.
+ disabled
+ Preventing kernel thermal zone driver actions upon
trip points so that user application can take full
charge of the thermal management.
+
RW, Optional
policy
One of the various thermal governors used for a particular zone.
+
RW, Required
available_policies
Available thermal governors which can be used for a particular zone.
+
RO, Required
-trip_point_[0-*]_temp
+`trip_point_[0-*]_temp`
The temperature above which trip point will be fired.
+
Unit: millidegree Celsius
+
RO, Optional
-trip_point_[0-*]_type
+`trip_point_[0-*]_type`
Strings which indicate the type of the trip point.
- E.g. it can be one of critical, hot, passive, active[0-*] for ACPI
+
+ E.g. it can be one of critical, hot, passive, `active[0-*]` for ACPI
thermal zone.
+
RO, Optional
-trip_point_[0-*]_hyst
+`trip_point_[0-*]_hyst`
The hysteresis value for a trip point, represented as an integer
Unit: Celsius
RW, Optional
-cdev[0-*]
+`cdev[0-*]`
Sysfs link to the thermal cooling device node where the sys I/F
for cooling device throttling control represents.
+
RO, Optional
-cdev[0-*]_trip_point
- The trip point in this thermal zone which cdev[0-*] is associated
+`cdev[0-*]_trip_point`
+ The trip point in this thermal zone which `cdev[0-*]` is associated
with; -1 means the cooling device is not associated with any trip
point.
+
RO, Optional
-cdev[0-*]_weight
- The influence of cdev[0-*] in this thermal zone. This value
- is relative to the rest of cooling devices in the thermal
- zone. For example, if a cooling device has a weight double
- than that of other, it's twice as effective in cooling the
- thermal zone.
- RW, Optional
+`cdev[0-*]_weight`
+ The influence of `cdev[0-*]` in this thermal zone. This value
+ is relative to the rest of cooling devices in the thermal
+ zone. For example, if a cooling device has a weight double
+ than that of other, it's twice as effective in cooling the
+ thermal zone.
+
+ RW, Optional
passive
Attribute is only present for zones in which the passive cooling
@@ -395,8 +526,11 @@ passive
and can be set to a temperature (in millidegrees) to enable a
passive trip point for the zone. Activation is done by polling with
an interval of 1 second.
+
Unit: millidegrees Celsius
+
Valid values: 0 (disabled) or greater than 1000
+
RW, Optional
emul_temp
@@ -407,17 +541,21 @@ emul_temp
threshold and its associated cooling action. This is write only node
and writing 0 on this node should disable emulation.
Unit: millidegree Celsius
+
WO, Optional
- WARNING: Be careful while enabling this option on production systems,
- because userland can easily disable the thermal policy by simply
- flooding this sysfs node with low temperature values.
+ WARNING:
+ Be careful while enabling this option on production systems,
+ because userland can easily disable the thermal policy by simply
+ flooding this sysfs node with low temperature values.
sustainable_power
An estimate of the sustained power that can be dissipated by
the thermal zone. Used by the power allocator governor. For
- more information see Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
+ more information see Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
+
Unit: milliwatts
+
RW, Optional
k_po
@@ -425,7 +563,8 @@ k_po
controller during temperature overshoot. Temperature overshoot
is when the current temperature is above the "desired
temperature" trip point. For more information see
- Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
+ Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
+
RW, Optional
k_pu
@@ -433,20 +572,23 @@ k_pu
controller during temperature undershoot. Temperature undershoot
is when the current temperature is below the "desired
temperature" trip point. For more information see
- Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
+ Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
+
RW, Optional
k_i
The integral term of the power allocator governor's PID
controller. This term allows the PID controller to compensate
for long term drift. For more information see
- Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
+ Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
+
RW, Optional
k_d
The derivative term of the power allocator governor's PID
controller. For more information see
- Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
+ Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
+
RW, Optional
integral_cutoff
@@ -456,8 +598,10 @@ integral_cutoff
example, if integral_cutoff is 0, then the integral term only
accumulates error when temperature is above the desired
temperature trip point. For more information see
- Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt
+ Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.rst
+
Unit: millidegree Celsius
+
RW, Optional
slope
@@ -465,6 +609,7 @@ slope
to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's
raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine
the usage of these values.
+
RW, Optional
offset
@@ -472,28 +617,33 @@ offset
to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's
raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine
the usage of these values.
+
RW, Optional
-*****************************
-* Cooling device attributes *
-*****************************
+Cooling device attributes
+-------------------------
type
String which represents the type of device, e.g:
+
- for generic ACPI: should be "Fan", "Processor" or "LCD"
- for memory controller device on intel_menlow platform:
should be "Memory controller".
+
RO, Required
max_state
The maximum permissible cooling state of this cooling device.
+
RO, Required
cur_state
The current cooling state of this cooling device.
The value can any integer numbers between 0 and max_state:
+
- cur_state == 0 means no cooling
- cur_state == max_state means the maximum cooling.
+
RW, Required
stats/reset
@@ -508,9 +658,11 @@ stats/time_in_state_ms:
units here is 10mS (similar to other time exported in /proc).
RO, Required
+
stats/total_trans:
A single positive value showing the total number of times the state of a
cooling device is changed.
+
RO, Required
stats/trans_table:
@@ -522,6 +674,7 @@ stats/trans_table:
RO, Required
3. A simple implementation
+==========================
ACPI thermal zone may support multiple trip points like critical, hot,
passive, active. If an ACPI thermal zone supports critical, passive,
@@ -532,11 +685,10 @@ thermal_cooling_device. Both are considered to have the same
effectiveness in cooling the thermal zone.
If the processor is listed in _PSL method, and the fan is listed in _AL0
-method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this:
+method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this::
-/sys/class/thermal:
-
-|thermal_zone1:
+ /sys/class/thermal:
+ |thermal_zone1:
|---type: acpitz
|---temp: 37000
|---mode: enabled
@@ -557,24 +709,24 @@ method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this:
|---cdev1_trip_point: 2 /* cdev1 can be used for active[0]*/
|---cdev1_weight: 1024
-|cooling_device0:
+ |cooling_device0:
|---type: Processor
|---max_state: 8
|---cur_state: 0
-|cooling_device3:
+ |cooling_device3:
|---type: Fan
|---max_state: 2
|---cur_state: 0
-/sys/class/hwmon:
-
-|hwmon0:
+ /sys/class/hwmon:
+ |hwmon0:
|---name: acpitz
|---temp1_input: 37000
|---temp1_crit: 100000
4. Event Notification
+=====================
The framework includes a simple notification mechanism, in the form of a
netlink event. Netlink socket initialization is done during the _init_
@@ -587,21 +739,28 @@ event will be one of:{THERMAL_AUX0, THERMAL_AUX1, THERMAL_CRITICAL,
THERMAL_DEV_FAULT}. Notification can be sent when the current temperature
crosses any of the configured thresholds.
-5. Export Symbol APIs:
+5. Export Symbol APIs
+=====================
+
+5.1. get_tz_trend
+-----------------
-5.1: get_tz_trend:
This function returns the trend of a thermal zone, i.e the rate of change
of temperature of the thermal zone. Ideally, the thermal sensor drivers
are supposed to implement the callback. If they don't, the thermal
framework calculated the trend by comparing the previous and the current
temperature values.
-5.2:get_thermal_instance:
+5.2. get_thermal_instance
+-------------------------
+
This function returns the thermal_instance corresponding to a given
{thermal_zone, cooling_device, trip_point} combination. Returns NULL
if such an instance does not exist.
-5.3:thermal_notify_framework:
+5.3. thermal_notify_framework
+-----------------------------
+
This function handles the trip events from sensor drivers. It starts
throttling the cooling devices according to the policy configured.
For CRITICAL and HOT trip points, this notifies the respective drivers,
@@ -609,12 +768,15 @@ and does actual throttling for other trip points i.e ACTIVE and PASSIVE.
The throttling policy is based on the configured platform data; if no
platform data is provided, this uses the step_wise throttling policy.
-5.4:thermal_cdev_update:
+5.4. thermal_cdev_update
+------------------------
+
This function serves as an arbitrator to set the state of a cooling
device. It sets the cooling device to the deepest cooling state if
possible.
-6. thermal_emergency_poweroff:
+6. thermal_emergency_poweroff
+=============================
On an event of critical trip temperature crossing. Thermal framework
allows the system to shutdown gracefully by calling orderly_poweroff().
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal b/Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal.rst
similarity index 80%
rename from Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal
rename to Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal.rst
index 17a3a4c0a0ca..f134dbd3f5a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal.rst
@@ -1,19 +1,23 @@
+===================================
Kernel driver: x86_pkg_temp_thermal
-===================
+===================================
Supported chips:
+
* x86: with package level thermal management
+
(Verify using: CPUID.06H:EAX[bit 6] =1)
Authors: Srinivas Pandruvada <srinivas.pandruvada@linux.intel.com>
Reference
----
+---------
+
Intel® 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer’s Manual (Jan, 2013):
Chapter 14.6: PACKAGE LEVEL THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Description
----------
+-----------
This driver register CPU digital temperature package level sensor as a thermal
zone with maximum two user mode configurable trip points. Number of trip points
@@ -25,23 +29,27 @@ take any action to control temperature.
Threshold management
--------------------
Each package will register as a thermal zone under /sys/class/thermal.
-Example:
-/sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone1
+
+Example::
+
+ /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone1
This contains two trip points:
+
- trip_point_0_temp
- trip_point_1_temp
User can set any temperature between 0 to TJ-Max temperature. Temperature units
-are in milli-degree Celsius. Refer to "Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt" for
+are in milli-degree Celsius. Refer to "Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.rst" for
thermal sys-fs details.
Any value other than 0 in these trip points, can trigger thermal notifications.
Setting 0, stops sending thermal notifications.
-Thermal notifications: To get kobject-uevent notifications, set the thermal zone
-policy to "user_space". For example: echo -n "user_space" > policy
-
-
+Thermal notifications:
+To get kobject-uevent notifications, set the thermal zone
+policy to "user_space".
+For example::
+ echo -n "user_space" > policy
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index d9e214f68e52..b2254bc8e495 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -15687,7 +15687,7 @@ M: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
M: Javi Merino <javi.merino@kernel.org>
L: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
-F: Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt
+F: Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.rst
F: drivers/thermal/cpu_cooling.c
F: include/linux/cpu_cooling.h
diff --git a/include/linux/thermal.h b/include/linux/thermal.h
index 15a4ca5d7099..681047f8cc05 100644
--- a/include/linux/thermal.h
+++ b/include/linux/thermal.h
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ struct thermal_bind_params {
* platform characterization. This value is relative to the
* rest of the weights so a cooling device whose weight is
* double that of another cooling device is twice as
- * effective. See Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt for more
+ * effective. See Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.rst for more
* information.
*/
int weight;
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ struct thermal_bind_params {
/*
* This is a bit mask that gives the binding relation between this
* thermal zone and cdev, for a particular trip point.
- * See Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt for more information.
+ * See Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.rst for more information.
*/
int trip_mask;
--
2.21.0
^ permalink raw reply related
page: next (older) | prev (newer) | latest
- recent:[subjects (threaded)|topics (new)|topics (active)]
This is a public inbox, see mirroring instructions
for how to clone and mirror all data and code used for this inbox